|
Opening Event and Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Award Ceremony |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago) |
CE Instructor: Mark A. Mattaini, Ph.D. |
|
SABA Award for Distinguished Service: The Social Tissue and the Salamander’s Tail |
Abstract: What makes us human? That is an old question, much older than the modern division of science. Today anthropogeny tries to explain the origin of humans with a multidisciplinary approach. To answer that question one first has to define culture. For some biology researchers, “culture is information that is capable of affecting individuals’ behaviour, which they acquire from other individuals through teaching, imitation and other forms of social learning. Here, ‘information’ includes knowledge, beliefs, values and skills.”. In behavior analysis, Skinner has shown a definition that can cover all of the meanings of previous attempts, with the advantage of specifying what and how it is learned; in his own words, “the usefulness of any lawful relation depends on the sharpness of reference of the terms in which it is stated.” In behavioral terms, culture is the set of conditional relations, or contingencies, which regulates the power to reinforce or punish members of a group. Large groups usually have some controlling agencies for different kinds of behavior.
This award will be accepted by Julia Todorov-Thomsen on behalf of João Todorov. |
|
JOÃO TODOROV (Universidade de Brasilia) |
|
Dr. Todorov received his Ph.D. from Arizona State University. He held faculty positions at the University of Virginia at Fredericksburg and the University of São Paulo at Riberiao Preto before his appointment at the University of Brasília in 1973, where he has spent most of his career. Retired since 200o, he is professor emeritus and also still serves as a researcher. From 2000–2009, he was a professor at the Catholic University of Goiás. Dr. Todorov’s career as a behavior analyst includes a remarkable range of achievements in research, education, and service to his discipline and his country. At Brasília, Dr. Todorov served variously as department chair, dean of graduate studies and research, vice-president, and president of the university, all while leading generations of Brazilians to behavior analytic research and academic careers that continue his legacy, and helping to secure a place for behavior analysis in the nation’s academic governance. His scholarly contributions span important basic research topics (e.g., multiple and concurrent schedules, avoidance, and pharmacology), applications to the solution of societal problems—his more recent focus, and dissemination of behavior analysis to the public (with more than 150 articles in the Brazilian media). Dr. Todorov’s many contributions have been widely recognized—by the Brazilian government with the Cross of the Ordem de Rio Branco, by SABA with the Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis, and by an award from the Ibero-American Federation of Psychological Associations. |
|
SABA Award for Scientific Translation: On the Complexity of Discounting (and People) |
Abstract: Although steep delay discounting is associated with various behavioral problems (e.g., substance abuse), it is best not conceived of as a character flaw such as impulsivity. Such a view, while part of a centuries-old tradition, does not distinguish between actions whose outcomes involve gains and losses, or between delayed outcomes and probabilistic outcomes, nor does it acknowledge that how steeply an individual discounts one of these kinds of outcome often is independent of how steeply they discount other kinds. Therefore, consistent with a behavior-analytic view, we advocate an approach that does not require making judgments about the character of the individual. We show that when drug- (i.e., cocaine, nicotine) dependent individuals are compared with controls, a substantial number of the drug-dependent individuals discount delayed monetary rewards less steeply than the average (median) member of the control group. Moreover, a substantial number of the controls discount more steeply than the average drug-dependent individual. Finally, many everyday choice situations differ from those studied in most discounting experiments in that they involve both gains and losses as well as qualitatively different outcomes that may be both delayed and probabilistic. Past research on discounting that focused on simpler choice situations has provided a solid foundation, but research on more complicated situations is needed. The principles revealed by such research both inform the choices of treatment providers and improve our understanding of the complicated decisions that people face every day. |
|
LEONARD GREEN (Washington University in St. Louis) |
|
 Len Green received his undergraduate degree from the City College of New York (CCNY) and his Ph.D. from the State University of New York at Stony Brook. After completing post-doctoral research, he ventured west of the Mississippi (despite thinking he still would remain east of the river) where he is Professor of Psychological & Brain Sciences and Professor of Economics at Washington University in St. Louis, as well as Director of Undergraduate Studies. His research concerns choice and decision-making in rats, pigeons, and people, with a particular interest in models of self-control, impulsivity, and choice and decision-making. He is one of the developers of ‘behavioral economics,’ a transdisciplinary field that combines the experimental methodology of psychology with the theoretical constructs of economics. He is co-author of the book Economic Choice Theory: An Experimental Analysis of Animal Behavior, and editor of Advances in Behavioral Economics, the third volume of which is subtitled Substance Use and Abuse. His research has been funded by the National Institute of Mental Health, National Institute on Aging, and the McDonnell Center for Higher Brain Function. He served on the Executive Board of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB), was President of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (SEAB), and was Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB). He is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) and the Association for Psychological Science (APS), and was President of Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of the American Psychological Association. He received the Victor G. Laties Award for Lifetime Service from the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior in 2018. |
|
SABA Award for Dissemination: Embracing Challenges and Abolishing Stereotypes to Support the Growth of Behaviour Analysis in the United Kingdom |
Abstract: When I arrived at the University of South Wales (then the University of Glamorgan) in 2008, I was the sole behaviour analyst in a department comprised mainly of cognitive and health psychologists. Hired to lead an undergraduate programme in child development, I immediately began the task of infusing behaviour analysis into any space I could find or create. Since that time, I have worked with a team of incredible colleagues to build undergraduate and postgraduate programmes in behaviour analysis, develop the first university-based behaviour analysis clinic in Europe, and capitalise on opportunities to demonstrate the breadth and power of behaviour analysis across underserved populations and settings. In this presentation, I will share some of the outcomes of these endeavours and analyse the contingencies that generated them. |
|
JENNIFER AUSTIN (University of South Wales) |
|
 Jennifer L. Austin received her Ph.D. in Psychology from the Florida State University, where she had the privilege of studying under the supervision of Dr. Jon Bailey. For over 20 years, she has worked as a behaviour analytic researcher and clinician, whilst also playing a key role in the development of behaviour analysis programmes in the United States and the United Kingdom. She currently serves as Professor of Psychology and Head of Behaviour Analysis at the University of South Wales, where directs the MSc Behaviour Analysis and Therapy and PgDip Behaviour Analysis Supervised Practice programmes. She also serves as the Clinical Director of the USW Behaviour Analysis Clinic, which is the only university-based behaviour analysis clinic in Europe. Dr. Austin’s research and clinical interests have focussed primarily on behaviour analytic applications in mainstream education, as well as applying our science to populations that are relatively underserved by the field, including children who have experienced trauma and prisoners. She has been a key driver in the development of the UK Society for Behaviour Analysis, which seeks to protect consumers of behaviour analysis, whilst also working toward professional recognition of behaviour analysts in the UK. Dr. Austin has published over 30 peer-reviewed articles and book chapters, and is a former associate editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Analysis in Practice, and Education and Treatment of Children. |
|
SABA Award for Dissemination: Behaviour Analysis in Ireland: Sustained Growth From Small Beginnings |
Abstract: Serendipity is “the occurrence and development of events by chance in a happy or beneficial way”. So, it was serendipitous that Jock Millenson, a Columbia PhD in operant conditioning, moved to London in the 1960’s, because this led to the beginnings of behaviour analysis in Ireland in the 1970’s. By the late ‘60’s Jock had a research position at Oxford University and in a brief time window he taught me at undergraduate and postgraduate levels and introduced me to Leo Baker who was in a faculty position at Trinity College Dublin. When I moved to Northern Ireland in the mid-70’s, Leo and I established a small group to support behaviour analysis in Ireland. This began as entirely concerned with EAB but gradually became more involved with ABA. To help deal with applied and professional issues it morphed into the Division of Behaviour Analysis of the Psychological Society of Ireland around 15 years ago. Now, behaviour analysis is taught in most of the universities in Ireland, North and “South”, and there are three well-established ABA Masters programs. Masters and Doctoral graduates from Irish programs are in teaching and professional roles across the world, including a group of Ulster graduates in the Middle East. Researchers trained in this Irish network have contributed substantially in both basic and applied fields. It has been a great pleasure to witness this growth which I am sure will continue. |
|
JULIAN LESLIE (Ulster University) |
|
 I obtained my doctorate in Experimental Psychology from Oxford University in 1974 since when I have been in academic posts in Northern Ireland where I have been a full professor since 1986. I published textbooks on behaviour analysis in 1979, 1996, 2000, 2002. As well as teaching undergraduate and postgraduate courses, I have successfully supervised 48 students who have obtained PhDs in fields including, experimental analysis of behaviour, applied behaviour analysis, psychopharmacology, behavioural neuroscience, experimental psychology, applied psychology. Three PhD’s were concerned with behavioural strategies to address environmental issues. In 1977 I was co-founder of the group, Behaviour Analysis in Ireland which became a chapter of ABAI. In 2004, the group became the Division of Behaviour Analysis of the Psychological Society of Ireland, and I am currently the Division chair. I organised the Third European Meeting for the Experimental Analysis of Behaviour in Dublin, Ireland 1999, and have co-organised 13 annual conferences of the Division of Behaviour Analysis from 2007 to 2019, variously in Dublin, Galway and Athlone. I have been a keynote speaker at the European Association for Behaviour Analysis in Milan in 2006, in Crete, Greece in 2010, at the Brazilian Association for Behaviour Analysis, Salvador 2011, and at the 30th International Conference of the Spanish Society for Comparative Psychology 2018, and at the 10th International Conference of the Association for Behavior Analysis International in Stockholm, September 2019. |
|
SABA Award for Programmatic Contributions: Bettering the World: Creating Population-Level Change Using Behavior Analysis |
Abstract: In 1968, Baer, Wolf and Risley wrote: “Better applications [of behavioral science], it is hoped, will lead to a better state of society, to whatever extent the behavior of its members can contribute to the goodness of a society.” I grew up with that idea and passion—even before I was their student, but they had the practical science. Only a few things from ABA have been brought to population-level scale—with measured population-level benefits. My talk is how my colleagues and I have achieved population-level impact on violence, mental health, addictions and academics using ABA and other proven science. The driving example in this talk, and paper, uses the Good Behavior Game, because it was the first ABA publication on a whole classroom implementation of ABA. Scaling up and scaling out GBG is a function having worked with Sesame Street, implementing my national child-safety effort in NZ, implementing an ABA tobacco control strategy, and understanding and building a business based on sales rather than grants. Achieving population-level benefits with ABA is unlikely to happen as a direct result of an NIH grant. The contingencies are not aligned. Both the Good Behavior Game at micro level and as our international prevention-science company involve selection by consequences to achieve the vision that Baer, Wolf and Risley envisioned. My talk lays a step-by-step pathway to population-level impact of ABA informed prevention science that Don, Mont and Todd foresaw 50 years ago, but did not live to see. From these lessons, we might succeed in bettering the world they predicted. |
|
DENNIS EMBRY (PAXIS Institute) |
|
 Dennis D. Embry received his Ph.D. from the University of Kansas, focused on using ABA for population-level efforts with Sesame Street and the AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety—ultimately implementing that work throughout New Zealand. Dr. Embry is president/senior scientist at PAXIS Institute in Tucson, and co-investigator at both Johns Hopkins Center for Prevention and the Manitoba Centre for Health Policy. Founded in 1998, PAXIS Institute is an international prevention science company, focused on preventing mental, emotional, behavioral and related physical disorders at population-level. He is a SAMHSA/CMHS National Advisory Council member, the board of the National Federation of Families for Children’s Mental Health, and the scientific advisory board of the Children’s Mental Health Network. In the 1990s, he implemented the first RCT at population-level to reduce youth violence (PeaceBuilders) using ABA principles. In 1999, he began replicating the longitudinal Hopkin’s studies of the Good Behavior Game. Today Dr. Embry’s prevention efforts affecting more than one million children in 38 states, multiple provinces of Canada, and EU countries with multiple studies showing population-level reduction of mental, emotional, and behavioral disorders using PAX GBG and evidence-base kernels. As grad student, Dr. Baer (his advisor) asked Dennis why he wanted to study ABA having a political and history background, the answer: “I want to use science to make our world a better place for children.” |
|
SABA Award for Effective Presentation in the Mass Media: Expanding the Frame of Behavior Analysis and Communicating With the Media |
Abstract: A fortunate part of my early academic environment was exposure to behavior analysis, which has been critical to my investigation of drugs, addiction, risk behavior, and therapeutic pharmacology. One topic is behavioral economic demand analysis, which I have used to examine the relations among tobacco products, such as traditional cigarettes and e-cigarettes, and the effects of a potential cigarette nicotine-reduction policy. Another topic within the realm of behavioral economics is delay discounting. I have conducted studies helping to identify delay discounting as a fundamental behavioral process underlying addiction across a variety of drugs. My research has applied delay discounting to understand risky sexual behavior in the form of condom use decisions. My drug administration studies show that cocaine and alcohol acutely increase sexual risk behavior by decreasing likelihood of condom use through a delay discounting mechanism. I have conducted drug administration studies with drugs from nearly all drug classes, investigating abuse liability and behavioral effects. These have included first-in-humans studies and studies of novel or atypical drugs such as salvinorin A, the active agent in Salvia divinorum. Finally, I have conducted extensive research with the psychedelic drug psilocybin, including studies showing large long-term reductions in depression and anxiety in cancer patients, and high smoking cessation success rates in treatment-resistant smokers. Overall, my research has provided me the opportunity to speak to the media about a larger number of topics such as: the therapeutic potential of psychedelic drugs; novel psychoactive drugs largely unknown to the public; the risks associated with alcohol, tobacco, cannabis, and other drugs; the effects of drugs on sex and sexual risk, and the changing landscape of tobacco/nicotine and cannabis products. My behavior analytic background has not only been instrumental in conducting my research, but also in responsibly communicating about these topics to the public. |
|
MATTHEW JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
|
 Matthew W. Johnson, Ph.D., has broad expertise on psychoactive drugs, addiction, and risk behavior. Early contributions include research contributing to the recognition that delay discounting, or the devaluation of future consequences, is a fundamental behavioral process broadly relevant to addiction. His early research also validated methods and developed analytic techniques that have since become widely adopted in delay discounting research. He has conducted tobacco/nicotine research throughout his career, determining the role of nicotine and nonpharmacological factors in tobacco use and addiction. This includes recent research on e-cigarettes and current research funded by the Food and Drug Administration using behavioral economics to evaluate cigarettes with potentially modified risk. Applying behavioral economics to sexual risk behavior, Matt has conducted seminal research implicating delay discounting in condom use decisions. He published the first human research determining the effects of cocaine administration on sexual decision making and risk, providing important information for addressing the high rates of HIV among cocaine users. Matt is also a leading expert on the effects of psychedelic drugs and has conducted seminal work that has expanded basic and therapeutic interest in these compounds, including research suggesting potential therapeutic effects of psilocybin in cancer-related psychiatric distress and smoking cessation. He has conducted studies administering nearly all classes of psychoactive drugs. Matt has published 119 articles and chapters including studies on cocaine, tobacco/nicotine, methamphetamine, alcohol, psilocybin, dextromethorphan, salvinorin A, GHB, cannabis, opioids, benzodiazepines, and cathinone-like compounds (“bath salts”). He has been internationally sought as a science communicator on psychoactive drugs and addiction, being interviewed by the CBS 60 Minutes, CNN’s Wolf Blitzer Show, Fox Business News, BBC, National Public Radio including Morning Edition and the Kojo Nnamdi Show, Labyrint (a public television show in the Netherlands), the New York Times, the Washington Post, the Globe and Mail, the Daily Mail, USA Today, CBS News, the Baltimore Sun, the Atlantic, the Washingtonian, Psychology Today, Scientific American, and Nature, among others. Matt was quoted and his research was described in Michael Pollan’s best-selling book How to Change Your Mind: How to Change Your Mind: What the New Science of Psychedelics Teaches Us about Consciousness, Dying, Addiction, Depression, and Transcendence. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluation of Conditioned Reinforcement on Spontaneously Hypertensive Rats |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–10:20 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Fabio Leyser Goncalves (Universidade Estadual Paulista) |
|
Evaluation of Conditioned Reinforcement on Spontaneously Hypertensive Rats |
Domain: Basic Research |
FABIO LEYSER GONCALVES (Universidade Estadual Paulista), Beatriz Guimarães (Paradigma), Guilherme Popowicz (Universidade de São Paulo), Juliana Brasileiro (Universidade Federal de São João Del Rey) |
|
Abstract: Spontaneously Hypertensive Rats (SHR)has been considered as a valid animal model of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Several theories propose that ADHD would be less responsive to positive reinforcement, especially delayed and conditioned reinforcement. The aim of this paper is to compare conditioned reinforcement on SHR, Wistar Kyoto (WKY) and Wistar rats. For that 16 SHR, 15 WKY and 12 Wistar were submitted to a Multiple FI2min-Ext5min schedule where a feedback light was manipulated (Experiment 1) or to a conditioned reinforcement procedure where a 3s lights-off stimulus (LO) was associated to food with or without delay, and then tested as reinforcer under extinction for the primary reinforcer (Experiment 2). On Experiment 1, ANOVA Type Nonparametric Statistics indicated differences between strains [F (1,644, 16) = 12.097; p<0.001], but not feedback light as conditioned reinforcement [F (1, 14.61985) = 2.688; NS]. Experiment 2 Indicated a main effect of strain [F(1.9, 4.3) = 3.199; p<0.05], lever [F(1, 8)=64.862; p<0.001], and phase [F(4.3, 3.6) = 4.977; p<0.001] and all interactions (between p<0.001 and p<0.05). Relative treatment effects indicated that SHR responded more under extinction than WKY and WIS. Together, experiments suggests that SHR would have a greater deficit on extinction than on reinforcement process. |
|
|
|
|
|
Variables That Impact Skill Acquisition |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Claudia Campos, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The purpose of these three studies was to evaluate different variables that may impact skill acquisition in individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The first paper evaluated the order in which stimuli were presented (i.e., sample-first or comparison-first) during receptive discrimination in six children. Results suggest that all participants learned faster during the sample-first condition. The second paper examined if the participants acquired receptive identification and tacting of unknown stimuli presented in array of stimuli that included directly trained tacts. Results suggest that receptive responding may emerge after tact training and that for some individuals tacting and receptive identification may be acquired through exclusion. Finally, the last paper investigated whether the form of visual stimuli affects the acquisition of object-to-picture matching in three young men. Results suggest that the use of stimuli with greater visual similarity to the target object may yield greater efficiency in mastering object-to-picture relations for some individuals diagnosed with ASD. |
Target Audience: RBTs, BCaBAs, BCBAs, graduate students |
|
Acquisition of Non-Target Tacts and Receptive Identification Through Discrete Trial Instruction |
JEFF SCHRAM (Engage Behavioral Health), Natalie Mandel (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Discrete Trial Training (DTT) is a common educational procedure for children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Delprato, 2001). This procedure can be used to teach expressive (Sundberg & Partington, 1999) and receptive responses (Smith, 2001). Naming by exclusion (NE) is when individuals acquire a word-object relations from hearing a word and being presented with an unknown stimulus (Greer & Du, 2015) The current study examined if individuals with an ASD acquired receptive identification and tacting of unknown stimuli presented in array of stimuli that included directly trained tacts. The participants in this study are young children diagnosed with an ASD. During training two tacts from a set of three stimuli were directly taught. Then we assessed if participants could receptively identify all three stimuli, two of which were directly taught tacts. Following tests for emergence of receptive identification, we also assessed whether the participants could tact the stimulus that was not directly trained. Current results indicate that some individuals with an ASD receptive responding will emerge after tact training and that these individuals can acquire tacting and receptive identification through exclusion. These results support bi-directional naming and acquiring skills through exclusion. |
|
Matching Visual Stimuli: Does Similarity Matter? |
KELSEY BURREN (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children and Western New England University) |
Abstract: Three young men with autism participated in this study investigating whether the form of visual stimuli affects the acquisition of object-to-picture matching. Object-to-picture matching was established with photos and line drawings, and then relations were taught between the objects and arbitrary stimuli. Subsequently, probes were conducted for the emergence of untrained relations between these arbitrary stimuli and the photos and line drawings. A parallel treatments design was used to compare performances based on photos vs. line drawings. For two participants, there was no difference in trials to mastery between photos and line drawings. For the third participant, relations were mastered more efficiently with photos than line drawings in 8/11 comparisons; both relations were mastered at the same rate in the remaining 3 comparisons. Equivalence relations emerged between arbitrary symbols and both photos and line drawings for the first two participants, but object-to-arbitrary symbol relations were not acquired by the third participant. The use of stimuli with greater visual similarity to the target object may yield greater efficiency in mastering object-to-picture relations for some individuals with autism. Mean interobserver agreement across all phases and participants was 99%. |
|
|
|
|
Who’s Afraid of the IRB? A Framework for Conducting Meaningful, Ethical Research in Applied Settings |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Gina T. Chang, Ph.D. |
Chair: Gina T. Chang (Autism Learning Partners) |
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University) |
KRISTINE RODRIGUEZ (Autism Learning Partners) |
CODY JOHNS (ALP) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysts in the applied setting have a unique opportunity to contribute to a robust literature base by providing replication of existing best practices, and by evaluating treatment models rooted in behavior analytic literature. We are compelled by our ethical code (and our funding sources) to continue to disseminate evidence that Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is an effective treatment for Autism Spectrum Disorder. The call to disseminate, combined with the opportunity of capturing progress in real-world settings, is a powerful argument for conducting meaningful applied research. In practice, there are numerous potential hurdles to conducting quality applied research. This panel will propose an approach for creating infrastructure to support in-house research initiatives, as well as strategies for implementation within the time and resource constraints faced by practicing Behavior Analysts. Additionally, the panelists will review the benefits of mentorship and collaboration between academics and practitioners, as well as self-reported benefits to clinicians who participate in research efforts in the applied setting. |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to identify 3 benefits to a mentorship collaboration with an academic research advisor. Participants will be able to identify 3 organizational processes to support ethical, compliant research efforts, including process for IRB application. Participants will be able to design measurement systems for staff engagement. |
|
|
|
|
Three Examples of Autistic Stimulus Control Over Verbal Behavior |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Felipe Diaz (Guadalajara University) |
CE Instructor: Lee L Mason, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Language deficits are characteristic of individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder according to both the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th Edition, and the International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision. In particular, individuals with autism show disproportionate levels of strength across environmental relations that control the verbal repertoire. For many providers, authorization of services is often contingent upon demonstrating an educational or medical necessity for behavior-analytic intervention. Treating operant classes as populations of behavior allows us to observe samples of the populations for experimentation and analysis, and from which inferences about the larger population can be drawn. By comparing related operants, we can demonstrate autistic stimulus control over structurally similar and functionally diverse properties of the environment. Here we extend functional analysis technology to examine response populations across operant classes to demonstrate statistically significant discrepancies in stimulus control over the verbal behavior of individuals diagnosed with autistic disorder. Our analyses and implications for and intervention will be discussed. Through multiple-exemplar training, we aim to establish discriminative control over a behavior analytic concept of autism from which other examples of disproportionate stimulus control may be extrapolated. |
Target Audience: This workshop is geared towards Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts, Registered Behavior Technicians, special education teachers, school psychologists, speech language pathologists, and other professionals who provide direct services to strengthen the language of children with autism. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the strength of verbal operants in relation to one another; (2) conduct a verbal operant analysis; (3) develop individualized treatment objectives from a stimulus control ratio; and (4) demonstrate the process for transferring stimulus control across verbal operants. |
|
An Examination of Stimulus Control over Selection-Based Verbal Behavior |
ALONZO ALFREDO ANDREWS (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: Previous research and practice regarding disproportionality of the elementary verbal operants noted in children with autism spectrum disorder focused primarily on those with at minimum emerging vocal verbal behavior repertoires. When regarding skill development of early and/or nonverbal performers to include conditioning listener responding, these relevant operants have been identified: manded stimulus selection, motor imitation, match to sample, selection by variable, and the SCoRE model of disproportionality. Using verbal operant analysis to determine relative balance across these relevant, prerequisite responses, potential treatment options include: if prepotence for manded stimulus selection is identified, then the specific strategies for functional communication training (e.g. mand training) with augmentative and alternative communication are prescribed. If relative strength of motor imitation is indicated, shaping procedures and high-p/low-p instructional sequencing are recommended to shape oral imitation to the echoic operant for which the transfer-of-stimulus-control, errorless teaching procedures prescribed for vocal verbal behavior are applicable. Lastly, insomuch as the prerequisite relevant operants function independently, when taught interdependently, generativity (relational flexibility) may be fostered in accordance with this proportionality model. |
|
An Examination of Stimulus Control Over Topography-Based Verbal Behavior |
JANET ENRIQUEZ (Texas Education Service Center, Region 20) |
Abstract: Individuals without a fluent speaking repertoire may show disproportionate levels of strength across samples of verbal operants. Verbal behavior is inherently social in that its reinforcement is mediated by a listener. Common examples of verbal behavior within the applied literature include conditioning mand, tact, echoic, and intraverbal control. Sampling responses from these four operant classes allows us to infer the overall strength of these populations of behavior, and analyze differences in their relative strength. The null hypothesis for this type of analysis is that the levels of strength across these four operants is proportionate, a phenomenon commonly described as “fluency” that facilitates transfer of stimulus control across changing environmental conditions. The alternative hypothesis is that the levels of strength across these four operants is disproportionate, a phenomenon commonly described as “autism” that inhibits transfer of stimulus control due to certain response prepotencies. Assessment strategies and implications for treatment will be discussed. |
|
An Examination of Derivational Stimulus Control Over Intraverbal Behavior |
LEE L MASON (Cook Children's Health Care System; Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: Individuals without derivational stimulus control may show disproportionate levels of strength across samples of intraverbal relations. Derivational stimulus control refers to the extent to which listeners effectively respond to verbal stimuli along a generalization gradient. Common examples of derivational stimulus control within the applied literature include reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity. Sampling responses from these three operant classes allows us to infer the overall strength of these populations of behavior, and analyze differences in their relative strength. The null hypothesis for this type of analysis is that the levels of strength across these three operants is proportionate, a phenomenon commonly described as “listener comprehension” that facilitates prolonged verbal episodes and facilitates the development of other social skills. The alternative hypothesis is that the levels of strength across these three operants is disproportionate, a phenomenon commonly described as “autism” that inhibits transfer of stimulus control due to certain response prepotencies. Assessment strategies and implications for treatment will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Parent Barrier Behaviors and Recommended Treatment Indications |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Cailin M Ockert, M.S. |
Chair: Cailin M Ockert (The BISTÅ Center) |
CAILIN M OCKERT (The BISTÅ Center) |
DIANA DAVIS WILSON (Aspen Behavioral Consulting) |
MICHELLE REED (Arizona Association of Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: In this panel discussion we will identify parent barrier behaviors and treatment indications resulting from parent barrier behaviors. We have developed a basic checklist of parent barrier behaviors observed in an ABA clinic in Arizona and corresponding data will be described. These identified parent barrier behaviors have been hypothesized to impact treatment duration and ultimately impact the child’s long-term access to effective ABA intervention. Many of the families with high barrier behaviors often begin ABA services with various providers in a geographic area with limited duration of services at each location. These barrier behaviors are often seen in various settings with the caregiver, therapy, school, and other medical providers. This checklist was designed to identify what barrier behaviors may be exhibited by parents or caregivers, establish a threshold score to indicate a specific treatment focus, and a suggestion for high intensity parent training at the onset of ABA therapy and other treatment indications should be discussed. The goal is to focus on parent barrier behaviors and address them behavior analytically in order to increase duration of effective ABA services for the child. |
Target Audience: BCBAs in practice, BCBA administrators that may have policy control, practitioners that have direct contact with parents on a regular basis. |
Learning Objectives: -How to identify parent barrier behaviors? -What treatment indications can be made after identification? -What other items do we need to consider? |
|
|
|
|
Efficacy and Acceptability of Telehealth Training and Coaching Across Caregivers and Professionals |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Elizabeth Anne Horton (Hope College) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Anne Horton, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Efficient and effective training on evidence-based practices including applied behavior analysis (ABA) based interventions may not be accessible to caregivers and professionals implementing interventions. In order for caregivers and professionals to effectively implement ABA-based interventions, training and ongoing coaching are critical. However, numerous training barriers associated with traditional didactic models exist (e.g., time, costs, scheduling, shortage of qualified individuals). Telehealth is a model that can address these barriers and support individuals as they learn to implement ABA-based interventions. Telehealth is the use of online and communication technologies to deliver explicit training and ongoing coaching from a distance. This presentation aims to address the need for efficient and effective training on ABA-based interventions through the use of telehealth. The results of four single-case design studies in which caregivers and professionals (e.g., teachers, early intervention providers, and parents) were taught and coached via telehealth to implement ABA-based interventions are presented. Data regarding implementation fidelity, child outcomes, and social validity are shared. |
Target Audience: Practicing BCBAs |
|
Inclusive Preschool Practitioners’ Implementation of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention Using Telehealth Training |
SOPHIA D'AGOSTINO (Hope College), Sarah Douglas (Michigan State University), Elizabeth Anne Horton (Hope College) |
Abstract: This single-case investigation was designed to evaluate the effects of telehealth training on practitioner implementation of a naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention (NDBI). Six general education preschool practitioners engaged in an intervention with six children with varying disabilities in inclusive classroom settings. The telehealth training package included a collaborative approach to intervention planning, online training module, video self-evaluation, and performance feedback via videoconferencing. Following telehealth training, practitioners reached criteria for implementation fidelity and increased communication opportunities. Additionally, child participants increased communication behaviors above baseline levels. All behaviors generalized to a different activity context and maintained over time. Social validity was measured and results suggest high levels of acceptability for the telehealth training package. |
|
The Efficacy and Acceptability of Telehealth for Parents and Professionals Using Behaviour Analysis With Children |
KATERINA DOUNAVI (Queen's University Belfast), Janet Ferguson (Queen's University Belfast), Emma Craig (Queen's University, Belfast) |
Abstract: Applied Behaviour Analysis is the basis of the most effective interventions for the treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorders. However, there is a significant shortage in appropriately qualified individuals (i.e., Board Certified Behavior Analysts; BCBA®) that can design and oversee the implementation of individually-tailored interventions that meet service-recipients needs. To address this gap in professional training and service provision, telehealth has emerged as a model that makes use of technology to increase treatment efficiency and accessibility by providing remote training and supervision of behaviour analytic treatment. Given existing research on the use of telehealth presents important methodological flaws, rigorous experiments are warranted before telehealth can be classified as evidence-based practice. Our work has focused on the creation and experimental testing of two parent and professional training packages that use instruction and live coaching to teach skills that promote communication and independent living skills. In this presentation, we will share data on efficacy in terms of parent/professional skill acquisition and child outcomes, fidelity of implementation and social validity. |
|
|
|
|
Correspondence Between Relational Responding and Bidirectional Naming as a Verbal Developmental Cusp |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Discussant: Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University) |
CE Instructor: Dermot Barnes-Holmes, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Growing evidence suggests complementary findings in research on verbal development and relational responding. A large body of research in relational responding demonstrates stimulus control involving complex human behavior and communication including language. Simultaneously, decades of research findings in verbal development and applications identified stimulus control for the range of cusps and how this changes children’s prognosis. This program of research suggests experiential and reinforcement sources of stimulus control that lead to incidental language learning as bidirectional naming (BiN) and the component unidirectional naming (UniN). Another body of research on BiN increasingly points to the presence of BiN as a facilitator of relational responding. We present and discuss two papers whose findings show correlational and functional relations between the presence of and onset of the BiN cusp and arbitrary derived relations (AAR). Each body of research represents extensions of behavior analysis to domains traditionally seen as exclusive properties of cognitive psychology. Findings showing the intercept of stimulus control for these lines of investigation are evidence of a more mature science that promises a bright future for the science of behavior. |
Target Audience: Intermediate level, behavior scientists, |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how bidirectional naming is a verbal developmental cusp. 2. Describe the relation between bidirectional naming and other relational frames. 3. Describe how bidirectional naming appears to be a predictor of AAR. |
|
Relations Between the Cusp of Bidirectional Naming and Derived Relations in Preschoolers |
GEORGETTE MORGAN (Columbia University; Fred S. Keller School), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: Bidirectional Naming and derived relational responding have both commonly been used to explain the accelerated rate in word learning that often occurs within the second to third year of life. However, there has been limited research on how these repertoires may intersect and relate to each other. Across two analyses we evaluated the relation between Bidirectional Naming (BiN) and derived relational responding demonstrated by 31 preschool students with and without diagnoses. Within the first experiment we tested the presence and strength of relations between BiN, arbitrary and non-arbitrary relations which were mutually and combinatorial entailed. Data from the first analysis indicated a strong, significant correlation between participants’ degree of BiN and scores on tests of derived relations. The second analysis compared the mean differences between the establishment of arbitrary unimodal and cross-modal relations for 18 preschool students, selected from participants included within Experiment 1. The data indicated a significant difference for both cross-modal and unimodal derived relations. The obtained results of both experiments have implications for research in how Bidirectional Naming and derived relational responding may lead to learning at accelerated rates and in new ways. |
|
Degrees of Bidirectional Naming and Derived Listener and Speaker Relations |
FAHEEMA ABDOOL-GHANY (Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: As a child develops new cusps and capabilities, their behavior comes in contact with new contingencies and they can learn in new ways. We examined how degrees of bidirectional (BiN) naming correlated with children’s other derived relations. BiN is the joining of listener and speaker repertoires such that hearing object-name relations produces corresponding speaker and listener behavior. Unidirectional naming (UniN) occurs when this experience produces listener, but not speaker behavior. Students who did not demonstrate listener and speaker components of were classified as having No Incidental Naming (NiN). In an ABAB design, we rotated between two conditions: 1) directly reinforcing speaker (tact) responses and testing for the emergence of listener (point to) responses, and 2) directly reinforcing listener responses and testing for the emergence of speaker responses. Results suggested that participants with BiN readily derived speaker and listener responses, participants with UniN readily derived listener, but not speaker responses, and participants with NiN had difficulty acquiring directly reinforced responses and deriving responses. Our results suggest ways to differentiate instruction for children with different capabilities and have implications for the overlap between verbal behavior and derived relations research areas. |
|
|
|
|
Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion: Strategies and Challenges in Recruitment |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DEI/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Carol Pilgrim, Ph.D. |
Panelists: SARAH BLOOM (University of South Florida), MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University), JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This invited panel is sponsored by ABAI’s new Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Board; it represents the first of an annual series of program events highlighting topics identified as central to success in DEI achievements. After a brief review of the Board’s activities this year by Carol Pilgrim, the panel discussion will focus on the critical issue of recruitment efforts in DEI. Dr. Jomella Watson-Thompson will address recruitment strategies and challenges within practice and field settings, Dr. Sarah Bloom will discuss recruitment of university students, and Dr. Mike Perone will speak to recruitment practices targeting university faculty and administrators. Time for questions and comments from the audience will be included to allow for sharing relevant experiences and lessons learned. Future panels in the DEI series will target themes including retaining individuals once recruited, mentoring programs, inclusion and equity strategies at the organization level, inclusion and equity strategies at the individual level, and others. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe examples of strategies and challenges in DEI recruiting within practice and field settings; (2) describe examples of strategies and challenges in DEI recruiting for graduate and undergraduate students; (3) describe examples of strategies and challenges in DEI recruiting for university faculty and administrators. |
SARAH BLOOM (University of South Florida) |
Sarah Bloom received her PhD in Psychology at the University of Florida in 2008. She was an assistant professor in the Applied Behavior Analysis area of the Department of Special Education and Rehabilitation at Utah State University from 2008 to 2013.
She is currently an associate professor in the Department of Child and Family Studies at the University of South Florida. Dr. Bloom is a former President of the Utah Association for Behavior Analysis. She serves on the editorial board of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and has been a guest reviewer for Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, Research in Developmental Disabilities, Journal of Behavioral Education, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, Journal of Early Intervention, Children and Youth Services Review, Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and a guest associate editor for Education and Treatment of Children.
Dr. Bloom’s research interests include assessment and treatment of problem behavior and translational approaches to reinforcer efficacy. Dr. Bloom has been involved in the modification of functional analysis methodology into a trial-based format in order to facilitate its use in educational and other settings. |
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
Mike Perone earned his Ph.D. in 1981 at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. He was an assistant professor at the University of North Carolina at Wilmington before joining the faculty at West Virginia University in 1984, where he is a professor of psychology and an associate dean. His research is concerned with developing laboratory models of behavioral processes involved in problem behavior such as failures of self-control. In 2018 he received the Award for Scientific Translation from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis and the Distinguished Contributions Award from the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group. Mike is a fellow of the American Psychological Association and the Association for Behavior Analysis International. He has served the field of behavior analysis as an associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and as president of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. He currently serves as coordinator of the Association’s Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board. |
JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas) |
 Dr. Jomella Watson-Thompson is an Associate Professor in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science, and the Director of the Center for Service Learning at the University of Kansas. She is also an Associate Director with the Center for Community Health and Development. She attained a Ph.D. in Behavioral Psychology and a Masters of Urban Planning from the University of Kansas. She applies behavioral science methods and interventions to improve how communities address issues related to community health and development. Her research has focused on behavioral-community approaches to neighborhood development, substance abuse prevention, and youth and community violence prevention. Dr. Thompson supports community-engaged scholarship using participatory approaches to address social determinants or factors that may contribute to disparities, particularly for marginalized groups and communities. She has researched the effects of community-based processes and behavioral-community interventions to promote mobilization and change in communities. Dr. Thompson has co-authored articles on community capacity-building, youth development, and prevention and received numerous federal, state and local funding awards. She is as an Associate Editor with Behavior and Social Issues. Dr. Thompson has extensive experience providing training, technical support and evaluation for coalitions and community-based initiatives. |
|
|
|
|
The Effects of Lag Schedules and Teacher Presentation Rates on Academic, Play, and Social Behavior of Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Juliana Aguilar (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University) |
CE Instructor: Matthew Tincani, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium involves studies investigating the effects of lag schedules and teacher presentation rates on academic, play, and social behavior of children with autism. The first presentation will discuss using a lag schedule to teach variable play behavior in preschoolers with autism, and assessing preference for variable or repetitive play. The second presentation will discuss using fixed and varied instructional arrangements to establish varied intraverbal responses. The third presentation will discuss the role of intertrial intervals of instruction presentation on skill acquisition and rates of problem behavior. The final presentation will discuss skill acquisition and problem behavior rates during two different intertrial intervals of instruction presentation, as well as student preference for instruction presentation rate. The discussant will provide comments on each of these studies. |
Target Audience: BACBs, graduate students, researchers |
|
Choice for Variability in Children With Autism |
ANNIE GALIZIO (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Sara Peck (Utah State University), Lorraine A Becerra (University of Missouri), Jay Hinnenkamp (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Although individuals with autism tend to behave repetitively, certain reinforcement contingencies (e.g., lag schedules) can be used to increase and maintain behavioral variability. In a lag schedule, reinforcement is only delivered for responses that differ from recent responses. We designed the present study to promote variable play behavior in preschoolers with autism interacting with playsets and figurines, and to assess preference for variability and repetition contingencies. Limited data have shown a preference for variability in pigeons and college students, but this effect has not yet been explored in clinical populations. In this experiment, three preschoolers with autism were taught to discriminate between variability and repetition contingencies. With one set of discriminative stimuli, only play behaviors that met a lag schedule were reinforced, and with another, only repetitive play behaviors were reinforced. After differential performance was established, participants were presented with a choice between the two sets of stimuli, and participants completed a play session with the corresponding contingency. Two participants showed a slight preference for variability over repetition, and the other showed indifference. These results indicate that some individuals with autism play repetitively, not because they prefer repetitive play, but because they would require additional teaching to play variably. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Instructional Arrangements Involving Lag Schedules on Varied and Different Intraverbals |
VICTORIA L VERGONA (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Lauren Alicia Goodwyn (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often exhibit language deficits including stilted and repetitive speech. These challenges may be stigmatizing and interfere with socialization. Promoting varied and different responses remains an important area of focus. Lag schedules of reinforcement have been shown to increase response variability across a range of skills including intraverbal responses. Few studies have assessed the effects of instructional arrangements on variability. We extended research by assessing the effectiveness of teaching responses to non-mastered intraverbals in a fixed- or variable-order on varied and different responding by children with ASD using an adapted alternating treatments design. After acquiring six responses to a single intraverbal, the effects of lag schedules were evaluated. The fixed-order arrangement was slightly more effective and efficient compared to the varied-order instruction arrangement on establishing varied and different intraverbal responses. Procedures were favorably ranked and outcomes were reported as socially valid. Implications and areas of future research will be discussed. |
|
Intertrial Intervals as an Independent Variable in Teaching Students With Autism |
WILLOW HOZELLA (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Research on the importance of antecedent variables when teaching persons with autism has the potential to provide pragmatic methodologies for the applied setting. This study replicated and extended the work of Roxburgh and Carbone (2013) on the effects of the rate of teacher-presented instructional demands as an independent variable. An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate the effects of the rate of teacher presented instructional demands across three intertrial intervals (1 s, 5 s, 10 s). Dependent variables were frequency of problem behavior, frequency of teaching trials for target skills, frequency of error responses, frequency of mastered skills presented, and rates of reinforcement during discrete trial instruction with four students with autism. Results indicated that reduction of intertrial intervals resulted in a commensurate increase in rates of socially mediated positive reinforcement, increased rates of instructor presented teaching trials, and a decrease in frequency of problem behavior. Issues related to the importance of replication, the role of translational research in applied settings, and conceptual analyses of the role of motivating operation on the occurrence of problem behavior will also discussed. |
|
The Effects of Two Teacher Presentation Rates on Responding During Easy and Hard Tasks for Children at Risk for or With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
ZIWEI XU (INGCare), Hui Yin (N/A), Tangchen Li (Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This study was a partial replication and an extension of Roxburgh and Carbone (2012). The purpose of the study was three-fold. First, we evaluated the effects of varied teacher-presented instructional demands (inter trial interval = 1s, 5s) on the opportunities of respond, the number of responses emitted, percentage of correct responses, and percentage of intervals with disruptive behavior for three children with autism. Second, we compared the effects of varied teacher presentation rates on responding, especially the accuracy of responding and occurrences of disruptive behavior during easy and hard tasks. Third, we used a concurrent-chain procedure to assess participant preferences for teacher presentation rates during easy tasks. An alternating treatment embedded in ABAB without baseline design was used to compare the effects of the two treatment conditions (inter trial interval = 1s, 5s) and two task conditions (easy and hard). The results of the study demonstrated that as compared to extended intertrial interval (ITI), brief ITI increased the rate of instructional demands presented, rate of learner responses emitted, and rate of correct responding during both tasks while increasing percentage of correct responding and reducing problem behaviors during hard tasks only. During easy tasks, the participants’ choices between two rates were inconsistent, suggesting avoidance contingency might have been in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Humor, Brains, and Video Games: The Many Ways to Link Physiology With Basic and Rehabilitative Behavioral Paradigms |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center) |
Discussant: Christina Nord (University of Lethbridge) |
Abstract: Neuroscience constitutes a branch of the biological sciences that is easily integrated with Behavior Analysis in several ways, including direct analysis of neural signals in behavioral experiments, the use of behavioral approaches to help rewire the brain and improve lost skills after brain injury, and theoretical integration of biological measures and neurological events into the behavioral paradigm. This symposium will present varied basic, applied, and theoretical work in the Neuro-operant realm currently conducted at the University of North Texas in association with the Beatrice H. Barrett Endowment for Research in Neuro-Operant Relations. Two basic talks will integrate physiological, neurological, and behavioral data into an analysis of covertly mediated stimulus equivalence, and into an examination of humor responses. An applied project will show the results of using a Wii gaming system to improve rehabilitation of balance deficits after brain injury. Finally, the divide between stimulus and response when considering events occurring inside the skin will be considered on a theoretical and practical level. |
|
Use of a Virtual Reality Gaming System to Improve Balance in Individuals With Chronic Stroke |
SELENA CRUZ (University of North Texas), Stephon Primus (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center) |
Abstract: The Wii Fit U game utilizes a Wii Balance Board™ (WBB) that provides precise feedback contingencies, thereby potentially increasing the dose of quality therapy with or without the presence of a therapist during post-stroke rehabilitation. Additionally, an engaging video-game could improve treatment adherence, a critical aspect of making progress, by potentially increasing the rate and quality of reinforcement embedded in therapy. The present study has three aims: 1) Develop a behaviorally rigorous therapy for improving balance in chronic stroke victims using the Wii Fit U and WBB; 2) Evaluate the program’s effects on Berg Balance Scale (BBS) and Center of Balance (COB) scores using a within-subject experimental design; 3) Assess social validity of behavioral gains by evaluating the program’s effects on participant’s "subjective balance confidence" (i.e., their Activities-Specific Balance Confidence (ABC) scores). A reversal design is used wherein the experimental gameplay condition and no intervention condition are alternated for 6 to 10 weeks. It is expected that participants will exhibit greater performance in the game as well as better BBS and COB score improvement when the Wii Fit U game is administered at a high therapeutic dose, and that increased ABC scores will correlate with improved BBS and COB scores. |
|
Stimulus Equivalence Formation, Covert Verbal Behavior, and the Role of Compatible and Incompatible Responses |
ELIZABETH LOVITZ (University of North Texas), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: While the descriptive understanding of stimulus equivalence is widely accepted within the field of behavior analysis, its interpretation is more contentious. The emergence of reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity without direct reinforcement of the responses that make up these relations is puzzling in light of our basic understanding of reinforcement contingencies. The present study explores the role of covert verbal behavior in the emergence of equivalence relations in an arbitrary matching to sample task using participants recruited from the general population, as well as college students. Participants engage in a computerized matching to sample task with arbitrary stimuli under three different conditions. Baseline consists of matching to sample training of four conditional discriminations using arbitrary stimuli yielding two, three-member equivalence classes and tests for the resulting symmetry, transitivity and equivalence relations. The order of the two experimental phases is counterbalanced across participants and these phases consist of one of two conditions, engaging in behavior that was either compatible with covert verbal behavior or incompatible with covert verbal behavior concurrently with the tests for equivalence. A final phase consists of a return to baseline. Behavioral data collection is ongoing and EEG data collection will follow to assess N400 response changes across conditions. |
|
A Neurobehavioral Analysis of Humor Responses |
EDWARD BRANDON AMEZQUITA (University of North Texas), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Laughter and humor responses in general are a crucial part of human behavior. However, compared to other examples of human behavior, they have received relatively little attention from the scientific community and by the behavior analytic community in particular. The purpose of this study is to assess what are the controlling variables for humans to emit a laugh or humor response. We compare behavioral and physiological (EEG, GSR, and Eye Muscles) responses to the presentation of sentences that either end with a putative punchline or not. There are five total responses in this experiment : An initiation response delivers the first word of a joke, a delivery response presents the next word of a joke, a punchline delivery response presents the punchline to the joke, and finally the termination responses ends the trial with a self-report response of “not funny” or “funny”. The number of sentences is kept constant across the joke and non-joke conditions, and presentation of jokes and non-jokes is randomized across trials. Participants will be college students who are first language English speakers. Data collection is ongoing and results will be interpreted within the framework of the basic literature on priming, N400 responses and intraverbal control. |
|
Towards a Natural Line of Fracture Between Behavior and Environment: Climbing Out of the Pigeonhole of the Skin on the Other Side |
APRIL M. BECKER (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has successfully built a science on the study of environment-behavior relations. While it has long been acknowledged that the skin constitutes an arbitrary and potentially misleading structural divide between these two phenomena, the search for a more functional distinction deserves further exploration. This talk will start from the radical behaviorist standpoint that covert behavior is not different in kind from overt and is distinguished merely via technology-related thresholds enabling multi-observer measurement. We will discuss strategies for differentiating events that occur inside the skin, which new technology has placed squarely in the prevue of direct measurement, and distinguishing them as part of either stimulation or response. Such events include endogenous or exogenous chemicals administered locally or via general circulation, neural activation (including receptor activation, early processing, integration, premotor, and motor stages), artificial neural activation, various avenues of internal sensation, proprioceptive and automatic response-produced feedback, and more. Various mutually exclusive approaches to the question will be considered along with their practical implications for the behavior of the scientist and thus the advancement of the science. |
|
|
|
|
Become an Ambassador for Applied Behavior Analysis: Dissemination Efforts Beyond America and Autism |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sharon Trew (Clinical Behavior Analysis) |
Discussant: Megan Miller (#dobetter Pod) |
CE Instructor: Michelle P. Kelly, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current symposium outlines dissemination efforts in countries beyond the United States of America and in fields beyond autism, with the aim of inspiring the audience to become better ambassadors for applied behavior analysis (ABA). Our first paper reviews the power of social media and the challenges that can be faced when becoming a social behavioral influencer. The second paper examines the current status of the dissemination of ABA in the United Arab Emirates in the Middle East, including an overview of efforts related to the translation of behavior analytic works and collaborations with non-behavior analytic professional peers. The third paper brings us into the field of health and fitness, and specifically football, with an evaluation of the antecedent and consequent components of the standard Behavioral Skills Training procedure. Our final paper will discuss current growth rates of certified behavior analysts, barriers to dissemination, and avenues for support in Africa. The discussant will highlight and integrate the contributions of all presenters in relation to and under the framework of her #dobetter professional development movement. |
Target Audience: Basic level event designed for: BCaBAs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds and anyone interested in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and its dissemination. |
Learning Objectives: i. Attendees will be able to briefly describe the responsibility that behavior analysts have to disseminate the science. ii. Attendees will be able to list a variety of ways to disseminate the science and to become an ambassador for behavior analysis. iii. Attendees will be able to provide an example of how behavioral skills training can be used in sports, and specifically football. iv. Attendees will be able to briefly describe the current status of behavior analysis in Africa and the United Arab Emirates. v. Attendees will be able to describe the current #dobetter campaign. |
|
Do Doctors Really Know Best? Examining Dissemination Efforts in the United Arab Emirates |
MICHELLE P. KELLY (Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE)) |
Abstract: “Behavior analysts are responsible for disseminating behavior analysis by making information about the science available to the public, professional peers, and government officials” (Kelly, Martin, Dillenburger, Kelly & Miller, 2019; p. 440). This presentation examines the current status of the dissemination of applied behavior analysis (ABA) in the United Arab Emirates (UAE), one of six member states of the Gulf Cooperation Council in the Middle East (Kelly et al., 2016). Dissemination efforts will be shared including: the initiation of the first graduate Verified Course Sequence in the country; presentations at non-behavior analytic conferences; translation of behavior analytic works; and collaborations with non-behavior analytic professional peers including experts in educational technology, and members of the Ministry of Education. Finally, an overview will be provided of results from an online survey that investigated levels of awareness of autism and ABA amongst 232 pediatricians in the UAE. The results indicated suboptimal awareness of the causes and characteristics of autism as well as alarming support for unestablished interventions for individuals. Dissemination efforts with pediatricians will be shared. |
|
Evaluating Antecedent and Consequent Components of Behavioral Skills Training When Teaching Football Tackling Form |
MERRITT SCHENK (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Behavioral Skills Training (BST) has been a common procedure to help teach or improve various behaviors for some time, and it involves instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. However, there might be instances in which some components of BST are not necessary. For example, common coaching techniques in American rules Football involve a coach providing antecedent instruction without detailed feedback immediately after a rehearsal, and the players appear to often learn the desired skill. This means that there might be times when antecedent instruction might be sufficient when attempting to change behavior, and consequent feedback could be an unnecessary laborious task. Thus, we evaluated antecedent and consequent components of the standard BST procedure to teach proper tackling form to 3 football players. Overall we found that instruction and modeling helped all players improve their behavior. However, the immediate feedback following rehearsal proved to help all participants improve their behavior to desired levels. Procedures, results, and implications will be discussed. |
|
Growth and Barriers to Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis in Africa |
WHITNEY HAMMEL (Autism Compassion Africa) |
Abstract: There are 1.2 billion individuals living in Africa. Limited data is currently available on the prevalence of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) on the continent, which leads to sparse funding and programs for those with disabilities. Lack of awareness and acceptance of those with ASD, combined with limited resources, leads to decreased quality of life. The Human Rights Watch (2012) has documented severe abuse against those with disabilities, including shackling and unsanitary conditions, in Ghanaian prayer camps and psychiatric institutions. The BBC also released a documentary titled “The World’s Worst Place to Be Disabled?” (2015) outlining abuse, neglect and even termination of life for those with disabilities in Ghana. Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Africa is greatly needed. ABA is relatively unknown and mostly concentrated to English speaking countries. According to the BACB portal, as of October 2019 there were only 16 BCBAs and 5 BCaBAs listed as serving the entirety of Africa. There is an urgent need to ethically and sustainably increase the number of trained ABA professionals to impact the lives of those with disabilities on the continent. This presentation will discuss current growth rates of BACB certified individuals, barriers to dissemination, and avenues for support. |
|
|
|
|
Augmentative and Alternative Communication for Individuals With Complex Communication Needs: Systematic Reviews of Critical Factors |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sanikan Wattanawongwan (Texas A&M University) |
Discussant: Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota) |
CE Instructor: Joe Reichle, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals who are unable to use conventional speech are at risk for challenging behavior, social isolation, and poor long term outcomes. Approximately 30% of children with moderate-severe disabilities are at high risk for complex communication needs; most of these individuals would benefit from AAC. AAC has been supported as effective for a variety of implementers, procedures, and target outcomes. However, many questions remain regarding the quality of reporting this research, critical outcomes, and features of implementation. Without this information, it is difficult to determine when and how AAC-based interventions are most effective. Comprehensive systematic reviews examining the impacts of AAC for individuals with complex communication needs, including individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities, were conducted by the presenters and their research teams. The presenters will synthesize available evidence about AAC to address the methodological quality of the literature, effects of AAC intervention on speech production, the use of telehealth in AAC interventions, and factors related to parent-implementation of AAC-based interventions. Participants will gain an understanding of critical points related to implementing AAC and will be able to summarize the current state of the science. |
Target Audience: Researchers, Graduate Students, Behavior Analysts |
Learning Objectives: Audience members will be able to: 1. Identify elements of quality single case research in AAC. 2. Describe AAC interventions currently meeting evidence standard. 3. Identify features of telehealth and parent-implemented AAC that are most effective. |
|
Augmentative and Alternative Communication for Autism and Intellectual Disability: Systematic Review of Critical Reporting Factors |
J.B. GANZ (Texas A&M University), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota), Kimberly Vannest (University of Vermont), James Eric Pustejovsky (University of Texas at Austin), Lauren Pierson (Texas A&M University), Sanikan Wattanawongwan (Texas A&M University), April N. Haas (Texas A&M University), Sandy Smith (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities frequently have concomitant complex communication needs; such difficulties communicating frequently lead to social isolation, challenging behavior, and significant resource needs. Examination of the relevant literature base is critical; however, there are challenges in aggregating results across single-case studies, related to quality of methodology and reporting practices.
We have conducted the largest and most comprehensive, to date, systematic review examining the impacts augmentative and alternative communication-based interventions for the target population. The presenters will share data extracted from approximately 171 articles, following initial search procedures that produced a pool of 6690 documents, eligibility screening, and exclusion for failure to meet basic methodological quality standards.
Critical quality indicators are under-reported. We are particularly interested in factors related to naturalistic and effective intervention for autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disabilities, with complex communication needs. This presentation will report on methodological quality, with a focus on the reporting diagnostic, cognitive, and communication skill assessments; interventionist descriptions; procedural integrity; and setting in which the project was implemented and whether or not it was a natural context for the participants. Results indicate that these details are vastly underreported. The presenters will provide recommendations for relevant research. |
|
Effects of Augmentative and Alternative Communication Intervention on Speech Production in Developmental Disabilities: Systematic Review |
RALF SCHLOSSER (Northeastern University), Oliver Wendt (University of Central Florida), Mariola Moeyaert (University at Albany) |
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and other Developmental Disabilities (DD) often present with complex communication needs. Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) interventions have been found effective in improving communicative competence and language skills. Yet, relevant stakeholders continue to fear that the adoption or the continued use of AAC modalities may hinder natural speech production. If left unanswered, this may lead families to postpone, or worse, reject AAC modalities altogether leaving their children less likely to reach their full potential. This systematic review, funded by the Health Resources Services Administration, will update previous reviews (Millar et al., 2006; Schlosser & Wendt, 2008) on the effects of AAC intervention on speech production in ASD/other DD. A multi-faceted search includes general-purpose databases, publisher databases, trial registers, reference lists, forward citation searches, and contacting authors. To be included a study has to meet criteria related to speech production, experimental design, diagnosis, and AAC use. Data extraction will focus on participant characteristics, AAC approach, effectiveness metrics, and risk of bias assessments. Meta-analyses will be performed as feasible. Previous reviews found AAC interventions to result in modest increases in speech production. This conclusion will be revised consistent with the updated data set and analyses. |
|
Telehealth use in Augmentative and Alternative Communication intervention: A systematic review |
JESSICA J. SIMACEK (University of Minnesota), Marianne Elmquist (University of Minnesota), J.B. GANZ (Texas A&M University), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota), Sanikan Wattanawongwan (Texas A&M University), Lauren Pierson (Texas A&M University), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba) |
Abstract: Children with autism who experience complex communication needs (CCN) often benefit from augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) intervention.The umbrella of telehealth includes the provision of assessment or intervention via technology platforms to support the use of AAC for children with autism. Telehealth methodologies may help bridge barriers for children with CCN who may lack access to interventionists with expertise in AAC. The rapidly advancing fields of AAC and telehealth technology require evidence-based research to be translated to clinical recommendations. This presentation discusses a systematic review of the literature following PRISMA guidelines on the use of telehealth in AAC assessment or intervention for children and young adults with autism. The included studies were coded for 20 items, related to; first, the parameters of the participants, interventionists, and the interventions; and, second, reported measures and related findings on feasibility, efficacy, or cost-effectiveness. We anticipate the findings of this review will summarize the current state of the knowledge on telehealth to deliver AAC intervention for people with autism, including future directions specifically related to feasibility, efficacy, and cost-effectiveness. |
|
Parent-Implemented Augmentative and Alternative Communication Interventions for Children with Autism and Intellectual Disabilities: Systematic Review |
MARIANNE ELMQUIST (University of Minnesota), Jessica J. Simacek (University of Minnesota), J.B. GANZ (Texas A&M University), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba), Sanikan Wattanawongwan (Texas A&M University), Lauren Pierson (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Many individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities (ID) have complex communication needs (CCN) impacting their ability to verbally express their thoughts and needs, such that reductions in academic achievement, quality of life, and increases in challenging behavior are often reported. Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) interventions are critical for improving language outcomes for individuals with CCN; therefore, it is important that individuals supporting those with CCN have access to the resources and training to implement AAC interventions effectively. The purpose of the current study is to review the parent-implemented AAC, literature for individuals with autism and ID to identify current training practices and explore how implementation fidelity is being measured and reported. A systematic review was conducted following the PRISMA guidelines. Included studies will be coded for; participant characteristics, training practices, intervention characteristics, AAC outcomes, and procedural fidelity. We anticipate that findings from the current review will provide an overview of the current practices used to train parents that can be used to inform practice but also provide future research directions in isolating effective training practices. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research in Equivalence-Based Instruction and Emergent Responding With Advanced Learners and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Discussant: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Daniel Mark Fienup, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, four studies will be described that evaluated procedures to facilitate emergent responding and/or equivalence class formation with adults of typical development or adults diagnosed with ASD. In the first study, equivalence-based instruction (EBI) was compared to a PowerPoint lecture to teach differential reinforcement procedure descriptors to college students. In the second study, EBI was compared to self-study of videos to learn examples of American Sign Language and to combine them in novel ways using both listener and speaker behavior. In the third study, adult participants were trained on nutrition Information for different food items using conditional-discrimination training. In the last study, adults with ASD learned classes of stimuli representing computer hardware (i.e., hard drive, CPU fan, RAM, processor, and power supply) using EBI and then demonstrated the emergence of untaught relations, intraverbals, and assembly of a hard drive. Collectively, these studies inform best practices of procedures used to promote emergent responding and equivalence class formation across a broad domain of skill areas. |
Target Audience: College instructors / BCBAs |
|
Comparing Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Lecture to Teach Differential Reinforcement Descriptors to College Students |
Sabrina Kelly (Caldwell University), ADRIENNE JENNINGS (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Carol J McPheters (Alta Families, Inc.) |
Abstract: Many higher education students learn core concepts of behavior analytic principles through academic curriculum (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007; Malott, 2013). However, students of higher education may have difficultly learning such material (McConnell, 1990; Tauber, 1988). The present study compared a pre-recorded lecture to computerized equivalence-based instruction to teaching college students differential reinforcement procedures [i.e., differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), and differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior (DRI)]. Each class contained three members (A: the term, B: the definition, C: multiple exemplars of vignettes). A between-subjects group design was used to compare pretest and posttest performances of participants assigned to either equivalence-based instruction or lecture instruction. Sorting and written tests were used to determine the degree of class-consistent responding in novel formats for both groups. Results demonstrated that EBI was more effective than lecture at teaching concepts of differential reinforcement. |
|
Comparing Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Self-Study of Videos to Teach Sign Language to Adults |
ANGELINA LONGO (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Adrienne Jennings (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: We compared equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to self-study of videos to teach eight 3-member classes of ASL signs with adults. Four of the equivalence classes consisted of verbs (i.e., throw, touch, blow, and spin) and four classes were nouns (i.e., truck, dollar, egg, and ball). We also assessed (a) speaker probes by having participants sign both single words and verb-noun pairs of words and (b) listener probes by having participants comply with signed requests of verb-noun pairs. Results showed that all 12 participants from the EBI group reached passing criterion of 88% for single sign probes on the first training. In the self-study group, however, only 3 of 12 participants reached passing criterion on the first training. Lastly, participants from the EBI and self-study group performed at high levels across MTS emergent relations responding. However, the EBI group showed significantly higher scores for the single signs posttest than the self-study group. Verb-noun phrases demonstrating recombinative generalization successfully emerged across listener and speaker tasks for both groups. Social validity measures showed that participants in the EBI group liked their method of learning more than the participants in the self-study group. These results further inform our procedures for effectively teaching ASL. |
|
Teaching Skills About Content of Nutrition in a Matching-to-Sample Format |
JON MAGNUS EILERTSEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: Adult participants were trained in nutrition knowledge for different food items. The participants were assigned to three different groups and all the participants were first exposed to a pre-test of stimuli with names of different food items. In the pre-test, they were asked to sort the stimuli according to three different ranges of carbohydrate values. This test was followed by a conditional-discrimination training and testing, and finally a post-sorting test of the stimuli used in the conditional-discrimination training. Stimuli used in the conditional-discrimination training were tailored, that is, food items that the participant categorized incorrectly in the sorting test were used in the conditional-discrimination training. Participants in Groups 1 and 2 were trained 6 conditional discriminations and tested for the formation of three 3-member classes. Group 2 had an option with “don’t know” in together with the three different ranges of carbohydrates values in the pre-sorting test. Participants in Group 3 were trained 12 conditional discriminations and tested for the formation of three 5-member classes. The main findings showed that all participants who responded correctly on at least one test for equivalence class formation in the matching-sample format test, sorted the stimuli correctly in post-sorting test. |
|
Application of Computer Hardware Relations Learned During Equivalence-Based Instruction to a Vocational Task |
KATRINA ROBERTS (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: In the present study, we used a pretest/training/posttest experimental design to examine the effects of teaching specific conditional relations among stimuli representing computer hardware (i.e., hard drive, CPU fan, RAM, processor, and power supply), on the emergence of untaught derived relations, intraverbals, and assembly of a computer hard drive. Participants were three adults diagnosed with autism. Equivalence stimuli consisted of the written name of the hardware, a picture of the hardware, the written function of the hardware, and a picture indicating the location of the hardware. A match-to-sample procedure was used to train the conditional discriminations among the class members. We also used a simple to complex training protocol and a linear training structure for the classes. Responding of all three participants improved from pretest to posttest on measures of untaught relations, intraverbals, and assembling a hard drive. These results demonstrate the utility of EBI and direct application of the learned relations to a vocational task. |
|
|
|
|
Mastery Criterion During Skill Acquisition: Recent Research |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Brittany Chiasson (Teachers College) |
Discussant: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: Sarah M. Richling, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Mastery criteria are a ubiquitous component of skill acquisition programs; however, there is limited research on its use. Studies in this symposium will cover a range of issue related to an educator's use of criteria. Our first talk discusses data analysis and how the continuity of data collection affects mastery. The second and third talks manipulate an aspect of mastery criterion and evaluate its effect on skill acquisition. The final talk focuses on appropriate criteria and instruction to promote eye contact. |
Target Audience: Researchers and practitioners who design educational interventions for children with developmental disabilities |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define mastery criterion and its major components 2. Identify aspects of mastery criterion that affect skill acquisition 3. Discuss how data collection and type of skill interact with mastery criterion effects. |
|
Comparing Continuous Versus Discontinuous Data Collection on Skill Acquisition and Teacher Decision-Making |
ADAM S. WARMAN (The Faison Center), Amy Coleman (Faison Center), Ashley Briggs Greer (Faison Center), Luke Martin (Faison Center), Sydney Mrowiec (Faison Center) |
Abstract: Data collection procedures must be chosen to work for the clinician, rather than expending inefficient effort on gathering underutilized information. Balancing clinician use of time with effective instructional interventions and decision-making. This study applied a multiple baseline across participants design to compare the two approaches using parallel data-based decision protocols regarding the impact on client skill mastery, false mastery indicators, rate of instruction, and overall clinician intervention decisions. The data collection systems of the programming for 6 children with autism were manipulated in a private day school in suburban Virginia. Licensed special education teachers supervised by behavior analysts designed the skill acquisition programming. The data indicate that while mastery of targets was similar between the conditions, significant differences were found in teacher decision-making effort, rate of instruction, and targets falsely flagged as mastered. Exploring the potential effects a data collection system may have on client skill acquisition and the efficient use of limited clinician time can help service providers determine which systemic processes they will use in their practice. |
|
Mastery Criterion During a Shaping Task: The Effects of Short and Long Criteria |
REBECCA HOTCHKISS (Evergreen Center), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Research on mastery criterion effects has focused on discrete responses and, to the best of our knowledge, have not been evaluated in the context of shaping procedures. In this study, we evaluated two criteria in the context of shaping auditory discriminations for children with autism, which has been shown to increase echoic production. The program begins with children discriminating very different auditory stimuli and across consecutive phases children discriminate increasingly similar auditory stimuli. In the traditional criterion condition, participants mastered each phase of the shaping protocol by responding with 90% accuracy in a 20 trial session. In the consecutive correct condition, participants mastered each phase of the protocol by responding correctly to 5 consecutive trials in a session that lasted a maximum of 20 trials. In a between-subjects study, we matched participants based on baseline echoic production and general rate of learning. Participants in the consecutive correct condition completed the shaping protocol with significantly fewer trials and demonstrated the same gains in echoic repertoires as participants who completed the protocol with a traditional mastery criterion. We discuss the implications of mastery criterion for different types of procedures and responses. |
|
The Application of Mastery Criterion to Individual Operants During Skill Acquisition |
KRISTINA WONG (Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Typically, with children with disabilities, instructors deliver blocks of trials containing multiple stimuli/responses and evaluate mastery as percentage correct across all responses in the block. The purpose of the current study was to investigate this traditional mastery criterion arrangement compared to an arrangement where mastery was assessed at the level of individual responses. In both conditions, mastery criterion was 100% accuracy in one session. In the Set Analysis (SA) condition, accuracy was evaluated as average correct responding across all 4 target operants in a set. In the Operant Analysis (OA) condition, we taught 4 targets at a time and accuracy was assessed per operant and new operants were substituted into the set each time a single operant was mastered. Overall, all 4 participants learned textual responses quicker in the OA condition and all participants maintained a higher number of responses from the OA condition. Implications for skill acquisition are discussed. |
|
Mastery Criteria, Maintenance, and Generalization of Eye Contact in Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
ANNA EDGEMON (Auburn University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), Jennifer L. Cook (University of South Florida), Nadratu Nuhu (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Joseph Bardeen (Auburn University) |
Abstract: In humans, eye contact is one of the most important nonverbal communicative behaviors. However, deficits in eye contact are characteristic of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and other neurodevelopmental disabilities. Interventions targeting increasing eye contact in this population are important as eye contact can be conceptualized as a behavioral cusp that allows the individual to access novel environments and contingencies. Previous research has used a variety of procedures to increase eye contact in this population with limited success and arbitrarily determined mastery criteria. Thus, the purpose of this presentation is to discuss three studies which evaluated eye contact. In the first study, researchers used descriptive analyses to determine normative levels of eye contact in a sample population. In the second study, researchers used eye tracking software to increase eye contact in individuals with disabilities and evaluated generalization across settings. In the third study, researchers used a progressive model to teach eye contact and evaluated maintenance during follow-up probes. Limitations of these studies are discussed along with suggestions for future research on increasing eye contact in individuals with developmental disabilities and programming for generalization and maintenance. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Applied Research in Organizational Behavior Management |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Discussant: Matthew M Laske (Appalachian State University) |
CE Instructor: Matthew M Laske, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Since its inception in the late 1960s Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) has been applied across a wide variety of industries. Within these various industries different goals, populations, and procedures make OBM one of the broadest applications of behavior analysis. However, the differences across settings require a range of skills in an OBM practitioner that include industry specific terminology, knowledge of safety procedures, government regulations, among others. This symposium contains two presentations in a human service setting, a study that took place within a hospital, and a final study that took place in a manufacturing plant. The goals and methods of the studies vary widely and highlight how OBM procedures can be implemented. The applications of OBM will be compared and contrasted by the discussant. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe methods to increase interaction between medical professionals 2. Participants will describe how to implement a PFP system in behavior analysts 3. Participants will describe the effects of antecedent prompts in the work environment |
|
The Effect of “Do” Versus “Don’t” Formatted Messaging on Employee Adherence to Written Requests |
ELIZABETH NEWCOMB (The Faison Center), Nicholas Vanderburg (The Faison Center Inc), Trang Doan (The Faison Center), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: Signs are a commonly used antecedent intervention. There are a number of variables that make a sign more likely to be followed (proximity, response effort, changing vs. static), but there is little research into whether a sign is more effective if the message is provided in a “do” versus a “don’t” format. Providing a “do” request is generally considered more effective in clinical populations but has not been studied in an employee population. In the current study, written requests, in the form of a posted sign on a door, were used to measure the effectiveness of a “do” message (find another way) and a “don’t” message (do not enter) with employees in a school setting. Adherence to the signs did some to be influenced by the message. |
|
A Pay-for-Performance System in Behavior Analysts Conducting Consultation |
RACHEL L ERNEST (The Faison Center), Adam S. Warman (The Faison Center), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: Pay-for-performance broadly describes systems where an employee’s behavior is tied to her or his performance. The current applied study describes the effects of transitioning a team of four behavior analysts from a standard pay-for-time paradigm to a pay-for-performance system. In the pay-for-performance system a percentage of pay was made contingent upon the number of hours billed. Results indicated an increase in the number of monthly hours billed across all behavior analysts. Additionally, the improvements in performance achieved in the pay-for-performance program made the department profitable for the first time. |
|
Increasing Doctor-Nurse-Patient Communication During Patient Rounds |
NICOLE GRAVINA (University of Florida), Andressa Sleiman (Univeristy of Florida), Nicholas Matey (University of Florida), Elizabeth Harlan (University of Florida), Garret Hack (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Hospital errors are the third leading cause of death in the United States. One way to reduce errors is to increase communication between doctors, nurses, and patients. Each stakeholder brings valuable information to the discussion and can serve as a second check during medical decisions. In this study, we examined a package intervention that included task clarification, prompting, and feedback for increasing discussion among doctors, nurses, and patients during morning rounds on two units. Communication was measured using a checklist of items to be discussed during rounds. Furthermore, nurse presence and submitting orders during rounds was measured. Results indicated that they intervention was successful at improving communication. |
|
Performance Management at Work: Improving Productivity and Efficiency in a Manufacturing Setting |
NICHOLAS MATEY (University of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Organizational behavior management (OBM) techniques have long made positive impacts in businesses and organizations. One successful area within OBM is performance management or focusing on employee behaviors to reach organizational goals. The current study used performance management techniques to improve casting productivity and efficiency in a copper manufacturing company. Combinations of goal-setting, task clarification, and feedback were used to target both pounds of copper casted and the amount of time needed to complete a cycle (cycle time). Overall, productivity increased by 7.2% and cycle time decreased by 4.4% during the intervention and this change was estimated to be worth over $5 million. Methodology and other results will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
A Flat Earth or Behavioral Full Worldview: The Need for Behavior Analysts to Rely Upon the Fundamentals of Our Science |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg ) |
Discussant: Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Ivy, Ph.D. |
Abstract: As access to information increases with internet searches and almost instantaneous global communication, behavior analysts become exposed to a wide-variety of perspectives and strategies for treatment implementation. This exposure can cause behavior analysts’ worldview to shift from applying the theoretical foundations of behavioral science to incorporating other worldviews (e.g., mentalistic, non-scientifically supported theories) into their clinical practice. Some behavior analysts have confused the technologies of behavior analysis (e.g., curricula, assessments, etc.) for behavior analysis itself or have not adopted a behavioral worldview. “If this were a theoretical issue only, we should have no cause for alarm; but theories affect practice… Confusion in theory means confusion in practice” (Skinner, p. 9, 1968). This symposium, which includes four presentations and a discussion, will examine the variables that impact the shift to or away from a behavior analytic "worldview", the necessity for incorporating a behavioral worldview into ethical practice, and the impact for not utilizing a behavioral worldview. |
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts, students of behavior analysis, clinical supervisors. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Define worldview and adequately describe the behavioral worldview. 2) State the impact of philosophical coursework on the evolution of worldview. 3) Differentiate between a “point-and-click behaviorist” and a “world view behaviorist”. 4) Differentiate between an open and closed worldview, and why the former is more likely to lead to scientific advancement than the latter. |
|
One Worldview to Rule Them All |
Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), THOMAS ZANE (University of Kansas), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College) |
Abstract: A worldview is the lens through which we look and make sense of the world. A worldview constructs the foundation of what we believe, and dictates how we explain, assess, and deal with the phenomena of interest. Behavior analysts, through their training, are exposed to and supposedly embrace the worldview of behaviorism and all that that means, such as adherence to scientific attitude and practice, that informs our assessment and treatment of behavior. However, there is accumulating evidence that behavior analysts are using and supporting treatments and interventions that are not based upon the behavior-analytic worldview or conceptualization of behavior. Such practice hurts consumers, hurts our field, and demonstrates ethical disarray on the part of the behavior analyst. Behavior analysts have an ethical and practical responsibility to adhere only to behaviorism as their worldview and behave according to only its tenets and philosophy. |
|
Can a Science of Teaching Teach a Scientific Worldview? |
KIMBERLY MARSHALL (CCSN: Center for Independence; Endicott College) |
Abstract: It is evident that the concepts and principles of behavior analysis are well defined. However, it is less evident that behavior analysts have a thorough understanding of the philosophy of their science. Despite the wealth of resources available and coursework requirements in philosophy, it has been demonstrated that many behavior analysts do not hold a behavior analytic worldview (Bailey & Burch, 2016; Oliver, Pratt, & Normand, 2015; Schreck, Karunaratne, Zane, & Wilford, 2016). A worldview, the standpoint through which one interprets their environment, influences treatment choice and the quality of intervention that clients receive. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board®, has announced upcoming changes that will hopefully improve adherence to a behavior analytic worldview, including revised course content requirements to include 90 hours on the philosophical underpinnings of behavior analysis with the implementation of the 5th Edition Task List in 2022 (BACB, 2017b). Consequently, research into the effectiveness of coursework targeted at teaching the philosophical underpinnings of applied behavior analysis in teaching a behavior analytic worldview grounded in a philosophy of science is necessary and timely. Preliminary data will be presented on the impact of philosophical coursework on the evolution of worldview in students of behavior analysis, and the results will be discussed with regard to additional training interventions. |
|
The Point-and-Click Behaviorist or a Behavioral World View Behaviorist: Where is Our Field Heading? |
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg) |
Abstract: Despite ethical requirements that behavior analysts function under a behavioral world view, it appears that some behavior analysts have adapted more of a conspiracy theory – flat earth world view not based upon our science. In fact, evidence indicates that some behavior analysts believe that the behavioral world view only applies to specific populations and age groups – not the full earth. This may be due to a lack of understanding and application of the fundamental philosophy of the science or an over-reliance on marketing behavioral analysis to specific populations and commercialized guides as easy to use as a point-and-click google search. Marketing may have been appropriately conducted to disseminate to the public behavior analysis’ effectiveness for specific populations, it may have marketed too well – changing behavior analysts’ world view. Although curriculum and guides initially may have been appropriately developed to assist behavior analysts, but not replace the fundamental applications of the science, the over reliance on their simplicity may be replacing the comprehensive understanding and use of the behavioral world view and application of such. Without a thorough understanding and application of a comprehensive behavioral worldview, behavior analysts may evolve into superficial and unethical, point-and-click behavioral technicians and not analysts. |
|
|
|
|
Why Study Duration? A Summary of Recent Investigations |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
10:30 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
|
Why Study Duration? A Summary of Recent Investigations |
Domain: Basic Research |
THOMAS P. BYRNE (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), Nicole Nadeau (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), Kabas Essameldin Elmeligy (Massachusetts college of liberal arts), Brianna Sarno (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
|
Abstract: Compared to rate of discrete responding, response duration has received scant attention as a dependent measure in behavior analysis. We will present results from a series of recent experiments in which we studied the duration of lever-pressing in laboratory rats. In all of the investigations, we arranged the delivery of edible reinforcers if depressing a response lever fell under or exceeded a programmed interval. We will discuss three general findings in detail. First, response duration may present some advantages over response rate for studying the effects of delayed reinforcement. Second, response duration increases significantly during extinction. This occurs whether or not there has been a history of differential reinforcement for depressing the response lever. This has implications for the interpretation of resurgence when behavior has a salient duration dimension. And finally, arranging reinforcement for response duration results in chains of idiosyncratic responses that rats emit concurrently with lever pressing. Whether these responses should be operationally defined as lever pressing presents a conceptual challenge. |
|
|
|
|
|
Reducing Staff Support for Adults With Developmental Disabilities: Using Technology to Support Adaptive Living Skills |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:20 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA |
Chair: Courtney Denise Bishop (Brock University ) |
|
Reducing Staff Support for Adults With Developmental Disabilities: Using Technology to Support Adaptive Living Skills |
Domain: Applied Research |
COURTNEY DENISE BISHOP (Brock University), Lisa Whittingham (Brock University), Rebecca Ensor (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Kimberly Maich (Atlantic Provinces Applied Behaviour Analysis), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (Brock University), Deanna Flagg (Community Living Haldimand) |
|
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities are more likely to experience social exclusion as a result of impairments in individual functioning and adaptive living skills, and because of the presence of direct support workers (Hall, 2016). Technology can reduce staff support, increase skill development and improve independence (Owuor et al., 2018). This project introduced iPad or iPhone technology and specialized apps to 12 adults with intellectual disabilities living in a community setting. Target skills associated with improving independence (e.g., employment skills, budgeting and banking) were identified and matched to a specialized app (e.g., Stepbystep, Intellist, Monefy). Chaining and prompting were used to teach the independent use of technology and to fade direct staff supports. Four concurrent multiple-baseline across participants designs were used to track individual progress and to illustrate the effective introduction of technology and apps, as a tool to reduce direct staff support and to increase independence in community settings. Duration data on the amount of support provided and the total task time were collected, and a percentage of direct support was calculated and tracked using multiple probes across participants. Percentage of direct support ranged between 30-100% during baseline and was successfully reduced to 0% upon the introduction of technology. |
|
|
|
|
|
Effects of the Temporal Separation of Multiple-Schedule Components on Differential Resistance to Change |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:20 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Raquel Alo (Universidade de Brasília, Brazil) |
|
Effects of the Temporal Separation of Multiple-Schedule Components on Differential Resistance to Change |
Domain: Basic Research |
RAQUEL ALO (Universidade de Brasília, Brazil), Sara Neves (Universidade de Brasília), Felipe Rodrigues (Universidade de Brasília) |
|
Abstract: To examine the effects of the temporal separation of multiple VI VI schedule components on differential resistance to change (DRTC), two experiments were conducted with rats. Reinforcement rates and magnitudes (reinforcers per cycle) were manipulated in Experiments 1 and 2, respectively, to produce rich and lean components. In both experiments, the separation of the components was manipulated by using different component durations, during one condition, and different intercomponent intervals (ICI), during another condition. Total exposure to the components was constant across sessions of each condition. Resistance to satiation was evaluated by delivering increasing amounts of the reinforcer before each test session. In Experiment 1, different component duration either increased (F2 and F4), decreased (F1 and F02), or had no consistent effects (F3) on DRTC. Increasing ICIs produced either an increase (F02) or an increase followed by a decrease (i.e., an inverted U function) in DRTC. In Experiment 2, increases in component duration produced either an increase (F6 and F8) or no consistent effects on DRTC. Increasing ICIs produced an increase (F7) or an inverted U effect on DRTC. Results are discussed in terms of the discrimininability of contingencies that are too close or too separate in time. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Behaviour Analytic Terminology through Peer Tutoring: Comparing Acquisition Rates of the Tutor and Tutee |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:20 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: TBA |
Chair: Aisling Collins (Jigsaw CABAS® School) |
|
Teaching Behaviour Analytic Terminology through Peer Tutoring: Comparing Acquisition Rates of the Tutor and Tutee |
Domain: Service Delivery |
AISLING COLLINS (Jigsaw CABAS® School), Katie Hyde (Jigsaw CABAS® School) |
|
Abstract: The acquisition of scientific verbal behaviour is crucial for behaviour analysts to communicate both effectively and efficiently. This study sought to investigate peer-tutoring as a means to teach behaviour analytic tacts, whilst comparing rates of acquisition for the tutor and tutee. A multiple probe design across two dyads and two stimulus sets was employed. The participants were four Comprehensive Application of Behaviour Analysis to Schooling® teachers who were required to give an appropriate tact when vocally presented with the definition of a term. The results indicated that peer-tutoring was effective in teaching tacts, with a functional relation demonstrated for six out of eight phases. Whether tutors or tutees acquired the tacts quicker differed across individual participants. The maintenance and functional application of the acquired verbal behaviour is discussed. Future studies could compare current results to larger group conditions such as choral responding, with consideration also required in the domain of which instructional histories gave rise to differences in acquisition rates dependent on the tutor or tutee role. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Application of Concurrent-Operants Methodologies for Evaluating Stimulus Functions With Individuals With Problem Behavior |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Chelsea R. Fleck (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Chelsea R. Fleck, M.S. |
Abstract: Clinicians may implement a number of preliminary assessments (e.g., functional analyses, demand assessments, preference assessments, etc.) prior to developing behavioral programs for clients with autism. The researchers in this symposium will describe two applications of concurrent-operants preparations for evaluating stimulus functions prior to initiating treatment. Lindsay Lloveras and colleagues will describe a concurrent-operant demand assessment (CODA) to identify a hierarchy of preferred and nonpreferred demands. Allie Rader and colleagues will describe a concurrent-operants assessment for determining the relative reinforcing efficacy of events hypothesized to maintain problem behavior. Implications for practitioners and applied researchers will be discussed. |
Target Audience: Graduate students in behavior analysis, clinicians working with individuals with problem behavior, applied researchers |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe the utility of concurrent-operant methodologies for evaluating relative stimulus functions (e.g., task preference and potential reinforcement for problem behavior). 2. Participants will describe the utility of a concurrent-operant demand assessment (CODA) for evaluating task preference, measuring relative responding during identified demands, and potential implications for individuals with problem behavior. 3. Participants will describe how to use a concurrent-operant assessment to evaluate the effects of potential reinforcing functions for problem behavior. |
|
Evaluation of a Concurrent Operant Demand Assessment to Determine Task Preference |
Lindsay Lloveras (University of Florida), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), CHELSEA R. FLECK (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: We conducted a concurrent operant demand assessment (CODA) to identify a hierarchy of preference for demands in 17 individuals who exhibited problem behavior. We presented demands in pairs, with selection between demands serving as the primary dependent variable. The reinforcing efficacy of escape from the most- and least-selected demands from the CODA were evaluated for 7 participants using progressive ratio (PR) schedules. Outcomes from the PR analysis corresponded with the rank order of demands from the CODA. Four of these seven participants were subsequently exposed to a brief CODA with only two items, which consisted of successive presentations of the most- and least-selected demands from the CODA. Outcomes of the brief CODA corresponded with the PR analysis and CODA for 3 out of 4 participants. These results suggest that the CODA might be an effective technology to determine a hierarchy of preference of demands for assessment and treatment purposes. |
|
A Concurrent Operants Assessment to Infer Function of Problem Behavior |
ALLISON RADER (Endicott College), Cara L. Phillips (May Institute), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute) |
Abstract: In some cases, a formal functional analysis (FA) of problem behavior may be contraindicated. A concurrent operants paradigm may provide an alternative procedure to evaluate response-contingent outcomes hypothesized to maintain challenging behavior. An adolescent diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder who displays severe challenging behavior participated in the current study following completion of an FA. When a clear function did not emerge, possibly due to frequently shifting motivating operation (MO), an attention preference assessment was conducted in order to identify the type of attention to provide in a concurrent operants assessment. The participant nearly exclusively selected physical attention in the form of blocking. In the concurrent operant assessment, the participant selected between four arbitrary stimuli, each associated with one of the following conditions: (a) attention (i.e., blocking), (b) tangibles (i.e., iPad), (c) attention and tangibles simultaneously, or (d) no reinforcement (i.e., control). Frequency of response allocation and challenging behavior may indicate preference for reinforcers that are hypothesized to maintain challenging behavior. This inference can then be used to inform the treatment of challenging behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Teaching Safety Skills to Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marissa A. Novotny (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
CE Instructor: Marissa A. Novotny, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes three papers two of which evaluate interventions for efficiently teaching safety skills to children with developmental disabilities. Miltenberger, Novotny, Maxfield, and Baruni evaluated video self-modeling with children with autism and preliminary data show the procedure is effective. Orner, Miltenberger, and Maxfield evaluated small scale simulation training with kids with autism and found it effective for only one of three children. Lastly, Maxfield, Park, and Blair discuss the results of their meta-analysis on 26 single subject design studies on safety skills interventions for individuals with intellectual disabilities. |
Target Audience: BCBA and BCaBA |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe efficient ways to teach safety skills ; (2)discuss what training methods research supports for teaching safety skills; (3) explain how to use video self-modeling. |
|
Evaluation of Video Self-Modeling to Teach Firearm Safety Skills |
Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Marissa A. Novotny (University of Texas at San Antonio), TREVOR MAXFIELD (University of South Florida), Rasha Baruni (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: We investigated a variation of video modeling, video self-modeling (VSM), for training firearm safety skills. The participants were prompted through the individual steps which was compiled to create the video where the participants would watch themselves engage in the appropriate safety skills. The participants were assessed following the creation of the video to ensure the skill was not learned from the creation of the video. Three children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder between the ages of 7 and 13-years-old were recruited for this study. The participants were required to not touch the firearm, leave the room, and tell an adult. The VSM was effective for two of the participants and the skill maintained at a 1 and a 2-month follow-up. One participant required in situ training before engaging in all the safety skills correctly. This study is the first demonstration of video self-modeling for firearm safety skills. |
|
Evaluating Small Scale Simulation Training for Teaching Firearm Safety to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Margaret Orner (University of South Florida), RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida), Trevor Maxfield (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Every year children are unintentionally injured or killed due to finding an unattended firearm. Although research evaluating various approaches to teach safety skills shows that behavioral skills training and in situ training are effective, limited research exists evaluating small-scale simulation training in teaching safety skills to children. Furthermore, there is no research evaluating this approach with children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). This study evaluated the effectiveness of small-scale simulation training in teaching firearm safety to 5 to 6-year-old children with ASD. Simulation training was effective for one participant, in situ training was necessary for one participant, and an incentive was required for the third participant to demonstrate the safety skills. |
|
A Meta-Analysis of Safety Skills Interventions for Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities |
TREVOR MAXFIELD (University of South Florida), Eun-Young Park (Jeonju University), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study provides the results of a meta-analysis of 26 single subject design studies on safety skills interventions for individuals with intellectual disabilities. Results indicate that individuals who have mild to moderate ID, particularly school-age children, have benefited most from the safety skills interventions, and that that the interventions have demonstrated low-to-large effect sizes across safety skills (e.g., abduction prevention, fire safety, first aids, daily living safety, pedestrian safety skills). The behavioral skills training (BST) with and without additional components was the most commonly used safety skills intervention for individuals with ID; however, BST alone demonstrated a larger effect than BST with additional components, and video modeling had the largest treatment effect of all intervention types. Outcomes for abduction prevention skills were larger than those of other safety skills. Implications for practice and future research are discussed in the following areas: implementer, dose of intervention, treatment fidelity, and social validity. |
|
|
|
|
Beyond the Daily Numbers and Headlines: COVID-19 and Behavior Analysts’ Call to Action |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Domain: Translational |
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium gathers elements of what has been learned so far in a variety of areas of behavioral inquiry about the spread of the novel coronavirus and the effects of COVID-19. Because many of the phrases in our new lexicon—“social distancing,” “flattening the curve”—are calls to emit a particular set of behaviors (hand-washing, mask wearing) and to avoid others (proximity to others, face touching), with reinforcers conditional on group behavior (reduction in cases reported), behavior analysts are well suited to help inform our global responses. Papers in this symposium will cover diverse and interlocking topics: (1) how the pandemic has affected service delivery, and how behavior analysts can use telehealth ethically and effectively; (2) the necessity of looking beyond the proximal influences on mortality, such as pre-existing conditions and age, to those of harmful contextual conditions of disadvantaged populations; (3) behavioral economic methods to study social isolation decisions amidst different public health messages; and (4) the importance of behavior-based safety protocols that take into account current contingencies and limitations of training systems. The discussant will provide comments on each paper and highlight the links among them. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
Pandemic Preparedness in the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis |
JULIE KORNACK (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: In the wake of the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, ABA providers have been recognized as essential workers who are not subject to emergency shelter-at-home directives. This recognition has challenged behavior analysts to redesign treatment models to minimize the spread of the virus while also minimizing disruption to medically necessary services. As a result of federal and state guidance to insurance carriers to authorize telehealth for services that would otherwise be authorized for in-person treatment, ABA providers have had the option to shift their in-person models to telehealth, and behavior technicians are, for the first time, permitted to deliver 1:1 ABA remotely. The adoption of a telehealth model by both providers and families has been met with varying degrees of enthusiasm and success. The decision by some providers to continue home-based services or keep centers open has sparked discussions about ethics and revealed the need for clear guidance. As experts in shaping behavior, ABA providers have a critical role to play in minimizing spread of the virus by identifying, disseminating, and implementing best practices. With the integration of health and safety protocols into center-based practices and an effort to maintain telehealth options, ABA providers will be positioned to apply the lessons of COVID-19 to future events and preserve access to ABA in times of crisis. |
|
A Behavioral Economic Perspective on Social Distancing Amidst a Global Pandemic |
DEREK D. REED (University of Kansas), Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Fernanda Suemi Oda (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The linchpin of COVID-19 mitigation has been social distancing (staying at least 2 m away from others, refraining from large gatherings). This tactic places human behavior squarely in the center of slowing the spread. Unfortunately, the rapid nature of this virus made proper behavioral analysis of social distancing nearly impossible for several reasons: 1) Acquiring steady-state responding is long and arduous. 2) Employing proper within-subject design considerations requires extended baselines for some individuals, reversals of policy potentially placing the public at substantial health risk, or manipulating experimental policies in rapid alternation. 3) Direct observation of social distancing is difficult, infeasible, and potentially unethical. However, contemporary behavioral economic research has generated hypothetical decision tasks to safely and swiftly assess behavior that is difficult to observe, risky, and/or ethically-challenging to study via prototypical operant methods. Backed by decades of operant study, behavioral economists evolved delay discounting and operant demand methods to safely proxy public health crises such as safe sexual practices, the opioid epidemic, and illicit drug trade. Rigorous validation methods suggest participant responses on such tasks significantly relate to actual/overt human responses. Toward this end, we adapted behavioral economic methods to safely surveil how a crowdsourced sample of adults would make social isolation decisions amidst different public health messages. Results suggest small but significant effects in favor of strategic messaging. Translated to potential population-level outcomes, these small effects have the potential to prevent the spread of infectious disease to a large portion of the population, and thereby help save lives. |
|
A Specific BBS Protocol to be Used as a Template or Guideline for the Restart of Production Activities and Health Institutions Under COVID-19 Contingencies |
FABIO TOSOLIN (A.A.R.B.A. - Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Appropriate application of hygiene focused behaviors is the essential component that can make a change in today’s uncertain environment, where we suffer from the risks of COVID-19 infection and often feel powerless. Behavior Based Safety (B-BS) seems to be the only evidence-based method that ensures both high levels of production and high frequency and accuracy of prevention behavior. However, some aspects of the classic BBS process do not seem suitable for the current needs: presentations to managers, trade unions and workers, the constitution of a management team, the establishment and activities of a project group plus the training of observers and safety leaders take months before the start and further weeks before achieving a significant growth, indicating an acceptable success. Unlike the usual BBS processes, these long times and rituals would result in a huge risk for the infection to spread. Hence, late successes in terms of behavior would not be as successful in terms of results. A B-BS protocol that specifically focuses on COVID-19 situation has been developed in order to: a) be largely prepared in advance, b) allow the start of the process in just 4 days, c) provide an accurate measurement through bi-daily observations and, d) get the ultra-rapid ascent of the performance curves within 10 days from the start of the process. The protocol does not only focus on the appropriate implementation of the health requirements determined by companies and hospitals, but it also highlights the importance of when such behaviors actually need to be adopted in order to guarantee safety to individuals. Furthermore, through the adoption of specific checklist as templates and the daily/weekly supervision by a single skilled Behavior Analyst, it is possible to comply with all the scientific principles of BBS but transferred to new intervention technologies. Some insights will also be presented on whether to develop a superordinate system to verify the correct application of the protocol and its results, suitable by public institutions, downstream of a consensus conference of the scientific community on the guidelines to be suggested. |
|
|
|
|
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Post-Traumatic Problems in Living |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Amy Murrell, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: SONJA BATTEN (Flexible Edge Solutions) |
Abstract: Traumatic experiences can have significant, and long-lasting, effects on the individuals who survive them. Frequently, clients who live through trauma experience a host of behavioral, cognitive, emotional, and physical health problems. When these individuals come to therapy, most of them are hoping that they will be able to eliminate the nightmares, memories, anger, anxiety, and other posttraumatic symptoms that they experience. In fact, most of them have tried many things (such as isolation, substance abuse, even suicide attempts) to manage these symptoms. However, what many of these individuals fail to realize is that their heroic efforts to avoid the pain of their posttraumatic experiences may actually be making things worse - and may even be the heart of the problem. In many ways, despite their best efforts, trauma survivors frequently find themselves trapped in a life that is largely devoted to the avoidance of pain. Effective empirically supported treatments for posttraumatic symptoms have been developed to aid trauma survivors in improving traditional PTSD symptoms. However, they are not universally effective, and not all clients are willing to engage in exposure-based treatment. In addition, given the high levels of psychiatric comorbidity with PTSD, treatments are needed that can cut across diagnostic categories and begin to treat presenting problems based on functional dimensions. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, a contemporary behavior therapy, provides an alternative to the feel-good agenda and instead focuses on helping clients to reconnect with those ideals and principles for living that are deeply important to them and that dignify the difficult events that they have survived. This presentation will introduce clinicians to contextual behavioral tools to work with trauma survivors on identifying each person’s valued life directions and then help motivate experiential acceptance and behavior change in the service of those values. |
Target Audience: Clinicians, supervisors, students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe an understanding of posttraumatic problems in living based on a framework of experiential avoidance; (2) adapt traditional exposure-based interventions for an acceptance-based model; (3) promote life changes by helping clients move toward their values, rather than away from their pain. |
|
SONJA BATTEN (Flexible Edge Solutions) |
Sonja V. Batten, Ph.D., is a clinical psychologist with a specialization in traumatic stress, who has worked in policy, clinical, and research leadership positions in the public and private sectors. Dr. Batten is a peer-reviewed ACT trainer, a Past-President and Fellow of the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, the author of Essentials of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, and the co-author of Committed Action in Practice. Dr. Batten is an experienced leader with a demonstrated history of working in the management consulting and health care industries. She is also a certified Change Management Practitioner and an experienced Executive Coach and Mentor. |
|
|
|
|
Approaches to Assessment and Treatment of Unique Presenting Concerns in Clinical Settings |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Chathuri Illapperuma (University of Nebraska-Medical Center; Munroe Meyer Institute; Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders) |
Discussant: Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
CE Instructor: Tracy L. Kettering, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium we provide a discussion of unique presenting concerns and clinical evaluations in clinic settings. The first two papers address schedule thinning considerations functional communication training (FCT). The study by Smith and colleagues evaluates a comparison of a compound schedules of reinforcement involving discriminative stimuli (e.g., multiple or chained schedules, Greer et al., 2016) or within the context of probabilistic, progressive-delay schedules (e.g., contingency-based progressive-delay schedule, Ghaemmaghami et al., 2016) and the relative efficacy of these two methods during schedule thinning for individuals with severe challenging behavior. Similarly, the study by Salvatore and colleagues investigates the efficiency and preference for alternative activities during schedule thinning within FCT. Garcia and Wunderlich extend the work of Edgerton and Wine (2017) by using a function-based treatment to increase appropriate voice volume responses. Last, another unique study by Weber and colleagues implemented an adaptation of the Good Behavior Game with a sibling dyad to decrease destructive behavior. Dr. Tracy Kettering will provide comments on navigating challenges presented by adaptations of assessment and treatment to address unique cases in a clinical setting. |
Target Audience: Behavioral specialists Graduate Students Practitioners |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to distinguish between chained, multiple, and probabilistic thinning schedules. 2. Attendees will be able to identify unique presenting functions and function- based treatment for voice-volume behaviors. 3. Attendees will be able to identify adaptations of the Good Behavior Game to decrease destructive behaviors in a sibling dyad. |
|
A Comparative Analysis of Procedures to Teach Delay Tolerance |
Katherine Brown (Utah State University), Reagan Gaynor (University of Nebraska Omaha), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), SEAN SMITH (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Reinforcement schedule thinning, or delay tolerance training, is necessary to make functional communication training (FCT) an effective treatment in naturalistic contexts (Hagopian, Boelter, & Jarmolowicz, 2011). Delay tolerance training is often implemented within the context of a compound schedule of reinforcement involving discriminative stimuli (e.g., multiple or chained schedules, Greer et al., 2016) or within the context of a probabilistic, progressive-delay schedule (e.g., contingency-based progressive-delay schedule, Ghaemmaghami et al., 2016). The purpose of this experiment was to evaluate the relative efficacy of these two methods of delay tolerance training procedures for three individuals referred to a clinic for the assessment and treatment of destructive behavior. First, we conducted a functional analysis and successfully implemented FCT. Next, we conducted a comparative analysis of compound schedules and probabilistic, progressive-delay schedules for teaching delay tolerance within an alternating treatments design. The results showed that the rates of destructive behavior did not differ significantly across the two delay tolerance strategies, however, maintenance of correct FCRs was better in the compound schedule condition for two participants. Results will be discussed in terms of the duration of exposure to establishing operations maintaining destructive behavior and the potential limiting conditions of each strategy. |
|
Efficiency and Preference for Alternative Activities During Schedule Thinning With Functional Communication Training |
GIOVANNA SALVATORE (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), Kimberly Ford (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an effective treatment for decreasing socially-reinforced destructive behavior (Carr & Durand, 1985). Multiple schedules are frequently used to thin the reinforcement schedule during FCT (Hanley et al., 2001). An extinction burst is possible with each schedule thinning step, contributing to slow treatment progress. In clinical practice, individuals are often expected to sit and wait during periods of restricted access to functional reinforcers; however, in the natural environment, they generally do not wait without alternative items/activities available. Ten children referred for treatment of destructive behavior participated in this study. Therapists conducted functional analyses and taught participants a functional communication response to access functional reinforcers. Therapists implemented a multiple schedule during schedule thinning, comparing a control condition (nothing available during S-delta intervals) to separate conditions with embedded items/activities during S-delta intervals (moderately preferred tangible items, attention, demands). After reaching the terminal schedule in at least one condition, therapists assessed participant preference across S-delta conditions. For 80% of participants, the terminal schedule was only reached with alternative items/activities. All participants demonstrated preference for alternative items/activities and therapists indicated preference for conducting these sessions. For 6 participants, we simultaneously targeted an escape function during the S-delta condition including demands. |
|
An Experimental Analysis of Voice Volume for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
ARTURO GARCIA (Rollins College), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Inappropriate prosodic production is often observed, but rarely treated, communication skill deficit for individuals with autism. Few studies have evaluated the acoustic characteristics of prosody in children with ASD, and obtaining a pragmatic measurement of their conversational skills is typically limited to parent and teacher report measures. In one exception in the research, a previous study by Edgerton and Wine (2017) implemented an intervention for shaping the conversational speech volume of an intellectually disabled participant. Expanding on the previous literature, we conducted a functional analysis of the voice volume responses (VVR) of two children with ASD utilizing similar procedures to those from Edgerton and Wine. Further, we evaluated the efficacy of using a function-based treatment, in conjunction with the visual feedback from the app, to increase appropriate VVR. Results of the evaluation, as well as implications for the treatment of inappropriate voice volume and other prosodic behaviors, will be discussed. |
|
Effects of the Good Behavior Game with Siblings |
Katherine Brown (Utah State University), Reagan Gaynor (University of Nebraska Omaha), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), JESSIE WEBER (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: With the increased prevalence of developmental disorders, the genetic loading associated with many developmental disorders (e.g., autism spectrum disorder; Bertrand et al., 2001), and the comorbidity between developmental disorders and destructive behavior (Matson & Rivet, 2009), practitioners are likely to encounter families with multiple children who engage in destructive behavior. To date, few studies have examined the use of behavior-analytic treatments to simultaneously treat the destructive behavior of siblings. The present study evaluated the use of the good behavior game, a behavior group contingency intervention, to decrease destructive behavior engaged in by two siblings. Procedural integrity data was also collected in an outpatient and home setting to evaluate the feasibility of the treatment. Results showed a decrease in both participants’ rates of destructive behavior to near-zero levels. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Crime: Smuggling, Killing, and Justice Systems |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational |
Discussant: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago) |
CE Instructor: Mark A. Mattaini, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Criminal behavior is a broad, socially significant problem that affects many individuals and wider communities across the world. For example, in America, mass shootings occur on average 334 times per year, and smuggling activities contribute towards acts of terrorism which cause devastation and costs countries billions to manage. A factor that can increase the likelihood of a person committing criminal activity is a previous learning history with crime, and operant behaviors with which it is associated. If conceptualized behaviorally, environmental factors and functional relations maintaining criminal repertoires could be addressed pragmatically and effectively. The possible applications of behavior analysis to criminal activity are broad-ranging, and we will present the application of the science in a port setting to analyze and explore behaviors of interest, explore behavioral skills training for active shooting scenarios, present a behavioral conceptualization of mass killings, and research the use of behavior analysis in criminal justice systems. Although the applications presented in this symposium are diverse, they represent an attempt to understand criminal behaviors, and how these can be manipulated or changed with behavior analysis. |
Target Audience: Any individual who wants to learn more on a new dissemination topic Those in behavior analysis with interest in expanding into their communities |
Learning Objectives: Audience members will learn about another potential route of dissemination of behavior analysis. Audience members can describe potential steps to take if in an active shooter scenario. Audience members can discuss issues of social validity and how behavior analysis can have an impact. |
|
Behavioral Skills Training for Active Shooter Scenarios: Human Service |
JACQUELINE NOTO (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology), James Arnold Riswick-Estelle (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicholas Weatherly (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Active shooter scenarios have become increasingly prevalent in school and healthcare settings. Unfortunately, little information is available on training for active shooter scenarios when a staff member is also responsible for a client. Previous research suggests that around 75% of individuals freeze across a variety of emergency situations. Through training, it is likely this freezing will decrease. Behavioral skills training has been shown to be an effective way to train safety skills in prior research. We found that behavioral skills training was more effective than an informational video at increasing correct responses to three different active shooter scenarios among three behavioral clinicians. Responding was also assessed for generalization to novel antecedent stimuli for the conditions of run, hide, and fight. All participants generalized after one or fewer sessions. Furthermore, responding maintained over a 2 week period at 83% correct responding or higher. These findings may impact how active shooter training is conducted specifically in terms of needed active participation of the learner. |
|
Extending Behavior Analysis to Active Shootings: A Conceptual Analysis |
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (The University of Memphis), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Mason Baughmann (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Amanda Hammer (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg) |
Abstract: Active shooting events are unfortunately all too common in the United States. Statistics from the Federal Bureau of Investigation indicate that between 2000 and 2018 there were 277 active shooter incidents resulting in 884 deaths and 1,546 wounded casualties. Further, there appears to be an increasing trend across time in both number of incidents and casualties. When an active shooting event occurs the typical response is to either propose physically preventing future shootings (e.g., restrict access to guns; provide enhanced security) or to suggest the cause is a mental health disorder. Far less frequently discussed are accounts to explain how the shooter came to engage in the destructive behavior. This talk will describe the currently popular explanations of active shooters and identify the limitations of those traditional accounts. A more behavioral perspective of active shooters/mass killers will then be detailed. Finally, the advantages of this behavioral approach for both researchers and interventionists will be described, as will the inherent challenges to a behavioral account of active shootings. |
|
The Application and Dissemination of ABA to the Civil and Criminal Justice Systems |
TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (HABA) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis is a field that has served many different areas and assisted many individuals and families in need. In addition, it has also been of benefit to businesses and organizations with Organizational Behavior Management programs. Many new areas from diet and fitness to industrial safety have sought solutions from a behavioral point of view. The criminal justice field has grappled with identification, management of incarceration, probation and parole, recidivism and numerous other problems directly related to behavior change. Among the areas where both fields (criminal justice and behavior analysis) converge are: domestic violence prevention, competency to stand trial programs, juvenile justice, preventing suicide in the correctional system, the stopping of mass violence and rehabilitation. Articles written on these subject matters have included the prevention of abduction for adults and children with disabilities (2010, 2013 and 2014), trial contingency management in a drug court (2008) and sex offender assessment (2006, 2014 and 2017), reducing prison misconduct (2006), and the elimination of domestic violence (1995 and 2008) as well as other pertinent topics. In this discussion, the different ways that behavior analysis could be of benefit to this very human area are examined, and suggestions are made regarding how to disseminate our knowledge to one of our most vexing social problems: crime and delinquency. |
|
|
|
|
Token Economies Used for Adults With Intellectual Disabilities: A Review of the Literature |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
11:30 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA |
Chair: Marren Marie Leon-Barajas (The University of Kansas) |
|
Token Economies Used for Adults With Intellectual Disabilities: A Review of the Literature |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MARREN MARIE LEON-BARAJAS (The University of Kansas) |
|
Abstract: Token economies are used in a variety of settings for a range of populations. For example, token economies have been used with patients in psychiatric treatment facilities (e.g., Baker, Hall, Hutchinson, & Bridge, 2018), children in educational settings (e.g., Shillingsburg, Lomas, & Bradley, 2012), delinquents in detention centers (e.g., Phillips, Phillips, Fixsen, & Wolf, 1971), incarcerated individuals in prisons (e.g., Milan, Wood, & McKee, 1979), and adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) in residential settings (e.g., Reese, Sherman, & Sheldon, 1998). Given that the broad aim of token economies is to decrease problem behavior and increase adaptive behavior, better client outcomes rely on the implementation of these token economies to be carried out with high fidelity (Bailey, Gross, & Cotton, 2011). Staff implementation of token economies is one of the most noted barriers in their effectiveness (e.g., Bailey, Gross, & Cotton, 2011; Bassett & Blanchard, 1977; Drabman & Tucker, 1974). Thus, the purpose of this talk is to review the literature using token economies with this population and the importance of reporting fidelity measures used with adults with IDD. Recommendations for future research to inform the implementation of token economies will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Interventions to Improve the Conversational Skills of Adolescents with Developmental Disability in a Group Setting |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA |
Chair: Federica Berardo (TICE Live and Learn; University of Parma) |
|
Interventions to Improve the Conversational Skills of Adolescents with Developmental Disability in a Group Setting |
Domain: Applied Research |
FEDERICA BERARDO (TICE Live and Learn; University of Parma), Luca Vascelli (TICE Live and Learn), Silvia Iacomini (TICE Live and Learn), Antonino Ganci (TICE Live and Learn) |
|
Abstract: Adolescents with developmental disability often struggle with developing social relationships. Learning appropriate conversational skills can be an important first step to promote interaction with peers. The purpose of this study was to investigate whether the teaching procedures could be used to teach conversational skills to three adolescents with autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disability ages 14–18 years old. The additional purpose of the paper was to describe the all process that leaded to define the skill components describing the conversational skills in order to identificate the most functional intervention to implement in a group setting. The first study evaluated the effects of modeling and contingent feedback on the acquisition of conversational skills (to initiate conversation and to respond to questions). A multiple probe design across participants was implemented. Results suggest the need to increment the numbers conversational skills for each participant in particular to initiate conversation. For this reason the second study evaluated the effects of video-based group instruction on extending conversation. Extending conversation was defined as: eyes oriented toward the peer, vocal acknowledged of the original statement within 3 s, emission of a question to learn more about event or item (Stauch, Plavnick, Sankar, & Gallagher, 2018). A multiple probe design across participants was implemented. Results revealed an increase of conversational skills for two out of three participants. In the third study we evaluated the effects of modeling and contingent feedback on conversational skills defined as: Initiation and Response (Follow-Up Question, Comment, Obligatory Response, Other-requests, Gestural feedback) (Bambara et. all., 2018). A multiple probe design across participants was implemented. Results revealed an increase in performance for all the participants in particular for the response skills. This study provides additional evidence related to the importance of defining a complex ability like the conversational skill and to design intervention that could better be implemented for adolescents with developmental disability in a group setting. |
|
|
|
|
|
Training Program Quality: Experiences and Perspectives of Current Behavior Analysts |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: TBA |
Chair: JUSTIN N COY (University of Pittsburgh) |
|
Training Program Quality: Experiences and Perspectives of Current Behavior Analysts |
Domain: Service Delivery |
JUSTIN N COY (University of Pittsburgh), Olivia Grace Enders (University of Pittsburgh), Douglas E. Kostewicz (University of Pittsburgh) |
|
Abstract: Recent empirical research and special issues have focused on determining appropriate training program ranking metrics, including faculty productivity and pass rates. Arguably, an important way to judge the quality of a training program is by talking with its graduates. Field leaders have recognized the critical importance of student voice in understanding program quality (Iwata, 2015). However, to date no research has focused on understanding the program or supervision experiences of our behavior professionals. A mixed-methods survey was send to over 1,200 behavior analysts across Pennsylvania to understand a variety of professional issues, including questions about the strengths and needs of their training program. The respondents (n = 98) identified strengths of program design or characteristics (e.g., providing supervision), quality faculty and instructors, and effective instructional activities. Common programmatic needs included real-life applications of skills, specific content(s) (e.g., verbal behavior), and program organization. Interestingly, reported strengths and needs differed by the programs’ method of instruction (on-campus, hybrid, and online). Results from this survey will add an important missing voice into our fields’ conversations regarding training program quality and can provide critically important information for those responsible for training and supervising the next generation of behavior analysts. |
|
|
|
|
|
Scent Detection in Dogs: Effects of Training, Handling, and Selection on Performance |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AAB/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech) |
CE Instructor: Erica N. Feuerbacher, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Domestic dogs are routinely used for scent detection tasks in increasingly wide-ranging domains, from explosives, to disease, pest, and rare species. How training, handling, and selection of dogs and handlers influences performance are important questions for this expanding field. This symposium reports research into the effects of these dimensions on scent dog performance. First, detection threshold of dogs and dogs' ability to generalize to new odor concentrations will be explored as it relates to the odor concentration they were initially trained on. Such research provides insight into applied questions of what concentrations to train on, as well as basic questions of stimulus generalization. A second paper investigates the influence of handler knowledge of target locations, an essential question given that teams often test in situations where the handler knows target locations, but do not when they are in the field. Finally, a third paper investigates the feasibility of training owned dogs with their owners to serve as citizen-science teams detecting agricultural diseases and pests, and whether selection tests based on reinforcer efficacy and persistence can predict success. Given the ubiquitous nature of conservation and agricultural issues, training and deploying pet dogs could greatly increase communities' ability to protect their environment. |
Target Audience: Practitioners interested in applied nonhuman research and how results might apply to human training issues Practitioners interested in basic research and how results might apply to human training issues Researchers interested in applications of basic and applied research to nonhuman domains |
Learning Objectives: Be able to identify differences in stimulus generalization based on the trained stimulus Be able to identify the effects of handler knowledge on detection dog behavior Be able to identify the predictive value of reinforcer efficacy tests on detection dog performance |
|
Odorant Concentration as a Dimension for Stimulus Generalization |
NATHANIEL HALL (Texas Tech University), Mallory Tatum DeChant (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: Detection dogs are required to detect trace quantities of substances, many times in the parts per billion or parts per trillion range. Frequently, detection of trace quantities is not explicitly trained but rather assumed when dogs show proficiency at higher concentrations. The aim of this study was to evaluate the effect of the odor concentration of the training sample on the minimum concentration dogs will subsequently detect. We expected that dogs may not spontaneously generalize to trace odor concentrations when trained with higher concentrations, but when trained to a lower range of concentrations, dogs will show superior trace odor detection. Two groups of dogs (n=5 per group) were trained to alert to amyl acetate at 0.01% odor dilution (v/v with mineral oil) using a 3-alternative forced choice test. Once reaching proficiency, odor detection threshold was assessed using a descending staircase procedure. Next, experimental dogs received training to systematically lower concentrations of amyl acetate and threshold re-assessed. Control dogs were yoked to experimental dogs, but only received training to the 0.01% dilution between threshold assessments. Experimental dogs showed improved detection thresholds, outperforming control dogs that failed to alert at the lowest concentrations. Results suggest that explicitly training for low concentrations is critical for trace odor detection. |
|
Effect of Handler Knowledge on Detection Dog Performance |
MALLORY TATUM DECHANT (Texas Tech University), Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: Detection dogs are commonly trained and tested under conditions in which the handler or the evaluator know the true presence or absence of a target odor. Previous research has demonstrated that when handlers are deceived in regards to the presence of a target odor, more false alerts occur. However, many detection teams operate under unknown conditions, and it remains unclear how handler knowledge (or lack thereof) of odor presence/absence influences the dog’s behavior. The aim of this study was to evaluate if knowing the number of hides placed influenced detection dog performance in an applied search environment. Professional (n=12) and sport (n=39) detection handler-dog teams were asked to search three separate areas (area 1 had one hide, area 2 had one hide, area 3 was blank). Handlers in the Unknown Group were not told the number of hides whereas the Known Group was told there were a total of two hides in the three areas. The Unknown Group spent a longer duration (62.98sec) searching in area 3 compared to the Known Group (P = 0.008) (Figure 1). Further, dogs in the Unknown group looked back to the handler more frequently than dogs in the Known group (~6 more lookbacks on average). Critically, however, there was no difference in false alerts between the Known and Unknown groups. Overall, when handlers knew the number of hides, it led to significant changes in search behavior of the detection team, but did not influence the overall false alert rates. |
|
Using Community Dogs and Owners to Create a Citizen-Science Agricultural Scent Dog Detection Program |
HANNAH DECKER (Virginia Tech), Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Currently, dogs are being used to detect agricultural diseases and pests. Traditionally, scent detection dogs are specifically selected, trained, and handled by professionals. However, given that conservation and agricultural issues are ubiquitous, having local detection dogs could protect the environment and produce sustainable agriculture. Owners have successfully trained pet dogs to compete in nosework competitions, suggesting they could be trained and deployed as local detection dogs. We recruited local dogs and owners to participate in a citizen-science program aimed at determining whether pet dogs could be trained to detect agricultural diseases and pests. Recruited dogs were tested for sensitivity to toy and food reinforcement. Dogs were randomly assigned to one of two scent targets (powdery mildew or spotted lanternfly) and completed weekly training with a scent trainer. After completing training, dogs were tested in the field. We assessed whether the reinforcer efficacy tests predicted dogs’ success in training and performance as measured by sensitivity and specificity on real-world detection tests and latency to indicate target odor. Dogs had varied performance on the reinforcer efficacy tests and performance during training and in field. We will discuss results in terms of likelihood that citizen-science projects can be help address local conservation issues. |
|
|
|
|
Competition Time! Current Research in the Role of Competing Stimuli and Matched Stimulation in the Treatment of Automatically Maintained Problem Behavior |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jody E. Liesfeld (The Faison Center) |
CE Instructor: Jody E. Liesfeld, M.S. |
Abstract: In this symposium, we will review strategies for utilizing competing stimuli and matched stimulation to reduce automatically maintained problem behavior in children with autism. The first presenter will explore procedural variations of delivering competing stimuli to treat automatically maintained stereotypy. This included presenting alternative stimuli when item contact is absent and in the absence of functional engagement providing manual prompting to engage appropriately. Data are presented on item contact and functional engagement along with stereotypy. Our second presenter will share data comparing the implementation of matched stimulation versus preferred stimulation on reducing stereotypy in children with autism during work sessions, a setting in which previous matched stimulation research has yet to target. Data will be presented on engagement in stereotypy and on-task behavior during sessions. The final presenter will review data evaluating the competing stimulus assessment (CSA) in identifying appropriate treatment for automatically and attention-maintained problem behavior. The CSA in this study was designed to match the function and topography of the target behaviors. |
Target Audience: BCBAs; clinicians working with individuals with automatically maintained problem behavior |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe methods of delivering competing items to treat automatically maintained problem behavior 2. Describe matched stimulation as a treatment for automatically maintained problem behavior 3. Describe the utility of the competing stimulus assessment to identify stimuli to treat automatically maintained problem behavior and behavior maintained by attention |
|
Examining Procedural Variations of Delivering Competing Stimuli in the Treatment of Stereotypy |
JULIA TOUHEY (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Catlyn LiVolsi (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Rooker et al. (2018) reviewed the literature for treating automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior. They found that NCR was a commonly effective procedure particularly when informed by a competing stimulus assessment. Jennett et al. (2011) examined the effects of representing stimuli and response blocking on competing with engagement in SIB and suggested that both techniques could enhance treatment outcomes. The present experiment sought to examine the effects of competing stimuli on two participants’ automatically reinforced stereotypy. A standard functional analysis of motor stereotypy was conducted. Next, three effective competing stimuli were identified via a competing stimulus assessment. Then two procedural variations were examined, presenting an alternative competing stimulus when item contact was absent and providing redirection to functional engagement with the stimulus. Both item contact and functional engagement with the stimulus were evaluated along with stereotypy. Interobserver agreement data were collected in at least 33% of sessions in each condition for all dependent measures and mean total agreement was above 85% for each measure. Results suggest that for one participant both procedural variations were associated with lower levels of stereotypy and higher levels of appropriate behavior, and for the other participant redirection to functional engagement was necessary to achieve desired outcomes. |
|
Using Matched Stimulation to Decrease Motor Stereotypy of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder During Work Sessions |
SABINE SCOTT (Pomona College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: The present study investigated the efficacy of matched stimulation (MS) on reducing frequency of stereotypic behavior for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) during their work sessions. Children with ASD engage in rigid, repetitive, stereotyped behavior (American Psychiatric Association, 2013), and this behavior is often targeted for reduction, because it can interfere with appropriate behavior and engagement with learning opportunities (Cunningham & Schreibman, 2008). Research has demonstrated matched stimulation’s efficacy in reducing motor stereotypy during periods of continuous, non-contingent access (Gunter et al., 1993; Lanovaz et al., 2009; Lanovaz et al., 2012; Lanovaz et al., 2011; Love et al., 2012; Luiseli et al., 2004; Rapp, 2006; Rapp, 2007), but no previous study has examined the implementation of matched stimulation in short intervals while the participant is engaged in a work session. Compared to baseline sessions and preferred stimulation sessions, four of five participants demonstrated a decrease in stereotypic behavior during matched stimulation sessions with no impact on measures of on-task behavior. |
|
Evaluation of Competing Stimulus Assessment in Identifying Treatment for Automatically and Attention Maintained Challenging Behavior |
JENNIFER GRABOYES CAMBLIN (The Faison Center, Inc.), Nicholas Vanderburg (The Faison Center Inc), Jody Liesfeld (The Faison School), Timothy Corallo (The Faison Center), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessment (CSA) has been widely used to identify stimuli that are associated with reduced rates of dangerous or disruptive behavior. Much of the research in this area has focused on automatically maintained behavior, though some recent iterations of the assessment have also addressed socially mediated functions. In this study, we evaluated the effectiveness of stimuli identified during assessment for three students with autism in a specialized education setting. For each participant, we conducted a functional analysis followed by a CSA, which was specifically designed to match the function and topography of the target behavior. Initial assessment results yielded multiple tangible and edible items that effectively competed with challenging behavior for two of three students. The third student required an additional modification to the traditional competing stimulus assessment, which included promoted use of alternative self-control equipment. Stimuli associated with lower rates of challenging behavior were used in combination with other interventions, to address each student’s target behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Early Identification and Treatment of Autism Symptomatology in Infant Siblings |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Jane S. Howard (Therapeutic Pathways/The Kendall Centers) |
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D. |
Abstract: While there is a growing body of research examining early symptoms of ASD, the point at which this pattern of atypical social responding begins to deviate in children who are later diagnosed with autism is unclear. Researchers are now identifying early behavioral markers in children 6-12 months of age (Zwaigenbaum et al., 2005), however, more recent data suggest emergence of symptoms before 3 months of age (Graupner & Sallows, 2017). The first paper in this session describes data obtained using a newly developed research tool, the Early Markers of Autism, on infants under 6 months of age. Assessment data using the EMA reveal the presence of five key early markers in infant siblings and the accurate assessment of each using this tool. The second paper in this session describes the use of telehealth technology to train parents to implement treatment protocols in their young children with autism. Caregiver fidelity of implementation of treatment techniques and changes in child specific behaviors showed the effectiveness of these training procedures. These findings have implications for the early identification and treatment of autism in infants, leading to long term positive outcomes for infants and families. |
Target Audience: Researchers and BCBA clinicians |
Learning Objectives: 1. The participant will be able to describe the research on early identification of symptomatology in infant siblings. 2. The participant will be able to describe the early social deficits in children with autism. 3. The participant will be able to describe how to provide telehealth parent training to treat infants with autism |
|
Early Markers of Autism in Infant Siblings |
REBECCA P. F. MACDONALD (New England Center for Children), Kathryn Couger (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: While a preponderance of evidence indicates that autism symptomatology emerges at 6 to 12 months of age (Zwaigenbaum et. al, 2005), a recent study by Graupner and Sallows (2017) suggests that symptoms of autism can emerge in infants as early as 3 months of age. The purpose of the current investigation is to document the early emergence of autism symptomatology in high-risk infant siblings younger than 6 months of age. The second purpose of this study is to pilot the Early Markers of Autism (EMA) assessment tool for young infants, developed by the authors. Currently 42 high-risk siblings and 10 low-risk babies under 6 months of age are participating in this study They receive bi-weekly developmental screenings in addition to the EMA. Data to date reveal that there are five key early markers of autism in infants, and each can be effectively assessed using the EMA. Interobserver agreement on the data obtained using the EMA averaged 94%. Data will be presented on the presence of these markers and the specific behavioral profile configuration of these infants. These findings have implications for the early identification of autism in infants, leading to long term positive outcomes for infants and families. |
|
Component Analysis of a Parent-Mediated Telehealth Intervention Designed for Infants With Early Signs of Autism Spectrum Disorder |
SARAH A. DUFEK (UC Davis), Meagan Talbott (University of California Davis), Sally Rogers (UC Davis M.I.N.D. Institute) |
Abstract: This project was designed to conduct a multiple-subject component analysis study of treatment to ascertain the “active ingredients” that lead to symptom improvement in infants with early signs of ASD. Six infants (6-12 months of age) exhibiting early signs of ASD and their primary caregivers participated in this study. A multiple-baseline-design across subjects was used with counterbalanced introduction of three treatment techniques (Step into the Spotlight, Imitation, Talking to Baby). Treatment sessions occurred three times per week for one month for a total of 12 sessions. Treatment techniques were introduced weekly to the caregiver and allowed for caregiver practice with immediate feedback. Caregiver fidelity of implementation (FI) of treatment techniques and child ASD-specific behaviors were coded from 10-minute caregiver-child dyad intervention video-recorded probes. Caregivers met FI requirements quickly, with interobserver agreement (IOA) of 88% overall. Since time is of the essence when presented with an infant with early signs of ASD, identifying which key treatment techniques to teach first that produce the most change quickly in infant behavior is ideal. In addition, learning more about the successes and challenges of using telehealth technology to coach caregivers will inform future clinical practice and research efforts in this area. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Relational Frame Theory: Implications for Education and Clinical Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Yvonne Barnes-Holmes, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: YVONNE BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University) |
Abstract: The first book-length treatment of RFT was published almost 20 years ago in 2001. In recent years, a number of conceptual advances have been made in the theory that have implications for its application in both educational and clinical domains. The first of these is the emergence of a type of periodic table for conceptualizing derived relational responding, known as the multi-dimensional, multi-level framework (the MDML). The presentation will explain how this framework provides opportunities for conceptualizing and remediating the core skills required for basic and advanced language and cognition in educational contexts. The second of these is a recent extension to the MDML framework, called the hyper-dimensional, multi-level framework (the HDML), that incorporates the orienting and evoking functions of stimuli that participate in derived relations. The presentation will explore how this recent extension connects basic research in RFT to clinical behavior analysis. Overall, the case will be made that although RFT should be seen as a work in progress, the theory continues to offer insights that will potentially improve functional-analytic methods for assessing and treating behavioral problems. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts with an interest in development and clinical behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss recent developments in relational frame theory (RFT), including the MDML and the HDML frameworks; (2) discuss RFT’s implications for education and remediation; (3) discuss RFT’s implications for clinical behavior analysis. |
|
YVONNE BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University) |
Yvonne Barnes-Holmes is Associate Professor in Behavior Analysis and Senior Research Fellow at the Department of Clinical, Experimental, and Health Psychology at Ghent University, Belgium, although she is a native of Northern Ireland. She completed her Ph.D. at the National University of Ireland Maynooth in 2001 on developmental studies in Relational Frame Theory (RFT). She took up her first academic post at the same university in 2003 and worked there until 2015, when the research team she shares with her husband Dermot Barnes-Holmes moved to Belgium as part of a multi-million Euro research award to study the implications of RFT for psychotherapy. Professor Barnes-Holmes has published several books and over 150 scientific articles and book chapters. She has authored or given over 400 presentations and workshops. She is a World Trainer in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and has had a private clinical ACT practice for 22 years, providing global individual therapy and clinical supervision. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Laboratory Research on Components of Acceptance and Commitment Training |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan J. Tarbox, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The effectiveness of Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) is supported by over 300 randomized controlled trials. ACT was developed on the basis of behavior analytic principles but most previous research has been in the context of psychotherapy interventions. More research is needed on the basic mechanisms responsible for behavior change within ACT. This symposium brings together two laboratory studies that examine components of ACT, from a relational frame theory perspective. The first presentation, by Barbara Gil-Luciano, consists of a study that evaluated the effects of two different defusion strategies on lab measures of rumination and memory. The second presentation, by Jorge Ruiz-Sanchez, examines the effects of a rule-governed behavior protocol on experimentally induced fear and avoidance. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe rule-governed behavior motivative procedures to for decreasing avoidance responding in the presence of feared stimuli. Attendees will be able to describe how relational frame theory can be used to analyze private verbal responses and stimuli and their role in rumination. Attendees will be able to describe the radical behavioral philosophical basis for addressing private events in the science of behavior analysis. |
|
Promoting Rumination and Analyzing the Differential Effect of Defusion Protocols on a Memory Task |
BARBARA GIL-LUCIANO (Universidad Nebrija & MICPSY, Madrid), Tatiana Calderon (Konrad Lorenz, Colombia), Daniel Tovar (Konrad Lorenz, Colombia), Beatriz Sebastian (Universidad Almería, Spain), Francisco Ruiz (Konrad Lorenz, Colombia) |
Abstract: Psychological inflexibility is made of distinct reactions that are oriented to lessen distress. In this sense, worry and rumination (RNT) are strategies that seem to be common denominators in many psychological disorders. Cutting-edge RFT approach suggests that both strategies are triggered by framing thoughts in hierarchical relations. This study had two parts. Firstly, we explored such a hierarchical organization of thoughts with two ruminative induction procedures, analyzing their impact on a memory task. Secondly, we examined the differential effect of two defusion protocols that aimed to alter the discriminative avoidant functions of triggers for RNTand a control condition.Results suggest that inducting RNT with stronger triggers (thoughts at the top of the hierarchy, or “big ones”, that symbolically contain or are inclusive of weaker thoughts or triggers) showed a more negative effect in the task performance than inducting RNT with less stronger triggers. Results also indicate that participants that were intervened with the defusion protocol that specifically containedhierarchical cues to reduce the discriminative avoidant functions of triggers for RNTshowed a better performance at post-test, in comparison with participants that received a defusion protocol that only contained deictic cues, and with a control condition. Results also informed that, when promoting a hierarchical relation between the individual (deictic I) and his or herstronger triggerfor RNT, the level of concentration was higher at post-test than when targeting an individual’s less stronger trigger – all triggers being related.Clinical implications of these findings are discussed. |
|
Analyzing the Impact of a Higher-Order Motivative Protocol (Values) on Experimentally Induced Fear and Avoidance Responding |
L. JORGE RUIZ-SANCHEZ (University of Almería), Carmen Luciano Soriano (University AlmerÃa, Spain) |
Abstract: Defusion and values-based protocols are built of interactions that involve responding under the overarching motivative functions, as higher-order establishing operations, while integrating rules-driven emotive functions present at the moment. The present study aims to analyze the impact of a higher-order motivate protocol (values) on experimentally induced fear responding. Firstly, 55 participants underwent an aversively conditioned task where non-avoidance was followed by shocks and noises, whereas a black screen followed avoidance responding. Next, participants randomly received one of three protocols: (a), conditional motivative protocol, which involved a conditional relation between non-avoidance and earning money; (b), as (a) plus adding a higher-order function for non-avoidance (conditional + higher-order motivative protocol). And (c), the same as previous but only a higher-order function was included (higher-order motivative protocol). Lastly, participants repeated the experimental task. Results show that the conditional motivative protocol has little impact on avoidance behavior, whereas higher-order motivative protocols suppress completely avoidance behavior, even in the presence of elicited fear responses. |
|
|
|
|
On the Frontiers of Social Justice in Applied Behavior Analysis: Emerging Discourses |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Malika Pritchett (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Malika Pritchett, M.S. |
Abstract: Social justice can be defined as the distribution of wealth, opportunities, and privileges to promote fair and just relations. Although behavior analysts’ efforts towards social justice can be traced back to the late 1980s, analyses of the movements are still in their infancies. The current symposium will consist of three presentations directed at the promotion of social justice within the field. First, an analysis of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis will be provided to discuss inherent power imbalances between behavior-analytic researchers and human research subjects. Recommendations to diffuse such power will be approached from the perspectives of collaboration and cultural humility. Next, findings will be presented on the presence of Latina professors teaching in educational programs accredited through the Association for Behavior Analysis International. To date, researchers have not examined racial and ethnic identities of professors in the academy, which is necessary if diversity and equity is truly being targeted. Barriers to gathering such data will be discussed, in addition to the proposal of solutions to sustain diversity and equity within the field. Finally, an approach to increase social justice narratives will be described. The approach will discuss the importance of taking perspectives of others experiencing social injustice, which is foundational towards ensuring the distribution of wealth, opportunities, and privileges for all. |
Target Audience: Behavior-analytic researchers, behavior-analytic faculty, students in behavior analysis, behavior analysts |
|
Coloniality of Power and the Science of Applied Behavior Analysis: A Conceptual and Descriptive Analysis of Human Subject Research Practices |
MALIKA PRITCHETT (University of North Texas), Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas), Josef Harris (University of North Texas), Melody Jones (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Humans are research subjects in behavioral sciences. The researcher’s main responsibility is the protection of human research subjects. Power imbalances are inherent within the researcher-subject relationship which establishes the researcher as the dominant knowledge seeking authority and the subject as the subordinate target of research, often times in need of protection. The science of behavior analysis was born in a Western hegemonic context which sustains and perpetuates dichotomous research relationships. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is the scientific discipline dedicated to solving problems of utmost human significance. However, inherent tensions between the scientific agenda of the academy and the use of vulnerable human research subjects, establishes competing contingencies which threaten equality and collaboration. An analysis of publication trends in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis provides a platform to discuss the underlying motivating factors and trends through the decades. This analysis provides insight to the degree to which Applied Behavior Analytic research has been reflective of the status quo or a catalyst for social reform. Thoughtful recommendations on research methodologies are presented to promote the progression of the science through the neutralization of power imbalances and diffusion of power. These methods are rooted in collaboration and cultural humility. |
|
Missing Identities: Who is Participating in Behavior Analytic Higher Education? |
NATALIA BAIRES (Southern Illinois University), Sebastian Garcia-Zambrano (Southern Illinois University), Darwin S Koch (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Increasing diversity and equity has recently gained momentum in behavior analysis. In the previous five years, data have supported significant progress in the presence of women in our discipline (Nosik, Luke, & Carr, 2018; Li, Curiel, Pritchard, & Poling, 2018), including the creation of the Women in Behavior Analysis conference (Sundberg, Zoder-Martell, & Cox, 2019). Despite these accomplishments, there is a lack of information regarding the racial and ethnic identities of behavior analysts, which should be considered when promoting diversity and equity. With Latinxs (a gender-neutral term) growing in the U.S., the number of Latinx behavior analysts is likely to increase. Although there are more women than men at the ranks of assistant and associate professor in programs accredited through the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI; Li, Gravina, Pritchard, & Poling, 2019), it is unknown how many Latina professors there are, which has great implications for the training and mentoring of future behavior analysts who come from similar backgrounds. In addition to presenting data on Latina professors teaching in ABAI-accredited programs, the current presentation will also discuss the barriers encountered when identifying such individuals. Moreover, viable solutions that can create change will be proposed, including the development of networks to provide coherent support to Latinas interested in pursuing higher education and the establishment of outlets for research related to sustaining diversity and equity. |
|
|
|
|
Offering Clients Choice of Instructional Strategy and Behavior Reduction Parameters With Concurrent Operant and Concurrent Chain Procedures |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology ) |
Discussant: Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Kestner, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Presenting choices to nonvocal and early verbal learners is frequently achieved by arranging concurrent choices wherein two or more stimuli are put in front of the learner with the prompt “choose.” The paired-stimulus preference assessment is one example of a paired-choice arrangement. Some choices, such as the choice of intervention or choice of music to listen to, present challenges as they cannot be easily represented by an item or icon. The first presentation will describe a concurrent chain procedure for offering choice between errorless instruction and error correction within the Picture Exchange Communication System and a receptive identification task. We will report data on the relative efficiency of these instructional strategies and client preference for instructional strategy. The second presentation will report the effects of presenting choice of music via an iPad on vocal stereotypy. Data will be reported on the effects of music- and song-level interactions. Our discussant, who has in-depth experience in basic and applied research on choice and concurrent operants, will then provide her comments and considerations. |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Define concurrent operant and concurrent chain procedures and describe recent applied studies utilizing these procedures 2) Describe a procedure for assessing client preference between these errorless learning and error correction strategies 3) Describe a procedure for applying concurrent choice arrangements to reduce vocal stereotypy |
|
Assessing Client Preference for Errorless or Error Correction Procedures Within the Picture Exchange Communication System |
DAVID BRIAN FAIRCHILD (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Following food and color preference assessments, we taught three children with autism to select a picture icon, place the icon on a strip, and deliver the strip to the experimenter in exchange for the backup food item as an early step in the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). Following paired stimulus preference assessments, two food items were taught using errorless learning procedures and two food items were taught using error correction procedures. Prior to each trial, the participant touched a color card to initiate the trial. During preference evaluation, both color cards were presented and the color selected initiated trials of the corresponding instruction type and food items. We ran preference assessments followed by receptive identification trials with arbitrary stimuli to test whether the selection response was controlled by motivating operations related to the food items. Preference for instructional strategy emerged for one of three participants and remained stable during receptive identification training. For two participants the instructional strategies were equally effective and efficient and for one participant neither strategy was effective. This study demonstrates a simple procedure that can be used to assess participant choice for instructional strategy without increasing training time or effort, but more research is needed. |
|
Evaluation of a Concurrent Choice Arrangement for Music on Vocal Stereotypy in Children With Autism |
BECCA YURE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: We conducted a preference assessment that included musical stimuli and, for those that selected music, we examined the effects of presenting musical stimuli via an iPad on sensory-maintained vocal stereotypy in three children with autism. Pressing an icon resulted in the corresponding song playing through headphones and the participant could change the song by pressing a different button at any time. Data were analyzed across condition type (music vs. no music) and song type. This intervention produced a reduction of vocal stereotypic behavior three of three participants, with socially significant decreases for at least one participant. Future research will be discussed to include the assessment of specific stimulation maintaining vocal stereotypy, competing stimulation, and the role of concurrent choice for substitutable reinforcers to treat automatically-maintained behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Conditional Discrimination, Derived Relations, and Efficacy of Acceptance and Commitment Training on Recall in Older Adults |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DEV/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer Cammarata (Northern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Erik Arntzen, M.S. |
Abstract: As our population ages, age-related diseases, such as dementia and Alzheimer’s, become more prevalent. Therefore, treatments to increase quality of life and adaptive independence are in high demand. In this symposium, we will explore two ways in which research within behavioral gerontology are seeking to answer questions within this area. Both focus on ways behavior analysts can work to establish adaptive verbal repertoires in older adults. Our first presenter will explore how the establishment of conditional discriminations and the formation of emerged relations were influenced by simultaneous matching-to-sample (MTS) or delayed matching-to-sample using many-to-one or one-to-many training structures. The second presenter will share the data collected during a four-month study involving older adults with mild-cognitive impairment and dementia, which targeted immediate and delayed tacts (recall) and other memory-related measures before and after an intensive Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) procedure. Implications and future directions of these studies will be discussed. |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts, behavioral gerontology practitioners, behavioral gerontology researchers |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to (1) describe dementia and the current interventions utilized in service provision, (2) explain the utility of stimulus equivalence paradigms in order to establish relations with older adults, and (3) understand the utility of ACT to improve remembering behaviors of older adults with mild cognitive impairment. |
|
Establishment of Conditional Discriminations and Formation of Emerged Relations in Older Adults and Younger Adults |
ANETTE BROGAARD BROGÅRD ANTONSEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: In the present study, 60 older adults and 16 younger adults participated. The purpose was to investigate how the establishment of conditional discriminations and formation of emerged relations were influenced by simultaneous matching-to-sample (SMTS) or delayed matching- to-sample (DMTS 0 s) using the many-to-one (MTO) or one-to-many (OTM) training structures. The participants were divided into four groups: (1) SMTS-MTO, (2) SMTS-OTM, (3) DMTS 0s-MTO, and (4) DMTS 0s-OTM. All the younger adults established the baseline relations in the conditional discrimination training. However, among the older adults, only 35 out of 60 established the baseline relations. For the younger adults there were no differences between the groups. However, for the older adults, the OTM had the lowest number of trials used to meet the mastery criterion in training, and the SMTS-MTO group had the highest accuracy in the test for emerged relations. The analysis of the reaction time showed the older adults had considerable longer reaction time to the comparison stimuli than the younger adults. |
|
The Effects of Acceptance and Commitment Training on Recall in Older Adults With Mild Cognitive Impairment and Early Stage Dementia |
ASHLEY SHAYTER (Northern Michigan University), Jennifer Cammarata (Northern Michigan University) |
Abstract: As our population ages, age-related diseases, such as dementia, become more prevalent and treatments to increase quality of life in high demand. The present study utilized a crossover multiple baseline design across participants to examine the efficacy of an Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) intervention on the improvement of remembering behaviors (immediate and delayed tacts) and neurocognitive impairment and present moment awareness screening scores in older adults with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and early-stage dementia. Results demonstrated some improvement on both immediate and delayed tacts across participants. Lower scores post-treatment and at follow-up on the Trail Making Test (TMT) were also observed for most participants. Additionally, those with the lowest initial St. Louis University Mental Status (SLUMS) assessment scores demonstrated the greatest increase following treatment and at a two-month follow-up. Implications of this study suggest that Acceptance and Commitment Training may be a beneficial to prolong remembering behaviors in individuals diagnosed with dementia, which may remain stable across time. Future directions will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Advances in Stimulus Preference Assessments: Evaluating Attention and Problem Behavior |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Elizabeth Joy Houck (University of Texas at Austin) |
Discussant: Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento) |
CE Instructor: Megan R. Heinicke, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments (SPA) are commonly used to identify stimuli that can be used in both assessment and intervention. Much of the literature on preference assessments has focused on the design of the assessment, including stimulus presentation format, stimulus modality, and consequences for selection. Overall, single, two-item, and multiple item formats, with immediate access, can be effective methods to identify preferences. More recently, researchers have examined adaptations to SPAs, focusing on different modalities and consequences. For example, some items or activities may be difficult to present; therefore, it may only be possible to present a picture of the name of the item. Additionally, it may be difficult to repeatedly present an large item or activity. Likewise, some stimuli may have multiple parameters that could be presented as separate items during SPAs. The purpose of this symposium is to present two studies that address adaptations to SPAs, focusing on stimuli with multiple parameters and problem behavior during SPAs. In the first study, the authors evaluated preference for different types of attention and the relation between preference assessment results and reinforcer assessment results. In the second study, the authors evaluated problem behavior during different modalities and consequence arrangements of paired-stimulus preference assessments. |
Target Audience: Practitioners, Applied Researchers, Graduate Students |
|
Further Evaluation of a Rapid Assessment of Attention Types |
Cynthia P. Livingston (University of North Florida), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute), ASHLEY BORDELON (Oregon Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Interventions for attention-maintained problem behavior often incudes a departure from typical interventions for problem behavior maintained by other functional reinforcers. That is, the form of attention most frequently provided during a functional analysis is social disapproval. Conversely, the attention included in treatment most often comes in the form of praise. Some research suggests different forms of attention may function differently for both problem behavior and the alternative behavior. The rapid assessments of attention types (RAAT) was developed to identify a form of attention most likely to reinforce functionally equivalent alternatives to problem behavior, however, previous research has not included a reinforcement assessment to assess the effects of the preferred attention type as a reinforcer. In the current study, we further evaluated previously described procedures for the RAAT by replicating the results and including an evaluation of correspondence between the preference assessment and reinforcement assessment results. Participants included three children, ages 8-9 years old, all diagnosed with developmental disabilities. The results replicated and extended previous research by demonstrating a hierarchy of preference for different attention types, as well as a correspondence between the RAAT and reinforcement assessment for all three participants. |
|
An Evaluation of Problem Behavior During Varied Modality and Consequence Preference Assessments |
ASHTON CORINNE TINNEY (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Ana Rodriguez (University of North Texas), Sara Baak (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: There is a limited amount of research that has evaluated all three types of modalities and consequences during stimulus preference assessments (SPA) or examined problem behavior during preference assessments with individuals with problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items. Problem behavior with this function may be particularly problematic during SPAs because the EO for problem is repeatedly presented - after interaction, preferred items are removed and access is restricted for some period of time. Conducting SPA using different modalities or consequence arrangements may be an effective method to reduce the likelihood that problem behavior occurs during SPAs. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to extend this line of research in two ways: (a) compare results of SPAs across three modalities and three consequences, (b) evaluate problem behavior during these SPAs with individuals with problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items. The results indicated that for all participants, there was preference stability across modalities and conditions. Additionally, for all participants, problem behavior occurred during the no access consequence or removal consequence, regardless of modality. |
|
|
|
|
A Behavioral Approach to Teaching Writing Behaviors |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Cameron Mittelman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Cameron Mittelman, M.A. |
Abstract: Effective writing ability is arguably one of the most important skills an individual must acquire. Despite the crucial role of effective writing skills in today’s society, many individuals do not possess strong writing ability and do not consider themselves good writers, as only 27% of 12th grade students met the criteria for “Proficient” writing, while 21% of 12th grade students met the criteria for “Below Basic” writing (National Center for Education Statistics, 2011). This distribution is even more concerning for black and Hispanic students. These findings suggested that many individuals leaving the public secondary education system lack the skills required to successfully meet the writing demands of the workplace and of higher education. With that in mind, this symposium will demonstrate several ways in which behavior analytic methods may be used shape different aspects of the writing process. The first presentation will review an intervention package consisting of programmed instruction and rate-building to develop revision skills. The second presentation will examine the use of lag schedules to increase variable fictional writing with children with autism. The final presentation will present an integration of precision measurement, pinpointing, and multiple learning channel practice with mechanics exercises. |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium are behavior analysts, teachers, supervisors, and anyone else who is required to either develop written products or to review written products as apart of their job. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) pinpoint specific writing behaviors that may need to be developed; (2) describe fluency-based procedures for developing the pinpointed behaviors; (3) describe schedules of reinforcement that may maintained continued occurrence of the developed writing behaviors. |
|
The Effects of Programmed Instruction and Fluency-Building on Writing Error Detection and Correction |
CAMERON MITTELMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The present study examined the effects of a three-component intervention package consisting of computer-delivered programmed instruction combined with fluency-based practice involving example and non-example discrimination along with non-example correction on participants’ ability to identify and correct to three different writing targets: passive voice, grammar errors, and inconcise writing. Using a multiple probe across writing targets experimental design, participants’ individually completed the three components of the intervention one at a time with revision probes occurring after each component. Results showed some variation across writing targets and across participants, but in general the intervention package resulted in improved revision ability as all four participants showed higher rates of correct revisions per minute after the three phases of the intervention when compared to baseline rates for all three of the writing targets. Furthermore, the achieved changes in revision accuracy showed clear maintenance over time for the majority of the writing targets for three of the four participants. However, the intervention package appeared to have mixed outcomes for the participants’ ability to revise their own writing, with only two of the four participants having fewer errors for all three writing targets on the generalization probe. |
|
The Effects of LAG Schedules of Reinforcement on Fictional Writing |
LAWRENCE PLATT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Writing is used in numerous contexts from filling out a job application to taking standardized exams. Writing can also be used as an outlet for creative and imaginative ideas. Individuals with autism experience difficulty engaging in imaginative ideas (American Psychological Association, 2013). The literature on creative writing and increasing sentence variability with individuals with autism is limited. Lag schedules of reinforcement have been used to increase vocal variability (Esch, Esch, Love 2009), mand variability (Brodhead, Higbee, Gerencser & Akers 2016), and intraverbal repertoires (Contreras & Betz 2016). Lag schedules were extended in this study to look at variable fictional sentences with two children with autism using a multiple baseline across participants design. For one participant the Lag schedule condition resulted in almost 100% increase in novel sentences compared to the continuous schedule of reinforcement condition. For the other participant a 50% increase in novel sentences in the Lag schedule condition compared to the continuous schedule of reinforcement. Implications are that Lag schedules of reinforcement can be used to increase the novelty of responding. |
|
Shaping Technical Writing With Precision Measurement |
ADAM HOCKMAN (The Mechner Foundation) |
Abstract: Clear technical writing is critical for communicating complex information to professional and lay audiences. Due to a lack of instruction and practice, behavior analysts and researchers who venture beyond formulaic article writing are prone to structural and stylistic errors. Such writing patterns are noticeable and less desirable to some readers. In her technical writing course Writing Solutions for Behavior Analysts, Marilyn Gilbert introduced a series of Flags—stimuli that signal a particular situation in one’s writing that may need to be changed. The course helped students fluently identify and change Flags that make writing unclear, misleading, or unnecessary. When teaching stylistic writing, Gilbert employed an age-old copywork exercise or the rewriting of an exemplar text to shape an easy and approachable style that effectively communicates scientific information. Many successful writers, including Benjamin Franklin, have used the copywork exercise to improve overall and domain-specific writing (e.g., sales copy). This paper will present an integration of precision measurement, pinpointing, and multiple learning channel practice with Gilbert’s mechanics exercises (Flags) and an eyes/ears copywork approach to promote high-level writing among behavior analysts and other science writers. |
|
|
|
|
Reinforcing Positive Peer Reports via Group Contingencies: Effects of Tootling on Mean Behaviors and Recently Taught Social Skills |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Shelby Wright (University of Tennessee) |
CE Instructor: Shelby Wright, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Tootling interventions involve using interdependent group-oriented rewards to enhances student reports of classmates’ student-helping-student behaviors. Tootling has been shown to decease typical inappropriate classroom behaviors including out of seat behavior and calling out, but not antisocial behaviors. In Study I, a withdrawal design showed that tooting caused immediate decreases in antisocial behaviors (e.g., mean behaviors like name-calling). Researchers have not evaluated the effect of tootling on the behaviors which students are reporting. In Study II, social skills training was used to teach compliment-giving behavior, and during the tootling intervention rewards were delivered contingent upon peer reports of classmates’ giving compliments. Visual analysis of our A-B-A-B figures showed that the tootling intervention enhanced students compliment giving behavior, not just reports of compliment giving behavior, in a generalized setting. This behavior-specific tootling intervention enhanced compliment-giving behavior in a generalized setting. In Study III, a multiple baseline design was used to sequentially enhance three recently-taught social skills in a generalized setting. Discussion focuses on using tootling to reduce antisocial behaviors and promote generalization and maintenance of recently-taught social skills. |
Target Audience: Those who work in educational settings |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will acquire an understand of how tootling can be used to decrease mean behaviors. Attendees will acquire an understanding of how tootling can be used to increase a recently taught social skill. Attendees will acquire an understanding of how tootling can supplement sequential social skills training. |
|
Reducing Mean and Disrespectful Social Behaviors in Third Grade Students: Extending Research on Tootling |
BAILEIGH KIRKPATRICK (The University of Tennessee), Shelby Wright (The University of Tennessee), Stephanie Daniels (University of Tennessee), Kala Taylor (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (The Univesity of Tennessee), Merilee McCurdy (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), tara moore (The University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: The current study was designed to extend research on tootling interventions. Tootling involves reinforcing students’ reporting of their peers' incidental prosocial behaviors, specifically student-helping-student behaviors. Reinforcement is provided via the application interdependent group-oriented bonus rewards. While previous researchers reinforced the class contingent upon the number of tootles (i.e., peer reports of classmates’ student-helping-student behaviors), during the current study group rewards were delivered contingent upon the number of different students who received tootles. A withdrawal (A-B-A-B) design was used to determine if a tootling intervention decreased antisocial/disrespectful interactions of four, teacher-nominated students in an after-school, third-grade classroom. Visual analysis of a repeated measures graph and effect size estimates suggest that the tootling intervention decreased these interactions. Discussion focuses on the failure to maintain gains during the withdraw phase and future research designed to enhance and evaluate the generalizability of tootling interventions and the effects of similar interventions over time and across dependent variables. |
|
Behavior Specific Tootling: Enhancing First-Grade Students’ Use of a Recently- Instructed Social Skill a Natural Social Setting |
SHELBY WRIGHT (The Unviersity of Tennessee), Baileigh Kirkpatrick (The University of Tennessee), Stephanie Daniels (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (The Univesity of Tennessee), Tara moore (the University of Tennessee), Merilee McCurdy (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Abstract: Tootling interventions involve teaching students to report their classmates’ student-helping-student behaviors and reinforcing these reports, not the actual behavior, via interdependent group contingencies. Tootling has been shown to decrease disruptive classroom behaviors and enhance on-task behavior. The current study was designed to extend this research by teaching students to report classmates’ engagement in a recently taught social skill (giving compliments) and providing rewards contingent upon the number of peer reports of classmates giving compliments. The dependent variable was actual student compliment giving behavior. Thus, this was the first study where researchers measured the effect of tootling on the actual behavior that students reported. Results from our withdrawal design showed that the modified tootling intervention enhanced compliment giving in first-grade students in a setting and context that differed from the social skills training environment (i.e., while they were engaged in a small group math activity). Specifically, visual analysis of a repeated measures graph and effect size estimates suggest the intervention caused immediate, consistent, and meaningful increases in compliment-giving behavior while students engaged in small-group math activities. Discussion focuses on study limitations, future research, and the applied implications associated with supplementing social skills training with positive peer reporting. |
|
Using Tootling to Sequentially Enhance and Maintain Multiple Social Skills in Natural Social Environments |
Christopher Skinner (The Univesity of Tennessee), SHELBY WRIGHT (The University of Tennessee), Margaret Crewdson (the University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: The current study was designed to extend research on combining social skills training with tootling to enhance student engagement in social skills in their natural social context. The intervention included an interdependent group contingency with randomly selected criteria which involved the class receiving rewards contingent upon students reporting classmates’ desired social behaviors. First reinforcement was delivered contingent upon reports of classmates’ compliment-giving. In subsequent phases peer reports classmates’ providing encouragement and saying thank you were added to the contingency but students did not know which of the peer-reporting target behaviors would be selected as criteria for reinforcement. Results from our multiple-baseline across-behavior design provide three demonstrations of a treatments effect. When peer-reports of each social skill were added to the contingency, the targeted social behavior increased. Discussion focuses on supplementing social skills training with tootling in order to enhance the probability of students engaging in social skills outside the social skills training context. |
|
|
|
|
Key Dimensions of Performance Feedback: From Literature to the Lab |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Andressa Sleiman (Univeristy of Florida ) |
CE Instructor: Andressa Sleiman, M.A. |
Abstract: Performance feedback is one of the most common strategies employed in interventions within the field of organizational behavior management (OBM) and has been demonstrated to improve performance across a variety of settings and behaviors when used effectively. Despite its accumulation of empirical support overall, the key variables influencing feedback efficacy, maintenance, and treatment implementation require further evaluation. The presentations in this symposium seeks to further this evaluation by 1) providing an updated review on the existing evidence regarding the use of feedback in 75 articles published in the Journal of Organization Behavior Management from 1998 to 2018, 2) assess performer preference for feedback timing relative to task completion (e.g., after step, after trial, and after session), 3) and evaluate the effects of performer reactions to feedback on subsequent feedback delivery and observation accuracy. Each presentation will highlight the importance of identifying various feedback components as they relate to treatment efficacy and implementation. Implications for future research and the utilization of performance feedback in applied settings will be discussed. |
Target Audience: Open to all audiences. |
Learning Objectives: After attending this symposium, attendees should be able accomplish the following: 1) outline the essential characteristics influencing feedback effectiveness identified in previous research 2) describe the relation between task completion and performer preference for feedback timing 3) explain the effects of performer reactions to feedback on observation and feedback accuracy. |
|
An Objective Review of the Effectiveness and Essential Characteristics of Performance Feedback in Organizational Settings (1998-2018): An Update and Extension |
ANDRESSA SLEIMAN (Univeristy of Florida), Sigridur Soffia Sigurjonsdottir (Oslo Metropolitan University), Aud Kielland Elnes (Oslo Metropolitan University), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
Abstract: In organizational behavior management (OBM), feedback can effectively increase and maintain performance across settings and target behaviors. Feedback has been extensively studied, being one of the most studied independent variables in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM). Alvero, Bucklin, and Austin (2001) conducted an objective review of the effectiveness and essential characteristics of performance feedback in organizational settings between 1985-1998. This talk will present an update and extension of the Alvero et al. (2001) review by summarizing the effective characteristics of feedback based on 75 articles that implemented feedback as an intervention in an applied setting that were published in JOBM, and in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) between 1998 and 2018. Feedback effectiveness will be presented for the following characteristics: feedback source, feedback medium, feedback privacy, feedback participants, feedback frequency, the immediacy of feedback, feedback combinations (e.g., feedback + goal setting or feedback + incentives), and feedback nature (increase or decrease behavior). |
|
Identifying the Relation Between Feedback Preferences and Performance |
JANELLE KIRSTIE BACOTTI (University of Florida), Emma Grauerholz-Fisher (University of Florida), Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Performance feedback is a commonly used organizational behavior management (OBM) intervention (Gravina et al., 2018) that typically yields consistent effects (Alvero et al., 2001). Although feedback applications have varied, a noteworthy characteristic that might affect feedback effectiveness is timing (Lechermeier & Fassnacht, 2018). Prior research has used verbal report as an indicator of preference across immediate and delayed feedback (Reid & Parsons, 1996). Given the frequent use and practical utility of feedback, we assessed feedback preference across three feedback timing options: after step, after trial, and after session. We used a direct-selection paradigm to assess feedback timing preferences with undergraduate students completing two multistep computerized tasks. The data obtained suggest that most subjects shifted their preference from relatively proximal (e.g., after step) to distal feedback (e.g., after session) as they acquired the tasks. A few subjects’ preferences seemed unrelated to increases in performance. We discuss implications based on the current findings and future directions for research. |
|
You Talking to Me?Effects of Performer Reactions on Observation and Feedback Accuracy |
JESSICA A. NASTASI (University of Florida), Nicholas Matey (University of Florida), Andressa Sleiman (University of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Performance feedback can be a valuable tool for behavior change when used effectively. Despite its utility, delivering feedback may be aversive to the observer, affecting the accuracy of subsequent observations and feedback. A study conducted by Matey et al. (2019) evaluated the effects of required feedback delivery on observer accuracy and found that accuracy was lower when performance feedback was required compared to observation-alone, suggesting the performer’s reaction to feedback may be one variable influencing subsequent accuracy. The current study sought to evaluate the effects of feedback reaction-type on observer accuracy and feedback delivery. First, undergraduate students were randomly assigned to either positive, neutral, or negative reaction groups. Then, in phase one, participants were trained to score a confederate’s posture as either “safe” or “at-risk”. During phase two, participants were instructed to deliver feedback to the confederate after each session. The confederate reacted to this feedback differently depending on group assignment (i.e., positive, negative, or neutral). Preliminary results indicate observation accuracy in the negative-reaction group may be lower after feedback delivery compared to accuracy in the neutral-reaction and positive-reaction groups. Implications for these findings and suggestions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
TRAUMA: Effects of Trauma on Risk and Protective Factors |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D. |
Presenting Authors: MARLA BRASSARD (Teachers College, Columbia University), JEANNIE GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: United States state statutes demonstrate a clear hierarchy in how harmful the different forms of child maltreatment are perceived (Baker & Brassard, 2019), but research does not support prioritizing of one form of child maltreatment over another. This presentation presents the evidence (briefly) for considering psychological maltreatment (PM) the equal of child sexual abuse, physical abuse, and physical neglect in contributing to adverse outcomes across the lifespan. Because PM, like corporal punishment, is so common, it challenges traditional short-term, narrowly focused, post-trauma reactive intervention practices, toward more sensitive and effective child protection and increased emphasis on primary prevention and good caregiving to achieve child well-being. Interventions with the greatest likelihood of success are presented – those consistent with ABA practice and those that may require shift in thinking. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state several examples of behaviors related to lack of attachment; (2) state several of the devastating effects of maltreatment and lack of attachment; (3) explain why maltreated children often do not learn attachment behaviors; (4) describe how maltreated children receive negative reinforcement in the form of avoiding or escaping negative emotions; (5) describe how attachment behaviors can be learned; (6) identify which of the following are causally affected by maltreatment in childhood and which are not, using data from genetically sensitive studies: cognitive deficits, psychopathology, educational outcomes, personality disorders, hearing impairments, and adult height; (7) list five areas where PM is more harmful that other forms of maltreatment and three mechanisms that likely account for its harmful effects; (8) identify behavioral parenting programs that are effective in improving the quality of observed parenting of children in preschool to adolescence but harmful for infants and toddlers; (9) describe the developmental context that likely accounts for the difference and the characteristics of programs that are effective with parents of very young children; (10) describe three research-supported prevention programs for PM and describe a public health approach for addressing PM and other forms of child maltreatment. |
|
Interventions to Address Psychological Maltreatment, a Common and Harmful Form of Childhood Trauma |
MARLA BRASSARD (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Marla R. Brassard, Ph.D., is a Professor in the School Psychology Program at Teachers College, Columbia University. For 37 years her research has focused on parenting, especially psychological maltreatment (PM) of children by parents, a non-physical form of abuse and neglect, that research shows is the equivalent in adverse causal impact to other forms of maltreatment and the most related to depression and suicidal behavior. Recently her work has expanded to include parenting in other high stress contexts, specifically parenting a young child with autistic spectrum disorder, with a focus on interventions that enhance parental well-being and increase quality of parenting. She is a fellow of the American Psychological Association and past president of the Council of Directors of School Psychology Programs. |
Abstract: Trauma in the form of child abuse and neglect at the hands of parents or caregivers has devastating psychosocial and neurological effects on children that may last throughout their lifespan. Children who have experienced maltreatment often fail to learn attachment to their parents or caregivers and this impairs their ability to form healthy attachments and experience reciprocal and caring relationships with others. Lack of attachment is associated with a lack of moral behavior, heightened processing of threat-related information, emotional dysregulation, depression, anxiety, dissociation, maladaptive coping strategies, risky sexual behaviors and increased risk for substance abuse. This presentation will provide a behavioral explanation of why maltreated children often do not learn attachment behaviors and receive negative reinforcement in the form of avoiding or escaping negative emotions. This explanation has several implications for treatment including why and how attachment behaviors can be learned. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state several examples of behaviors related to lack of attachment; (2) state several of the devastating effects of maltreatment and lack of attachment; (3) explain why maltreated children often do not learn attachment behaviors; (4) describe how maltreated children receive negative reinforcement in the form of avoiding or escaping negative emotions; (5) describe how attachment behaviors can be learned; (6) identify which of the following are causally affected by maltreatment in childhood and which are not, using data from genetically sensitive studies: cognitive deficits, psychopathology, educational outcomes, personality disorders, hearing impairments, and adult height; (7) list five areas where PM is more harmful that other forms of maltreatment and three mechanisms that likely account for its harmful effects; (8) identify behavioral parenting programs that are effective in improving the quality of observed parenting of children in preschool to adolescence but harmful for infants and toddlers; (9) describe the developmental context that likely accounts for the difference and the characteristics of programs that are effective with parents of very young children; (10) describe three research-supported prevention programs for PM and describe a public health approach for addressing PM and other forms of child maltreatment. |
|
The Effects of Trauma on Attachment: A Behavioral Perspective |
JEANNIE GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
Dr. Jeannie A. Golden is a licensed psychologist who received her Ph.D. in school psychology from Florida State University in 1981. Dr. Golden has taught in the psychology department at East Carolina University for 38 years and became the first national board certified behavior analyst in North Carolina in 2000. Dr. Golden received ECU teaching awards in 2001 and 2009, the FABA Honorary Lifetime Membership Award in 1994, the NCABA Fred S. Keller Excellence in Behavior Analysis Award in 2005, the ECU Scholarship of Engagement Award in 2012, the NCABA Do Things Award for Outstanding and Sustained Contributions in 2013, the ECU Psychology Department Award for Distinguished Service in 2015, and the ECU Psychology Department Faculty Appreciation Award for Mentoring in 2017. Dr. Golden and colleagues received grants from Kate B. Reynolds Charitable Trust (2008-2011) and the Department of Health and Human Services (2011-2016) to provide school-based mental health services in two rural, impoverished counties in North Carolina. In March of 2018, Dr. Golden and colleagues were awarded the Creating New Economies Fund Grant by Resourceful Communities for the Greene County Community Advancement Project. |
|
|
|
|
Topics in Verbal Behavior: Winners of the VBSIG Research Competitions Present Their Findings |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Caitlin H. Delfs (Village Autism Center) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
CE Instructor: Caitlin H. Delfs, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will include three recently completed projects by the 2019 Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VBSIG) research and student grant competition winners. The VBSIG aims to support the advancement of verbal behavior research and to disseminate theoretical, empirical, and practical information about verbal behavior. These papers exemplify that aim. The first paper by Frampton, Axe, Covall, and Padmanabhan will describe procedures for teaching problem solving skills to answer novel intraverbal questions utilizing a mobile application. The next two papers focus on the emergence of untrained skills. Zaltzman, Parry-Cruwys, MacDonald, and Sweeney-Kerwin examined the use of observational learning in a young child with autism who was taught to engage in echoic, tact, and intraverbal behaviors following exposure to a model. The final paper, presented by Aragon, Rodriguez, McKeown, and Luczynski, describes procedures to facilitate the emergence of verbal behavior in the form of Intraverbal-tacts. The studies present results that may inform verbal behavior researchers and practitioners alike. |
Target Audience: graduate students, researchers, clinicians interested in verbal behavior |
|
Teaching Problem Solving Skills: Use of Mobile Applications to Answer Novel Questions |
SARAH FRAMPTON (May Institute, Inc.), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University), Karly Covall (Simmons University; May Institute, Inc.), Sarayu Padmanabhan (Simmons University; May Institute, Inc.) |
Abstract: In educational settings, mobile apps may help students with autism solve the problem of answering novel questions. We evaluated this hypothesis with a concurrent multiple probe design across behaviors embedded in a nonconcurrent multiple probe design across participants with two adolescents with autism. The novel questions pertained to time, distance, and temperature for different cities (e.g., “What time is it in Cairo?”). In each session, the participants were given an iPad and a worksheet with novel questions. In Treatment 1, we trained app use and an intraverbal (e.g., “Distance, use the map app”). In Treatment 2, we trained underlining the keyword (e.g., distance) on the worksheet and emitting the intraverbal under control of the keyword. For one participant, Treatments 1 and 2 resulted in correct app use, generalization across apps, and correct responding in a vocal verbal generalization probe. The other participant needed Treatment 3, which involved training app use in the worksheet context. Reliability and procedural fidelity data were collected. The results have implications for the analysis of problem solving in developing complex verbal and academic repertoires and the inclusion of technology in educational settings. |
|
An Examination of Observational Learning Using Skinner’s Analysis of Verbal Behavior |
TALI RUDY ZALTZMAN (Regis College; All Points Licensed Applied Behavior Analysts), Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College), Emily Kerwin (All Points Licensed Applied Behavior Analysts) |
Abstract: Learning by observing others has great benefits as it allows an individual to learn new skills without directly contacting the contingencies. Results from previous research on teaching skills necessary to emit OL responses are promising but an analysis of OL using Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior (1957) is lacking. The purpose of the present study was to address the limitations of previous research by conceptualizing OL using Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior (1957) in the context of a replication and extension of DeQuinzio and Taylor (2015). After teaching one child diagnosed with an ASD to emit a chain of vocal verbal responses including an echoic, the statement of a rule, and either the same response as the echoic or the correction statement "I don't know" she was observed to correctly tact previously unknown pictures after observing a model. Interobserver agreement was collected for 35% of OL and tacting responses and for 34% of vocal response chain (VRC) responses and was 79% and 100% respectively. Future research should continue to analyze OL using Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior (1957) as it might lead to a more parsimonious and conceptually systematic analysis. |
|
|
|
|
AAB Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
1. Managing the Key Behaviors in Training a New Dog: Most of Them are NOT the Dog's |
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
MATTHEW GROSS (Shippensburg University), Richard Cook (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey) |
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: Successfully "training" a new dog is a function of mindfulness of their own behaviors by the dog's "people," and their ability to manage those behaviors in the context of the interactions with the dog, and in their interactions with other humans regarding the dog's behavior. Multiple behaviors, overt and private, must be emitted in the process of adopting a dog. Once adopted, the rituals begin of training the dog to emit or not emit targeted behaviors. Interactions with other humans can be a threat to consistency needed in the early phases of treatment Once the owner(s) has developed a postion regarding a behavior in various situations, it behooves the training process consistency to have a concise and clear plan to comminucate the desired behavior plan to those who might interact with the dog, and teach it to those humans. For example, if the owner prefers that the dog not be allowed to jump up onto a person when greeting, or not be given table food, those predeeences should be made clear to any human interacting with the dog. Other domains of human behaviors include interactions of persons with the dog regarding tricks, treats, greeting and petting, preferences for walking or holding the dog, and the essentials of communication between humans regarding dog behaviors. Interactions with other animals, and with owners of other animals, as well as the intersection of the dog and the enviormment...either at home or out in the world encountered when going for a walk become the real world of maintanance, generalization, and discrimintation of dog behavior, such as the interaction of the new dog with other dogs, other house pets, other humans, and wild animals. It is the owner to other human behaviors that lay the foundation of the dog's behavior. If the "owner" is a couple, there is an expotential inceease in behaviors human behaviors emitted, including "private" behaviors such as attitudes toward and understanding of basic behavior principles such as reinforcement and punishment, all of which which need to be defined and shaped. To the extent the owner understands principles of behavior, and can explain them to others in the context of increasing or decreasing specific dog behaviors, such as barking, chasing, marking, etc., it can help make for more consistent training for the dog, and less arguments for the people. This presentation will highlight domains of human behaviors which need to be shaped when adopting and training a new dog. |
|
|
3. Discrete Trial Training Paired With Behavior Skills Training to Increase Attention With Killer Whales in a Zoological Facility |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN ELISE MACKELLAR (SeaWorld Orlando; Purdue Global University) |
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: Researchers have documented cetaceans visually attending to one another learning novel behaviors, discriminating kin, hunting, and riding in the wake of boats; supporting attending as a socially significant behavior (Bender et al., 2009; Yeater & Kucczaj, 2010; Wright et al., 2016). When humans and animals interact reciprocal attending is required for communication (Carlstead, Paris, & Brown, 2019; Greco et al., 2016; Hasegawa, Ohtani, & Ohta, 2014; Lukas, Marr, & Maple, 1998). At SeaWorld Orlando, a functional analysis was performed on two whales (WH1 and 2) emitting a perceived lower attentive rate during interactions. Results suggested the function of the behavior was attention. The goal of the study was to determine if using Behavior Skills Training (BST) to train two trainers (RA1 and 2) on Discrete Trial Training (DTT) would increase whale attention. Pre-intervention suggested combined whale attentive rate was 0.62 with combined RA treatment fidelity rate at 0.38. Post-BST treatment fidelity increased to 0.98, whale attending rate at 0.96, with an IOA rate of 0.95. During Intervention attentive behavior was reinforced with 30s of attention, food was not used. Results suggest a positive correlation between treatment fidelity and behavior outcome, supporting the importance of training prior to implementing behavioral interventions. |
|
|
4. Effects of Starch Content on Reinforcer Efficacy in Horses |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
JOANNA PLATZER (Virginia Tech), Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech) |
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: Reinforcer efficacy is an essential issue for training and maintaining desirable behavior in animals. Horses are often required to perform long sequences of behavior such that identifying reinforcers that can maintain long bouts of behavior or high effort behaviors would be useful. One way of testing reinforcer efficacy is using a progressive ratio schedule and measuring break points. Higher break points correspond to more effective reinforcers. We trained horses to touch a target stick with their noses. After horses reached criterion levels of responding, they entered the testing phase in which we used six different grains with varying starch content as reinforcers to determine if starch content affected reinforcer value. Horses were tested on one grain per day and we tested each horse on each grain multiple times. We measured trials to criterion during training and break points during testing. We will discuss our results in terms of individual differences and sensitivity to different levels of starch using concepts of unit price, demand, and work.We are confident in our results given that we used a single-subject design and tested each horse multiple times on each grain type. |
|
|
5. Maternal Western Style Diet Perturbs Fetal Neurodevelopment and Alters Postnatal Outcomes |
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AJ MITCHELL (Behavioral Neuroscience, Oregon Health and Science University; Oregon National Primate Research Center), Eric Feczko (Department of Behavioral Neuroscience; Oregon Health and Science University; Department of Medical Informatics and Clinical Epidemiology), Jacqueline Thompson (Oregon Health and Science University; Oregon National Primate Research Center), Madison DeCapo (Oregon Health and Science University; Oregon National Primate Research Center), Jennifer Bagley (Oregon Health and Science University; Oregon National Primate Research Center), Damien Fair (Oregon Health and Science University; Department of Behavioral Neuroscience; Department of Psychiatry; Advanced Imaging Research Center
), Elinor Sullivan (Oregon Health & Science University; Department of Psychiatry; Division of Neuroscience
) |
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: The WSD increases risk of developing chronic disorders including obesity and its associated metabolic diseases, and global consumption is increasing. This is particularly concerning in the context of early brain development as preclinical studies are accumulating evidence that maternal WSD (mWSD) perturbs fetal neurodevelopment. Using the Japanese macaque (n=36), we introduce a novel computational approach to assess temperament at three years of age in offspring exposed to a mWSD compared to controls. First, we clustered 37 individual measures of behavior using community detection. From the five communities (or groups) of behavior that were formed, temperament composite scores were created by summating individual behaviors within each community. Scores were used to investigate differences in temperament between offspring diet groups. These temperament composites encompassed individual behavioral profiles such as anxious, obsessive, and balanced and represent distinct temperamental characteristics. The anxious temperament composite was expressed highest in the HFD offspring, and also was significantly different between diet groups (p = .029). Results are consistent with the literature, showing that mWSD programs perturbations in fetal neurodevelopment resulting in offspring displaying increased anxiety-like behavior. This novel approach toward behavioral clustering provides a unique and empirical method for identifying behavioral classifications in high dimensional data. |
|
|
6. Clinical Trial: Effects of Integrating a Therapy Dog into Social Skills Classes for Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
PAIGE DOTSON (Texas Tech University), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University), Alexandra Protopopova (Texas Tech University; The University of British Columbia) |
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: Animal-Assisted Interventions (AAI) have been shown to increase social behavior in people with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The purpose of this project has been to identify the mechanisms involved in the social-enhancing effect of dogs on adolescents with ASD. Participants are part of small groups in which either (a) the first 5 weeks will involve a therapy dog, (b) the last 5 weeks will involve the therapy dog, or (c) the class will not involve a therapy dog. We hypothesized (1) an integration of therapy dogs into group social skills instruction will result in reduced stress and improved social behavior compare to traditional group instruction; and (2) therapists will experience less stress, engage in more social and affiliative behavior towards the children, and deliver higher quality instruction during sessions that include dogs. Social behavior, stress behavior, heart rate, electrodermal activity, and salivary cortisol concentrations of adolescents and therapists have been assessed and compared across conditions. Preliminary data has shown a decrease in the student’s cortisol levels during classes when the therapy dog is present, and a maintenance in cortisol levels for the teachers, regardless of if the therapy dog is present. |
|
|
|
|
BPN Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
7. Effects of Adolescent Methylmercury Exposure on Sustained Attention in a Visual Signal Detection Task |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
DALISA KENDRICKS (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: The contaminant, methylmercury (MeHg), disrupts reinforcement processes and dopamine-mediated behavior. Early developmental exposure has recently been associated with symptoms of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, especially with sustained attention in children and adolescents. Adolescence is a key period for dopamine development prior to adulthood with both inattention and short term remembering mediated, in part, by dopamine neurotransmission. In our experimental model, mice were exposed to 0, 0.3, or 3ppm MeHg in drinking water throughout rodent adolescence and trained in a hybrid visual signal detection/remembering task in adulthood. There were no MeHg-related deficits in sustained attention or short term remembering. Accuracy peaked for all animals at the training signal duration, confirming Sargisson and White’s memory model, and dropped off steadily at the shortest delay as the duration of the visual signal decreased affirming the role of the signal duration in attenuating attention to the visual signal. Previously-reported MeHg-related behavior deficits may not be linked to attention or remembering. |
|
|
8. Adolescent Methylmercury Exposure Produces Differential Sensitivity to Novel Distraction |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
DALISA KENDRICKS (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: Methylmercury (MeHg), an environmental contaminant, alters both reinforcement processes and dopamine-mediated behavior. Impaired dopamine function during development is linked to attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, sustained attention, and short-term memory. We provoked MeHg-related alterations in our mouse model of sustained attention and remembering. Mice consumed 0, 0.3, or 3ppm MeHg in drinking water throughout adolescence and performed in a visual signal detection task in adulthood. Sustained attention and memory were probed with toy and light distractors. The toy disrupted behavior for all exposure groups similarly while the light distraction only disrupted the 0 and 0.3ppm groups, suggesting impaired behavioral plasticity in the 3 ppm group. Mice were re-tested under the visual distraction after 0.3 mg/kg d-amphetamine, injected i.p. Behavior for the 3ppm group was mildly improved by d-amphetamine. The differential sensitivity in the 3ppm group suggests disrupted dopamine neurotransmission following developmental MeHg exposure, supporting previous observations of behavioral rigidity following adolescent exposure to MeHg. |
|
|
9. Uncertainty as a Factor Contributing to Drug vs. Non-Drug Choice |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
Kandace Farmer (University of Mississippi Medical Center), James K. Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Kevin B. Freeman (University of Mississippi Medical Center), SALLY L. HUSKINSON (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: Relative to non-drug reinforcers, illicit drugs may be more uncertain in terms of their availability, quality, and time and effort to obtain, and this may be an important component of drug taking that occurs at the expense of engaging in nondrug-related activities. We have shown that variable cocaine is chosen over fixed cocaine. However, drug vs. nondrug choice is more translational. Adult male and female rhesus monkeys chose between cocaine (0.01-0.1 mg/kg/injection) and food (4 pellets/delivery). In control conditions, both schedules were predictable, fixed ratios (FR). In variable cocaine or food conditions, the schedule on the cocaine or food lever was a mixed ratio (MR), respectively, while the other lever remained fixed. Thus far, at relatively large requirements, cocaine choice is greater under an MR than under an FR, resulting in a leftward shift in the cocaine dose-response function. With food, results have been somewhat mixed. On average, cocaine choice is reduced when food is available under an MR, and average cocaine dose-response functions are shifted to the right. Our findings suggest that variable cost could contribute to excessive allocation of behavior toward procuring drugs at the expense of more predictable, nondrug alternatives. In addition, variable nondrug availability may more effectively compete with cocaine compared with fixed nondrug availability, perhaps having implications for contingency management. |
|
|
10. Effects of Gonadectomy on Impulsive Action in Male Rats |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
Henrique Reis (Universidade Estadual Paulista), FABIO LEYSER GONCALVES (Universidade Estadual Paulista) |
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: Impulsive behavior has been understood in two distinct ways: impulsive action and impulsive choice. Beyond their conceptual differentiation, several studies have shown a differential role of endogenous variables on this kind of behavior, corroborating its distinction. Among such variables one which stand out is the influence of sexual hormones. Several studies point to direct association between testosterone levels and impulsive action, but not impulsive choice. The influence of gonadectomy procedure on impulsive action has been analyzed in 8 wistar rats in comparison to 8 non-gonadectomized rats. Impulsive action was evaluated through a differential reinforcement of low rates schedule (DRL- 72s). Initially, subjects were submitted to DRL 18s for 10 sessions of 40 minutes, after that, the interval was increased to 72s, until 40th session or stability achievement. Response rate, reinforcement density and frequency of inter-response times distribution between groups were analysed. Preliminary data, first half of the sample, until the 20th session of DRL 72S suggests that gonadectomized rats responded less (Mean=42,0; SE=8,22 X Mean=95,0; SE=22,92) and had a higher reinforcement density (Mean=0,37; SE= 0,008 X Mean=0,15; SE: 0,002). Together data implicate testosterone hormone on the modulation of impulsive action. |
|
|
11. Using Environmental Place Conditioning With Planaria to Compare Ethanol With the Novel Psychoactive Compound MEAI |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University), May Dang (South Dakota State University), Jennifer Palmer (South Dakota State University), Malloree Siver (South Dakota State University), Elizabeth Stromquist (South Dakota State University), Linda Muckey (Southern Illinois University), Shafiqur Rahman (South Dakota State University) |
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: We will present data pertaining to the properties of ethanol and with a purported “binge-mitigating agent” that being the compound known as MEAI, or more properly, 5-methoxy-2-aminoindane, using the invertebrate planaria as an animal model. The reinforcement and or aversive effects will be assessed using the environmental place conditioning procedure. Since planaria typically show behavior described as being light phobic, the ability to reverse this light-avoidance behavior after an illuminated environment is paired with a reinforcer makes environmental place conditioning fairly straightforward using this animal model. While ethanol has been shown, in one study to reverse light phobic behavior in planaria, MEAI has never been assessed for its behavioral effects in any animal model. There are only two peer-reviewed papers on the effects of MEAI, assessing it for toxicological effects, using a rodent model. These publications both refer to the anecdotal effects that MEAI consumption results in human’s reporting euphoric effects similar to ethanol but without the typical desire to continue consumption, hence, MEAI is a purported binge- mitigating agent. |
|
|
12. Discussion of the Behavioral Components of a Comprehensive Popular Psychology Philosophy |
Area: BPN; Domain: Service Delivery |
MATTHEW GROSS (Shippensburg University), Richard Cook (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey) |
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: For many people, popular psychologists are their main or only exposure to the principles of psychology. Sadly many popular psychologists are far more popular than they are impactful psychologists. Popular psychology books rarely include references to the to the literature. A departure from this trend is noted in the works of Canadian psychologist Jordan Peterson. Peterson's general philosophy emphasizes individual behavior change and accountability and is heavily grounded in principles of behavior and neuroscience. This presentation reviews the behavioral principles that are at the heart of the points of his framework for self-improvement, allowing the discriminate reader the opportunity to better judge for him or her self the degree to which the psychologist's advice would be applicable to the modification of the targeted behaviors of interest to them. When applicable, the presentation notes the connection of the neuroscience, the "behaviors" occurring in the neurons and synapses of the neural pathways of the brain that "guide" the manifested overt and private behaviors, to the emission or inhibition of those behaviors. This translation of neuroscience through behavior emission or inhibition, through to the impact on the situation of the behavior affords the clinician a more robust toolbox with which to manage targeted behaviors.
The 12 points of the Peterson "Rules for Life" when deconstructed to behavior and sometimes neurophysiological compnents, indeed demonstrate consistency with principals of behavior commonly, and not so commonly, employed by behavior analysts, and can be a helpful resource in designing a program of behavior modification, as well as a good read for the helping the patient attempting to better understand and effect behavior change.
Often, as with any psychological therapy, characteristics of the therapist and setting can be a component of the impact of effective behavior change, and/or obfuscate the actual balderdash that comprises the (often glitzy and finacially lucrative) "show."
Critical review of the degree of consistency of a popular psychology philosophy with the principles of behavior and neuroscience gives the clinician, or any reader, a more objective basis by which to evaluate it. |
|
|
13. RY-023 but Not D-Cycloserine Facilitates the Elimination of Alcohol-Maintained Behavior and Prevents Its Resurgence in Rats |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
JEMMA E. COOK (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Daniela Rüedi-Bettschen (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Donna Platt (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: Resurgence may be a mechanism of relapse for those diagnosed with alcohol-use disorder (AUD) following successful treatment. D-cycloserine (DCS), a partial NDMA agonist, and RY-023, an α5GABAA receptor subtype inverse agonist, were evaluated as potential adjunctive pharmacotherapies in a rodent resurgence model of alcohol self-administration. In Phase 1, the lever-pressing of 12 rats was maintained by alcohol on a fixed-ratio schedule. In Phase 2, rats received either saline or DCS (15 or 30 mg/kg, i.p.) presession. In Phase 2 sessions, alcohol delivery ceased and sweetened condensed milk was delivered on a differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior (DRO) schedule. In Phase 3A, presession doses continued but the DRO schedule was eliminated. In Phase 3B, all rats received only presession saline. Rats were then returned to Phase 1. A second experiment was conducted in the same manner evaluating the effects of presession RY-023 (1.0 mg/kg, i.p.). So far, RY-023 but not DCS was effective in facilitating the elimination of alcohol-maintained behavior and blocking its resurgence after alternative reinforcement ceased, but the subsequent removal of RY-023 may set the occasion for resurgence. α5GABAA receptor subtype inverse agonists may be potentially effective adjunctive pharmacotherapies in treating and preventing relapse in people with AUD. |
|
|
14. A Nonhuman Primate Model of Resurgence of Alcohol-Maintained Behavior and the Effects of Naltrexone |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
JEMMA E. COOK (University of Mississippi Medical Center), John Overton (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Donna Platt (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: Resurgence may be a mechanism of relapse for those diagnosed with alcohol-use disorder (AUD) following successful treatment. Naltrexone is a µ-opioid antagonist effective in treating AUD, but single-nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in the genes that code for the µ-opioid receptor may influence its effectiveness. A nonhuman primate (NHP) resurgence model was developed to 1.) Demonstrate the feasibility of using NHPs in the study of the resurgence of alcohol-maintained behavior, 2.) Evaluate the effects of naltrexone on the elimination and resurgence of alcohol-maintained behavior in NHPs, and 3.) Evaluate the influence of SNPs in the µ-opioid receptor on these effects of naltrexone. In Phase 1, the lever-pressing of NHPs (rhesus macaques) was maintained by alcohol on a fixed-ratio schedule. In Phase 2, NHPs received either saline or naltrexone (0.03 or 0.10 mg/kg, i.m.) presession. In Phase 2 sessions, alcohol delivery ceased and food pellets were delivered on a differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior (DRO) schedule. In Phase 3, presession doses continued but the DRO schedule was eliminated. So far, resurgence of alcohol-maintained behavior was repeatedly demonstrated in NHPs and this was reduced by naltrexone. NHPs are useful in evaluating potential pharmacotherapies and genetic factors relevant in the treatment and resurgence of alcohol-maintained behavior. |
|
|
15. Effects of Acute and Chronic Nicotine Administration on Choice of Probabilistic Outcomes |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
KATYA NOLDER (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: Risky decision-making is characteristic of substance abuse and multiple other behavioral disorders such as schizophrenia, pathological gambling, and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Compared to other neurotransmitter systems, there is less research investigating cholinergic effects on risky choice. Due to the regular use of nicotine products such as e-cigarettes, tobacco cigarettes, and smokeless tobacco, research on chronic nicotine administration is warranted and would then allow for assessment of tolerance or sensitization. The current project is focused on effects of acute and chronic nicotine administration on risky decision-making using eight Sprague-Dawley rats as subjects. Risky decision-making is measured through a probability-discounting task which involves discrete-trial choices between a small, certain reinforcer and a larger, uncertain reinforcer. The larger reinforcer is associated with varying probabilities of omission, and odds against larger-reinforcer delivery are manipulated across a session. Acute (subcutaneous) nicotine administration of 0.1, 0.3, and 1.0 mg/kg doses before daily experimental sessions is currently underway. Based on preliminary data, the highest dose of 1.0 mg/kg increases choice for the larger, uncertain reinforcer (see attached figure). Effects of both acute and chronic nicotine administrations will be presented. |
|
|
17. Technological Innovation Enhances Operant Measures for Post-Stroke Pathologies |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
JARED T ARMSHAW (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas and University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center) |
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: Approximately 800,000 strokes occur annually in the United States (U.S.), and about 80% of individuals experience hemiparesis of the contralateral upper limb. Therefore, there is a need for stoke models to both effectively and efficiently capture behavioral measures of hemiparesis in animals so that potential treatments can be evaluated. Our laboratory developed one such automated system based on the Cylinder Test, which evaluates laterality of paw usage in rearing rodents. Our approach captures forelimb paw counts, sequences, and durations using the onset and offset for each paw placement. The chamber collects data with touch screen walls and a series of cameras that captures each paw placement. The data is analyzed using an object identification algorithm. We have constructed this new apparatus and are currently evaluating its performance in a rodent stroke model. To evaluate the feasibility and utility of this approach, we will compare these new measures with the traditional Cylinder Test method in terms of both sensitivity and analysis efficiency. Apparatus design and preliminary validation data are presented. |
|
|
18. Why Do I Need to Take Physics (or Biology or Math)? So You Can Learn Behavioral Tools and Fix Complext Issues Others Can't! |
Area: BPN; Domain: Service Delivery |
RICHARD COOK (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey) |
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: When faced with solving a complex, novel problem, understanding how the process works and being able to emit the skill of deconstructing it into components that can be adjusted allows one to solve such problems that others lacking such insight are not able to do. (Think of the person in the group who happens to know the basics of how some car systems work when yours wont start, or knows the basics of a computer app and answers your question, or how to figure out how many devices can be safely hooked up on one outlet. If you are old enough, think of "Maguiver." ) Many of the fundemental behavioral concepts and terms were derived from the natural sciences of biology, chemistry, physics, and mathematics. (Think "reinFORCEment, behavioral MOMENTUM). Think about resistance at synapses in a neural network. Understanding them in the context of their native disciplines affords those attempting to understand and adjust behavior a more complete tool box. The same natural science roots from which applied behavior analysis evolved have also lead to the disciplne of neuroscience, which is exponentially unlocking the "mysteries" of how the principles of behavior are manifest in the workings inside the brain which until recently, we could not observe directly, just as predicted by Skinner himself. Clinicians, and bench researchers, in "non psychology" disciplines such as radiology, biochemistry, neurology, and economics among others understanding snd applying neuroscience are already today solving complex, and basic, behavioral issues in recovery from addiction, developmental delay, stroke rehabilitaion, language aquisition, cognitive imparment and other areas in which the applied behavior analyst has, and still can, and shoud have an active participatory role, to the extent that the behavior analyst can understand and apply some of the old natural science concepts and their new neuroscience applications. Take the basic physics and biology courses. Classes teaching the fundemental natural science principles give those attempting solve issues in behavior additional tools with which to deconstuct the situation into components which can be adjusted to solve them. They can be the fodder for that "Ah hal!" moment, that epiphany! They can let those who understand the principles be the clinician who "fixes it," who sees the basic issue, can perform the needed adjustment, and makes that part of life a little bit better for the patient. |
|
|
|
|
EAB Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
20. Primacy Effects in Operant Renewal Procedures |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RODRIGO BENAVIDES (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University) |
Abstract: The order in which responses are trained in different contexts can determine the recurrence of behavior after extinction. While some authors suggest that greater renewal occurs with the first trained stimulus (primacy), other authors inspired by the behavioral momentum model suggest that renewal should be greater with the stimulus closest to extinction (recency). To study this inconsistency, the renewal of lever pressing in rats with training in multiple contexts was studied. In Experiment 1, lever pressing was trained on three levers in three successive phases. Each response was trained in a different context. Subsequently, after extinguishing responses in a fourth context, each of the three original contexts was presented semi-randomly. In Experiment 2, the lever press response was similarly trained and extinguished, but exposure to the contexts during the test phase was done in ascending or descending order. Data indicated that the first contextual stimulus in which the response was trained produced greater renewal than the stimuli closest to extinction. The inconsistency between the predictions derived from the behavioral moment model and renewal findings is discussed. |
|
|
21. Inexpensive Muscle Sensor as an Aid for Recording Bruxism-Related Behavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
BRISSA GUTIÉRREZ (Universidad Nacional Autonóma de México), Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University) |
Abstract: Diurnal bruxism is self-injurious behavior that involves clenching or grinding of teeth that could cause oral-facial pain and physic damage in bone and gum structures. Usual recording methods consist of marking a sheet of paper whenever audible teeth grinding occurs. While muscular-tension sensors could produce a more accurate record, this equipment is generally expensive and difficult to use in applied settings. Recent developments in electronics have produced sensors that have solved some of these issues. This poster describes an electronic device designed to record the occurrence of bruxism-related behavior. The device includes a muscle sensor calibrated to record movements of the jaw associated with teeth clenching and grinding. The device was tested with two participants, one of them diagnosed with bruxism. Participants performed two tasks during 5 minutes each. The first consisted on watching a “relaxing” video and the second, solving a modified Stroop test in a computer that served as an “stressing” situation. As in previous studies, bruxism-related behavior increased during the stressing situation relative to the relaxing condition. The results suggest that the device can be used effectively as an aid for recording bruxism-related behavior. The component list, electronic diagrams, and the programs used are provided for free. |
|
|
22. Marijuana, Cigarette, and E-Cigarette Use and Delay Discounting in College Students |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MICHAEL FENSKEN (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Sarah Hoefer (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Lori-Ann B. Forzano (The College at Brockport, State University of New York) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University) |
Abstract: Substance use is a dangerous public health issue. Impulsivity is implicated in substance use. Impulsivity has been defined as choosing smaller, less delayed reinforcers over larger, more delayed reinforcers, and is commonly measured with delay discounting tasks. Marijuana is one of the only major drugs that researchers have been unable to find a consistent link between use and increased discounting. This discrepancy from other drugs may be due to the large reinforcer amounts previously used in delay discounting tasks, that do not reflect realistic consumable amounts of the less expensive drug, marijuana. Hence, the current investigation of whether substance use, i.e., marijuana, cigarette, and e-cigarette use, was associated with delay discounting, was conducted with lower amount values. The 51 college students completed computerized delay discounting tasks for small amounts of hypothetical food and money, and comparisons were made between self-reported lifetime users and nonusers of marijuana, cigarettes, and e-cigarettes. The lifetime user groups were also sub-divided based on the amount of times the substance was used within the past 30 days. The study found significant relationships between delay discounting and past 30-day marijuana use and e-cigarette lifetime use. Implications for risk of substance abuse and substance use treatment are considered. |
|
|
23. Anxiety, Impulsivity, and Intolerance of Uncertainty |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MICHAEL FENSKEN (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Lori-Ann B. Forzano (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Geoff Becker (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Cara Bakalik (The College at Brockport, State University of New York) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University) |
Abstract: Anxiety disorders represent the most frequently diagnosed mental health problem among American college students. Impulsivity has been linked with an anxiety as a potential risk factor. Impulsivity is defined as choosing smaller, sooner rewards, over larger, later rewards and is commonly measured with delay discounting tasks. It has been suggested that the delay discounting e?ect, i.e., the tendency to value less delayed rewards, in anxious individuals is driven by their intolerance of uncertainty. Intolerance of uncertainty (IU) is defined as how acceptable uncertain situations are. In the current study, it is hypothesized that those with higher levels of anxiety will exhibit more delay discounting and higher intolerance of uncertainty than those with lower levels of anxiety. Preliminary analyses of 29 participants currently reveals no significant relationships between anxiety, intolerance of uncertainty and impulsivity measures (i.e.. computerized delay discounting and impulsivity tasks). Data collection is ongoing. This study will increase our understanding of anxiety which could lead to an improvement in the treatment and prevention of anxiety. |
|
|
24. Self-Control, Impulsiveness, and Delay Discounting in Elementary School Children |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MICHIKO SORAMA (Kyoto Notre Dame University), Masato Ito (Osaka City University), Daisuke Saeki (Osaka City University) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University) |
Abstract: The present study investigated the self-control and impulsiveness in elementary school children with the delay discounting and self-control tasks. In the delay discounting task, children were presented with a series of choices between an immediate smaller reward and a delayed larger reward in a booklet. The immediate smaller reward was consistently “200 yen now”. The delay time to the larger reward was different ranging from 30 minutes to one year in each question, but the amount of reward was consistently “500 yen”. In the self-control task, each participant was presented with a comic illustrating a parent and child’ conversation regarding children’s self-control in daily life. Participants were presented with a choice between one toy now and two toys ten months later. Choosing the one toy now is regarded as impulsiveness, whereas choosing the two toys later is regarded as self-control. Preliminary analysis of 647 children, ages 6-12 years, suggests that children’s impulsiveness in the delay discounting task decreased as a function of age. In the self-control task children’s impulsiveness decreased from 6 to 7 years-old, but increased from 7 to 12 years-old. The relationship between children's choice and their teachers’ ratings will be also discussed. |
|
|
25. Identifying the Functional Reinforcers for Self-Injurious Behavior Maintained by Both Automatic and Social Reinforcers in the Presence of Self-Restraint |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLER OLIVER STREET (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University) |
Abstract: Automatically-maintained self-injurious behavior (SIB) is often difficult to assess and treat due to several variables. Two of these evaluated in past research include difficulties associated with SIB that is multiply maintained by both automatic and social reinforcement and SIB that is associated with self-restraint. In the current study, we evaluated these variables with a child with autism spectrum disorder who was exhibiting severe automatically-maintained SIB. First, we present data on multiple functional analyses conducted to determine the relationship between self-restraint and self-injury. We found evidence of no functional relationship between self-restraint and SIB (i.e., self-restraint was not negatively reinforced by the removal of SIB, self-restraint was not maintained by access to SIB, and SIB was not maintained by access to self-restraint). Next, SIB was further evaluated to determine if social reinforcers also played a role in maintaining the behavior. Through a series of functional analyses including conditions with and without sensory extinction, we identified that SIB was multiply maintained by attention in addition to automatic reinforcement. The results from this participant are discussed in relation to the past research on these topics and recommendations for clinicians. |
|
|
26. Differences in resurgence between previously reinforced behavior and previously reinforced and extinguished behavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SARAH SUMNER (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University) |
Abstract: The term “resurgence” generally refers to the reappearance of certain behaviors during extinction. Different definitions describe these behaviors as previously reinforced, previously extinguished, or simply previously learned (see Catania, 1998; Epstein, 1984; and Lieving & Lattal, 2003). At first glance, these definitions seem the same. And, researchers have not given much thought to the differences between them. However, these definitions could refer to different initial teaching procedures, and these differences may produce different results during extinction. The present study used the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab (PORTL) to examine how differences in the initial teaching procedure affected the behavior of college students during extinction. In the first condition, participants learned four behaviors. Each behavior was extinguished before the next behavior was taught. When all four behaviors were put on extinction, they resurged in the reverse order from how they were taught. A second condition followed the same procedure as the first with one difference. Each behavior was not extinguished before the next behavior was taught. When these four behaviors were put on extinction, they resurged in the order they were learned. These results indicate that the initial training procedure can influence the order in which behaviors appear during extinction. |
|
|
27. Intermittent Reinforcement of Reversion Responses in Delay Discounting and Delay of Gratification Procedures |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RAUL AVILA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Violeta Olguin (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
Abstract: The effects of varying the probability of reinforcement of reversion responses on choices in a delay-discounting and in a delay-of-gratification procedures were assessed. Reversion responses were defined as the first response to the smaller immediate reinforcer during the delay period to obtain the larger later one. Both procedures consisted of series of choices between the delivery of a relatively large amount of water after a delay or a smaller amount of water delivered immediately; the delay of delivery of the larger reinforcer varied between 0 and 32 s. In Experi-ment 1, five rats were exposed to each of the procedures in three blocks of 25 ses-sions each. In Experiment 2, ten rats were exposed to six consecutive experimental conditions, in which the probability of reinforcement of a reversion response varied from 0.00 to 1.00. In all delays tested, the proportion of reversion responses decreased as the probability of reinforcement of these responses increased. This finding suggests that delay-discounting and delay-of-gratification procedures are part of a continuum of the probability of reinforcement of reversion responses. |
|
|
28. Instructional Control Derived from Equivalence Between English Spoken Sentences and Videotaped Actions in Brazilian-Portuguese Speaking Children |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PAULA CUEVAS LÓPEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara, CEIC), Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Lidia Maria Marson Postalli (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Gerardo A Ortiz Rueda Rueda (Universidad de Guadalajara-Mexico) |
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
Abstract: Understanding and following verbal commands or instructions is an important and adaptive behavioral function. Comprehension is related to the ability to arbitrarily group stimuli in classes, a prominent feature of symbolic behavior. The stimulus equivalence paradigm, as a model of symbolic behavior, may explain the origins of the comprehension of instructions. The present research aimed to evaluate whether vocal English instructions (verb and object) included as members of a class of equivalent stimuli acquire the same meaning as the other stimuli in the class (videos and abstract pictures), and whether participants would follow instructions using the same sentences and recombined sentences. The procedure, conducted with three children, included: 1) teaching conditional discriminations between dictated English phrases and actions filmed on videotape; and teaching conditional discriminations between spoken sentences and abstract pictures, 2) probing for class formation, and 3) testing for instructional control. All children comprehended the English phrases, relating, through equivalence, the actions and abstract pictures. Two children followed the spoken instructions, but none did so for the abstract pictures and neither followed new instructions (spoken or pictorial). Results replicated previous findings indicating that class formation could promote instruction-following behavior, but that recombinative performances may depend on other teaching conditions. |
|
|
29. Use of a Card-Sorting Task to Teach Prompting Levels for Three Types of Discrete Trial Teaching Sessions |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption College), David A Eckerman (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill), Roger D. Ray ((AI)2, Inc. / Rollins College), Taylor O'Rourke (Assumption College) |
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
Abstract: In special education settings, prompts are often used in discrete trial (DT) programs. The efficacy of a card-sorting procedure to teach prompt definitions for 3 DT programs (receptive labeling, social questions, and motor imitation) was tested. Stimuli were cards with correct and incorrect definitions and graphics of prompts from the DT programs. Examples included more and less restrictive examples of gestural, vocal, and motor prompts for both initial trials and correction trials. In a pretest, undergraduate participants sorted cards from all programs based on examples of correct versus incorrect definitions for both trial types. Then, they studied a handout containing correct definitions from one program, followed by repeated card sorts for that program to 90% accuracy. A posttest with all the cards, training on second program, and a final posttest followed. Figure 1 depicts results from 8 participants, including 4 who did not complete the entire sequence. The number of training/sort cycles to reach criterion ranged from 1–6. Generalization to untrained programs in the posttest was variable, but suggests positive transfer. Although this procedure may effectively teach prompt definitions, refinements are needed to reduce training time and increase posttest accuracy. Maintenance of learning over time should also be assessed. |
|
|
30. Behavioral Sensitivity to Reinforcer Amount in Zebrafish (Danio rerio) Under Operant Choice Paradigm |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KAZUCHIKA MANABE (Nihon University) |
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
Abstract: In order to examine flexible decision making, operant manipulations of reinforcer amount, delay, and probability have been used for animals such as rodents. Zebrafish are becoming a popular vertebrate animal model for many biomedical and behavioral investigations. However, equivalent procedures have not been developed for zebrafish. We have developed a procedure capable of measuring behavioral sensitivity to reinforcer amount in adult zebrafish, based on an appetitive automated Go / No-Go task. The test session consisted of 16 forced-choice trials and 16 free-choice trials. In the forced-choice trials, a trial was initiated when fish passed through an observing gate and only one of two choice windows was illuminated. If fish entered through the illuminated window, either a large or small amount of reinforcer was presented based on the assignment; otherwise timeout was implemented. In free-choice trials, both windows were illuminated, and entering the first side of the windows was reinforced by either a large or small amount of reinforcer assigned to the window. Choice rate to a window increased when the reinforcer amount increased (p < .04). The present result indicates that zebrafish are sensitive to reinforcer amount. |
|
|
31. Evaluation of the Accuracy, Reliability, and Efficiency of Total Duration to Score Novel Object Interactions With Mice |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ABIGAIL LEIGH MARTINEZ (University of Alaska Anchorage), Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage), Paige Dingess (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
Abstract: Novel object recognition (NOR) tasks are commonly used with rodents to assess aspects of learning and memory, and these tasks involve measuring the cumulative amount of time a rodent interacts with two presented objects. Many researchers use digital timers to score the total duration of interactions from recorded videos, but such an approach requires an assessment of reliability to determine the accuracy with which these data are collected, and reliability scores have rarely been reported. In the current study, we evaluated the accuracy, reliability, and efficiency of total duration when used by five human observers to score object interactions using a repeated-measures design. During each session, participants watched a recorded NOR task and scored the cumulative amount of time a rodent interacted with two objects using two digital timers. We compared the exact number of seconds scored to criterion records and measured the total duration of scoring time to determine the participants’ accuracy and efficiency, respectively. Interobserver agreement was also calculated across all permutations of participants. Results supported the efficiency of total duration measures, but total duration measures produced low accuracy (M = 60%, range, 6%-100%) and reliability (M = 38%; range, 11%-82%) scores across participants. |
|
|
32. Active Language Modes use as a Learning Strategy |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana), Esteban Aguilar (Universidad Veracruzana
Mexico), Minerva Perez Juarez (University of Veracruz, Mexico) |
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
Abstract: The episodes that in ordinary language practices are identified as "comprehension" constitute functional contacts in which the person uses psychological reactive systems of a linguistic type, such as observing, listening or reading, and afterward acts in functional correspondence with what he has observed, listened or read. When these types of episodes are part of an educational practice, they are called habilitation. The analysis of the didactic discourse in its textual modality is related to what is traditionally known as “learning strategies” for reading comprehension. The purpose of this study was to identify the differential effect on learning that could be exerted by the use and variation of active linguistic modes such as student performance against textual study material. Eight randomly selected university students participated in fourth pairs. A design between subjects with three phases was used: pre-test, intervention and post-test. The results suggest that the active speaking mode acquires functional relevance when it constitutes a complex response pattern that includes the production of an educational discourse from contact with the text. |
|
|
33. The Nodal Number Effect Produced by Different Matching-to-Sample Protocols, Measured by Sorting Tests, and Post-Class Equivalence Tests |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NIKOLA LJUSIC (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
Abstract: The nodal distance hypothesis suggests that responding in accordance with emergent conditional discrimination decreases as a function of an increasing nodal number. This present study investigated (a) the nodal number effect as a function of a simultaneous matching-to-sample (MTS) protocol or a simple-to-complex protocol, (b) the concordance of the nodal number effect during MTS tests and responses in accordance with nodal structure during a sorting test, and (c) the concordance of the nodal number effect during a post-class equivalence test and responses during sorting tests. Twenty participants were exposed for an MTS procedure to establish 3-class 5-member stimulus equivalence classes. Ten participants were assigned to an MTS simultaneous protocol, a sorting test, a post-class equivalence test, and a second sorting test. Ten other participants were assigned to an MTS simple-to-complex protocol, a sorting test, a post-class equivalence test, and a second sorting test. The results show that more individuals which were exposed for the simple-to-complex protocol produced the nodal number effect. However, the results show a greater nodal number effect for participants which were exposed for the simultaneous condition, when that the sum of participants responding which were exposed for the same sequence of conditions was measured. |
|
|
34. Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches Will Work for But Not Always Consume Sucrose |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NAOMI ROSE ZIEGLER (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
Abstract: Previous research indicates cockroaches will press a lever to access reinforcement; however, laboratory observations suggested the reinforcer is not always consumed, bringing into question the function of such lever-pressing behavior. Subjects in this study were male Madagascar hissing cockroaches (MHC). Methods were based on a reinforcer assessment by Dixon et al. (2016). Frequency of lever-pressing, and consuming sucrose solution were recorded. During the experimental phase, two MHC received access to sucrose solution contingent on lever-pressing on a fixed ratio one (FR1) schedule. An ABAB withdrawal design was used for two MHC, with A being baseline, and B being FR1 schedule. Another subject’s access to sucrose solution was yoked to a different subject’s sucrose consumption. That subject was then placed on an FR1 schedule. Data on cumulative records indicate MHC increased lever-pressing during the FR1 schedule, but consumed solution less than half of the times it was presented. Responding ceased after an extinction burst during the return to baseline conditions. Responding ceased completely on the FR1 schedule when directly following the yoking procedure. These results not likely explainable via place preference, higher ground preference, or satiation accounts of responding. Observing response, foraging, sign tracking, and induction are discussed as possible explanations. |
|
|
35. Discrimination Training Establishing Neutral Stimuli as Conditioned Reinforcers |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MAKENZIE HOUGH (The New England Center for Children), Joshua Jackson (Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
Abstract: In applied settings, conditioned reinforcers (e.g., tokens, praise, etc.) are commonly used for skill acquisition and problem behavior reduction (Dozier et al., 2012). Although several applied studies have analyzed the effects of conditioned reinforcers on behavior, there is a paucity of research on the processes by which they are established. The purpose of the present study is to assess the effect of discrimination training on the establishment of conditioned reinforcers. Discrimination training for the present study consisted of procedures adapted from those by Holth et al. (2009) which were found to be effective in establishing social stimuli (e.g. head nods) as conditioned reinforcers for five of seven participants in their study. Preliminary results show these methods were effective in establishing reinforcing functions in neutral stimuli for two individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Results show that during the initial conditioned reinforcement assessment, there was a lack of discrimination between the conditions and following the discrimination training procedure described by Holth et al. (2009) there was differentiation in responding across conditions (e.g. brief, continuous, and tandem). Interobserver agreement was collected for a minimum of 30% of sessions with 96% agreement. |
|
|
36. Traditional Conditioned Place Preference Might be Aversive to the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DANIELLE VESEL (Saint Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University) |
Abstract: The literature pertaining to the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach is lacking in several areas. One such area fit for study involves the conditioned place preference regarding floor texture and preferred versus nonpreferred solutions. The purpose of this study was to investigate the association between these stimuli to determine if a conditioned place preference should occur when a Madagascar Hissing Cockroach is in a state of deprivation. Four male cockroaches were used to investigate this association. Cockroaches experiencing exposure to the solutions displayed an inclination towards inactivity. Preferences shifted from one of the available floor textures to the center area in which the cockroaches were initially placed, the preference change displayed through their lack of movement. Although this inactivity provided a change in place preference, data were inconclusive as to why this change occurred. Potential factors leading to this change are discussed. Future research has many areas that could provide evidence as to which components may be more important the change displayed. |
|
|
37. Will Walk for Food: Assessing Variables That Affect Token Accumulation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SEAN REGNIER (Western Michigan University), Nicholas Van Zandt (Western Michigan University), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Token reinforcement procedures are robust interventions for producing positive behavior change. Token reinforcement is especially amenable to investigating the conditions under which an organism will accumulate reinforcers prior to using them. The purpose of this experiment was to examine the effects of the token production schedule, exchange production schedule, and token generality, on accumulation. Five participants completed up to nine experimental conditions over approximately 30 days. Participants worked on a computerized paint by number task and earned one token for between 100 and 300 responses and could exchange their tokens at any time during the experiment. The travel distance required to make the exchange, effort required to earn a token, and the generality of the token was manipulated across conditions. The primary dependent variable in this study was the number of tokens accumulated at each exchange period. Overall, as the token production schedule increased, accumulation decreased, and as the exchange production schedule increased, accumulation increased. Both findings were consistent with previous research. For three of the five participants, accumulation increased as generality increased. Future research should investigate the extent that token generality disrupts the relationship between token production, exchange production, and accumulation. |
|
|
38. Compound Class-Specific Consequences and Equivalence-Class Formation: Does the Composition of the Compound Matter? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RICHELLE ELIZABETH HURTADO (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Instructive feedback (IF) (e.g., Werts, Wolery, Holcombe, & Gast, 1995) and stimulus equivalence (e.g., Sidman, 2000) share the goal of increasing instructional efficiency. From an equivalence perspective, the IF procedure might be viewed as arranging a compound consequence, consisting of a common element (e.g., praise for correct responses to the primary target) and a class-specific element (e.g., the secondary target). This study examined how presenting a compound consequence with one common element and one class-specific element affects equivalence-class formation. Three conditions compared A and B simple-discrimination training with an entirely class-specific compound consequence (i.e., A/B1→R1r1, A/B2→R2r2, and A/B3→R3r3); A and B discrimination training with mixed compound consequences; (i.e., A/B4→R0r4, A/B5→R0r5, and A/B6→R0r6); and A and B discrimination training with a common compound consequence for all discriminations (i.e., A/B7→R0R0, A/B8→R0R0, and A/B9→R0R0). Conditional discrimination probe sessions measured emergent relations between A, B, R, and r stimuli. In recent results, two of three children who began training with the mixed consequences did not demonstrate equivalence relations between A, B, R, and r stimuli, while three children in the first condition and none in the third condition demonstrated these relations. |
|
|
39. Overtraining Effects on Responding Speed in Formation and Reorganization of Equivalence Classes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
GIOVAN WILLIAN RIBEIRO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Equivalence classes can be modified by reversing the conditional discriminations that established them. We aimed to test whether the overtraining of baseline (before tests of class formation) or of reversed relations influences the reorganization of classes. We used the speed of choice responding as a measure of the degree of relatedness between stimuli. 19 college students divided in two groups learned the conditional discriminations AB (A1B1, A2B2, A3B3), AC (A1C1, A2C2, A3C3), and AD (A1D2, A2D2, A3D3). Formation Overtraining Group (FOt) overtrained these conditional discriminations. For both groups, equivalence tests involving the relations between B, C and D attested the formation of three classes: A1B1C1D1, A2B2C2D2, and A3B3C3D3. Following the tests, contingencies for the AD conditional discriminations were reversed (A1D2, A2D3, A3D1). Reorganization Overtraining Group (ROt) overtrained the reversed AD along with baseline AB and AC. A reorganization test verified, for both groups, the emergence of three new classes: A1B1C1D2, A2B2C2D3, A3B3C3D1. An ANOVA showed that ROt Group responded significantly faster than FOt Group on the first block of the reorganization tests. Differences were not significant when the speed was compared on the equivalence tests. These results suggest that overtraining reversed conditional discriminations enhances the classes' reorganization. |
|
|
40. Data Interpretation Using the RD Effect Size Compared With a Non-Overlap Measure and Visual Analysis |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MACK S. COSTELLO (Rider University), Michael T. Carlin (Rider University), Raymond Bagley II (Rider University), Laura Fernández (Rider University), Neil Deochand (University of Cincinnati) |
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Effective quantification of behavioral data has been a goal of behavior analysts for decades. Carlin and Costello (2018) proposed a statistical effect size (RD) for single case designs that is similar to effect sizes used in between group research. The purpose of this study was to determine the extent to which RD’s proposed critical value (1.2) agrees with visual analysis from experts regarding a pairwise comparison. Visual analysis is the primary method of analysis in SCEDs, and quantitative analysis is a useful complement. Similar studies have been undertaken with overlap measures and found useful information regarding the limits of such measures. |
|
|
41. The Formation of Stimulus Equivalence Concepts Through Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Oslo Metropolitan University), Felix Hognason (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Experiments have shown that equivalence-based instructions may be used to teach academic skills. Fienup et al. (2010) exposed university students to 16 conditional discriminations with stimuli showing different areas of the brain, its function and the effect a damage to the respective area would have. Then, they tested for emergence of four 5-member stimulus classes. Training of the baseline relations took only about 15 minutes and all participants formed the experimenter-defined classes. Current study replicates the procedure by Fienup et al. Furthermore, two sets of stimuli were used to study the effect of the complexity of the stimuli on class formation. The results from the first 10 participants showed rapid acquisition of the baseline conditional discrimination with seven participants responding in accordance with equivalence. The preliminary results showed minimal effect of the different stimulus sets on stimulus equivalence class formation. |
|
|
42. Assessing Conditioned Place Preference/Aversion With Scent and Texture in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (Gromphadorhina portentosa) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ZOE ALEXANDRA COSATO (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Conditioned Place Preference (CPP) or Aversion (CPA) were assessed in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (Gromphadorhina portentosa). The scent of .1 ml of 91% Isopropyl Alcohol was paired twice with 60 grit sandpaper or AstroTurf after texture preference and smell preference were determined. Single trial learning was potentially demonstrated, although evidence does not support CPP or CPA taking place under these specific conditions. |
|
|
43. Treatment of Chronic Hand Mouthing |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ELVIN ALVAREZ (ALOS Integrated Therapy, Inc.), Juan Sastoque (ABA Peace of Mind, Inc) |
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Hand Mouthing (HM) behavior is especially present in individuals who lack discrimination skills. Single Stimulus Engagement (SSE) preference assessments have been used to identify preferred items by recording duration of engagement. However, the research has not evaluated two dependent variables simultaneously, the behavior targeted for increase, Item Engagement (IE), and the behavior targeted to decrease, HM. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate a progression of treatments that, when presented systematically, demonstrate a functional relation with reduction of HM behavior. A Single Stimulus Engagement (SSE) preference assessment was conducted as a pre-experimental procedure prior to the implementation of the Item Engagement (I.E.) and Differential Reinforcement of Other behavior (DRO) interventions. The findings suggest that the SSE preference assessment is efficient at identifying preferred items for individuals that lack discrimination skills. However, the SSE alone did not show a functional relation with the reduction of duration of HM. The duration of HM was similar to the baseline levels when the IE condition was in effect. A DRO contingency was introduced and systematically evaluated obtaining social significantly low levels of HM. |
|
|
44. Function-Based Teacher Support |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN ROBERTSON (University of Arizona), Carl Liaupsin (University of Arizona) |
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University) |
Abstract: This preliminary study investigated adjusting function-based intervention practices using a Function-Based Teacher Support Plan (Liaupsin, 2015) to improve teacher treatment integrity (TI). The participants were a general education teacher and an elementary-age student receiving special education services for an emotional disturbance (ED) who engaged in chronic disruptive off-task behavior. An A-B-C-B-C reversal design was used to determine whether there was a functional relationship between the function-based support plan (independent variable) and teacher TI (dependent variable). The student participant’s on-task behavior was also collected to determine whether there was a functional relationship between TI and his behavior. During the A condition, student on-task behavior was collected prior to implementing any intervention components. During the B conditions, a FBIP was implemented with the addition of teacher preference information from the Pre-Intervention Development Survey (Liaupsin, 2015). During the C conditions, a FBIP was implemented with additional adaptations derived from information collected using the Post-Intervention Development Survey (Liaupsin, 2015). Results demonstrated adding a function-based teacher support plan to the FBIP resulted in higher levels of treatment integrity and improved student behavior outcomes. Implications, limitations, and future directions for research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
PCH Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
45. An Important Chapter in the Story of Behaviorism |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Classical S => R behaviorism developed in the first quarter of the 20th century. However, by early in the second quarter of the 20th century, classical behaviorism was judged to be inadequate. Two particular problems were how to convincingly explain the flexibility of behavior and the organization of behavior across time. As the second quarter progressed, traditional researchers and theorists then postulated a different form of behaviorism to replace classical behaviorism. This different form was designated a neobehaviorism. According to neobehaviorism, organismic variables intervened between stimulus and response. These intervening, organismic variables were typically assumed to be mental in character, and to provide the basis for such matters as the flexibility and organization of behavior. Skinner’s radical behaviorism challenges the traditional approach to theories and explanations described above by arguing that it is merely a form of methodological behaviorism. At the heart of the radical behaviorist challenge is an operant, behavioral approach to behavior, including scientific verbal behavior, rather than a mentalistic approach that appeals to symbolic and referential processes. |
|
|
46. Classifications of Lying: Conceptual Development for Experimental Research |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Jamiika Thomas (University of Nevada, Reno), Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), NATHANIAL R DUNKIN (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Lying, as in deception, has recently received increased attention as a behavioral subject matter, particularly in relation to child development, gambling, and cultural practices. Most experimental analyses of lying seem to refer to it as a distorted tact (Skinner, 1957), but few explicitly offer an operational definition. When lying is defined, procedures are often insufficient to isolate lying and differentiate it from other classes of behavior. Furthermore, not all instances of lying are under control by the same variables; when lying is not defined, many various classes of events may be referenced. The purpose of this project is to both clarify general properties of lying and classify its variations to foster experimental research. Definitions of lying identified through historiographical analyses of behavior analytic literature are outlined and expanded (1) to sub-classify variations in lying and (2) to guide experimental procedures. Classifications specific to different scientific systems—behavior analysis, contextual behavior science, and interbehavioral psychology—are juxtaposed to highlight differences and similarities in procedures required to demonstrate experimental control of lying across systems. Avenues of experimental research are offered that are most inclusive to and compatible with interpretations across behavioral systems. |
|
|
47. On the Use of “Unbreakable” Resolutions to Enhance Self-Control:
A Behavioral Analysis |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
RUSSELL A. POWELL (MacEwan University), Rodney Schmaltz (MacEwan University), Jade Radke (MacEwan University) |
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Although people often use personal resolutions when trying to change their behavior, this tactic is frequently ineffective. Skinner regarded resolutions as a type of mand, the efficacy of which depends on past experiences in which failure to do what was promised resulted in aversive social consequences and feelings of guilt. Thus, a common recommendation is to inform others about one’s resolutions to enhance their effectiveness. In this study, we examined two individuals, Mahatma Gandhi and Prince Pückler-Muskau, who seemed capable of using personal resolutions, even those that were private, to reliably accomplish difficult tasks. An examination of their writings suggest that they regarded these “unbreakable” resolutions as a tool that, if carefully maintained, could be employed to attain a variety of highly valued outcomes. Hence, in terms of Rachlin’s teleological approach to self-control, such resolutions could be construed as a type of commitment device, the efficacy of which is largely dependent on its association with temporally extended contingencies of reinforcement, or what Ainslie refers to as “choice bundling." Based especially on Gandhi’s writings, we also derived a set of guidelines for the effective use of unbreakable resolutions, which preliminary evidence suggests may be highly effective for some individuals. |
|
|
48. An Evaluation of Trends of Adherence to the Seven Dimensions Within Research Published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,1968-2018 |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
DANIELLE WATSON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Lyret Carrasquillo (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology and Florida Institute Of Technology), dimitrios V. makridis (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kozue Matsuda (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Children Center Inc), Tanya Hough (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Bellotti (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) identified and described seven dimensions of applied behavior analysis (ABA): applied, behavioral, analytic, technological, conceptual systems, effective, and generality. These dimensions are what separates applied behavior analysis from the experimental analysis of behavior, and provides practitioners with the information necessary to deliver effective and ethical treatments and services to their clients. Using specific definitions of the seven dimensions and a coding tool, we evaluated and assessed various elements of these seven dimensions across 47 volumes of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), from 1968 to 2014. The data suggest that research articles generally satisfy the requirements for being behavioral, analytic, and conceptually systematic. In recent years, research in JABA has been gradually improving in the technological dimension. The data also suggest that the research articles in JABA could improve in the applied, effective, and generality dimensions. The trends in the use of the seven dimensions of ABA should be taken into consideration when planning future applied research and future directions in the field. Are the seven dimensions still current and relevant to applied research? If so, researchers would benefit from building their research methodologies with generalization, technology, and efficacy in mind. |
|
|
|
|
EDC Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
49. Emergence of Personalized Inclusive Practices in a Mainstream Classroom: A Single-Subject Design |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
EUNICE PUI YU YIM (The Open University of Hong Kong) |
Abstract: The guiding principle of inclusive education is all children, regardless of perceived differences, have equal opportunities to quality education. Closing the gap between the guiding principle and practices at school has been widely researched and still no optimal inclusive approach has been found to address diversities. While studies on inclusive education indicating that successful inclusive practice must consider personal traits of both students and teachers, there is a dire need to equip mainstream classroom teachers with the knowledge and skills in developing personalized inclusive education practice that cater the needs of both teacher and students in their classrooms. This study presented a A-B single subject design study to investigate 1) how would applied behavior analysis (ABA) and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) contributes to professional development in mainstream teacher in developing effective inclusive practices, and 2) the conducive factors in facilitating the emergence of personalized inclusive practices in a mainstream classroom. The findings revealed that ABA and DRO training in teachers that enable them to identify and manipulate IV are needed in developing effective inclusive practices. Support by professionals leads to empowerment in teachers in integrating the newly constructed knowledge and skills into existing repertoire into a cohesive whole. |
|
|
50. A Behavior Analytic Prospective on Increasing the Enrollment, Retention, and Graduation of Minority Students at a Regional University Campus |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ALI A MAHAMAT (Indiana University South Bend) |
Abstract: Previous Studies examined factors that lead to division among minority college students that resulted in bias and discrimination in the acceptance and retention of students of color. Hagedorn et.al (1996) looked at achievement outcome among diverse demographics of students at a four year university. Furthermore, dropout behavior in minority students was largely attributed to lack of social interactions and mentoring opportunities. In the current study we examine the enrollment of students at Indiana University-South Bend is 72.8% White, 9.73% Hispanic or Latino, 6.68% Black or African American, 3.02% two or more races. There is a decreasing trend over the last 5 years in the enrollment and graduation of African American students. The total degrees awarded recently White Female 470 degrees awarded, White Male, 243 degrees awarded, Black or African American Female 41 degrees awarded and 31 degrees African American males. There is a need to increase the enrollment of minority students across regional colleges as they struggle with outreach to underrepresented students, retention and graduation efforts. Cipani (2017) offers behavior analytic methods to examine problems and present them in a scientific way that can then be utilized to offer real life applications. |
|
|
51. A Systematic Review of Mand Training Parameters for Students With Developmental Disabilities in School Settings |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ROBERT C. PENNINGTON (University of North Carolina-Charlotte), Melissa Tapp (University of North Carolina- Charlotte), Amy Clausen (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Megan Carpenter (University of North Carolina Charlotte) |
Abstract: Many individuals with developmental disabilities (DD) fail to acquire manding repertoires sufficient for success in a range of environments. Further, those without this essential repertoire may exhibit increased levels of problem behaviors to access reinforcers or escape aversive stimuli. Since school plays a critical role in the lives of most children with DD, educators are responsible for ensuring all students receive adequate instruction in the effective use of mands. Unfortunately, many educators may be unfamiliar with procedures for implementing mand training and may not see themselves as responsible for communication instruction. To more strongly advocate for the inclusion of mand training procedures in schools and in teacher preparation programs it is important to better understand the literature related to mand training in schools. In the current poster, the presenters will provide data related to mand training for students with DD in school settings across a range of variables including school demographics, change agent characteristics, staff training procedures, intervention procedures, technology, dosage, and range of instructional targets. The presenters will discuss implications for research and practice. |
|
|
52. Behavioral Staff Training and Program Evaluation for Teachers and other Professionals in Alabama |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
DORIS ADAMS HILL (Auburn University College of Education), Heather Jones (The Learning Tree Inc.), Jessica Merkle (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Training education professionals to implement interventions for students with autism and developmental disabilities is a common practice designed to develop capacity in schools. Understanding evidence-based strategies and methodologies to conduct these trainings can make them more effective and can result in developing professionals who can train others within their classrooms and schools. The authors examined five years of training evaluation data to determine trends in training and to examine the social validity of the trainings conducted. Results indicated that the trainings were well received (relevant to the teachers who attended) resulting in an increase in requests and an increase in the quality of trainings conducted based on feedback utilized by the organization conducting the training. |
|
|
53. Using Examples of Behavioral Phenomena with Which Elementary School Students and Teachers are Already Familiar to Teach Them About Behavioral Promciples and Terminology |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Richard Cook (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey
Ruth Pauline Cook Foundation
East Shore Psychiatric Associates, Harrisburg, PA), EMILY COOK (Londonderry School
Harrisburg, PA
) |
Abstract: The typical elementary schooldays are filled with examples of behavioral concepts, terminology, and phenomena. Students, teachers, and parents (indeed, all of us) are constantly living a breath and depth of behavior more robust than any textbook can capture, but rarely are those experiences captured, labeled, defined, or described in behavioral terms. This presentation highlights various domains in which one could classify these behavioral phenomena and terms. These categories overlap and include but are not limited to those involving interactions between students and staff, students and other students, and students and other aspects of their antecedent state milieu. Among them are behavioral momentum, successive approximations, shaping, chains of behaviors, reinforcement, things that decrease likelihood of future behavior emission (punishment), token economies, latency, and over correction, among many others. Elementary school students and staff engage in behaviors throughout the day but are unlikely to capture them, label them, or understand them in behavioral terms. Yet any time behavior changes, by definition, those involved have followed the principles of behavior even without realizing it. Particularly with terms and concepts deemed to be societally sensitive, such as punishment, the greater exposure, done well, might lead to less misunderstanding, and greater acceptance of behaviorally based approaches. Highlighting the most clear cut examples of such could be used to help understand and modify behavior, and done well, could serve to increase awareness of Applied Behavior Analytic practices, and perhaps contribute to a greater acceptance of, and less resistance to, the discipline and its approaches. |
|
|
54. Teaching Pre-Service Teachers to Conduct and Write Functional Behavior Assessment Reports |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ALICIA MRACHKO (Bowling Green State University), Brooks Vostal (Bowling Green State University) |
Abstract: One of the High Leverage Practices for special education teachers identified by the Council for Exceptional Children (2017) is to conduct functional behavior assessments (FBA) and develop individual student behavior intervention plans (BIP). Yet, educators are not adequately trained to effectively conduct an FBA and write a function-based behavior plan (Youngblom, 2013). This study examines pre-service teachers' ability to conduct an FBA, and use appropriate terminology when writing and implementing the FBA/BIP report. Sixty-seven pre-service inclusive early childhood student teachers were taught to implement an FBA and write, implement, and evaluate a function-based BIP as part of a course on positive behavior intervention and support. Using Behavior Skills Training (BST), the researcher presented information via PowerPoint and lecture, showed video models, provided practice on data collection, evaluation, and writing, and provided ongoing feedback. The final report included the write-up of the FBA, BIP, a graph, and evaluation of effectiveness. Data collected includes appropriate use of terminology in the report, scored by two readers. Ongoing data analysis that will be included is pre-service teacher-reported intervention effectiveness and social validity of BST. |
|
|
55. The Effects of Pyramidal Training Model on Teacher and Student Engagement |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
DAPHNE SNYDER (Western Michigan University), Nicole Hollins (Western Michigan University), Jaysen King (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The pyramid training model (PTM) is an efficient training system where multiple tiers of training are utilized to effectively disseminate instruction from one tier to the next. The PTM is particularly beneficial in a school setting due to its sustainability following consultative services and its cost effectiveness (i.e., time and financial) (Jones, Fremouw, & Carples, 1977). One early childhood special education teacher was trained in the use of baseline classroom management procedures (Kestner, Peterson, Eldridge, & Peterson, 2018). Following mastery, the teacher (tier 1) trained three more of their staff (tier 2) to increase both student and staff engagement in the classroom. The results of this study indicate that PTM was effective for staff (tier 2) in the implementation of proactive classroom management procedures. Additionally, students demonstrated an increase in appropriate transition behavior, on-task behavior, and a decrease in the duration of time spent in transitions. Concluding consultative services, the teacher and their staff reported the procedures being appropriate for the classroom and they were willing to carry out the procedures long-term. |
|
|
56. Evaluating the Effects of Parent Training in Musical Instruction |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
JASMINE C. LAU (University of Southern California), Michael J. James Cameron (University of Southern California) |
Discussant: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Engaging in the arts is a socially relevant behavior that can have positive social, career, and quality of life benefits. Previous research has shown that practicing is the key to successful classical music performance but practicing can be effortful and young musicians may resist practice and parents can have difficulty with inducing their children to practice. Little to no previous research has addressed parent training for young musicians. The purpose of this project was to expand the scope of behavioral skills training for parents to help engage their children through musical instruction and practice. Results are discussed in terms of future research in behavior analysis in classical music and an extension of behavior analysis outside of developmental disabilities and into the arts, in particular. This research is still underway but the initial results demonstrate a potentially promising extension of behavior analytic principles and procedures. |
|
|
58. Behavior Analysts in Educational Settings: Provision of School-Based Services |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTEN LENAE PADILLA-MAINOR (Baylor University), Bailey Mungiguerra (Baylor University
TX, US
Citizen of US) |
Discussant: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are qualified to provide a variety of evidence-based interventions in educational settings; however there is minimal research regarding the provision of services. Over 90,000 registrants of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board were contacted to participate in a survey evaluating the common services provided by behavior analysts in educational settings; 431 responded. The survey entailed items regarding credentials, demographics, geographic location, direct and indirect services provided, student population served, and types of educational settings. Respondents included those with the following credentials: BCBA (46%), BCBA-D (7%), BCaBA (3%), RBT (13%), licensed behavior analyst (16%), not yet credentialed (10%), and other (15%). Thirty-four percent of respondents worked in suburban schools while 10% worked in rural and 20% in urban schools. The majority of respondents worked with elementary students (53%) followed by pre-school (40%), middle school (36%), high school (28%), and early childhood (13%). Respondents provided direct therapy, behavior consultation and support, staff development, and crisis management. They served individuals with various disabilities in several types of educational environments within the school setting. Associations between the distributions of responses were also examined in order to identify patterns and relationships between variables. |
|
|
59. Collaboration Between School Personnel and Behavior Analysts |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CLINTON SMITH (University of Tennessee at Martin), Annette Little (Lipscomb University), Beth Urbanczyk (Metro Nashville Public Schools), Laura Plunk (University of Tennessee at Martin) |
Discussant: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: In school settings, behavior analysts are increasingly participating as interdisciplinary team members in developing instructional plans through individual education plans (IEPs). It is essential that behavior analysts take the time to build a collaborative and supportive relationship among members of the team, especially with personnel in school settings. This study surveyed 133 school personnel (special education teachers, school psychologists, general education teachers, special education administrators, and related service providers) regarding their interactions and collaboration with behavior analysts. Results showed that school personnel agreed that behavior analysts can play an important role with the interdisciplinary team, but there are areas to improve such as communication, training of school personnel with interventions, and implementation of interventions and treatment integrity issues. Issues such as behavior analysts using too much technical lingo, lack of a willingness by the behavior analyst to accept input or provide feedback on current interventions used in the classroom were main concerns raised by school personnel as being a reason that they did not satisfied with the quality of the recommendations from a behavior analyst. The survey results also showed that school personnel benefit from face to face interactions with behavior analysts, but time restraints on the schedules of both school personnel and behavior analysts or a lack of available behavior analysts in the area may prohibit effective communication and treatment options for students. |
|
|
60. Evaluation of Training Methods to Increase the Curricular Treatment Integrity for Reading Comprehension Teachers During Small Group Instruction With Students With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Jessica Boyle (The Ivymount School), LAUREN J LESTREMAU (Ivymount School) |
Discussant: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analytic methods have been used to effectively train individuals to utilize a variety of individualized instructional approaches (e.g., Discrete Trial Training) with learners with developmental disabilities. However, limited research exists that has evaluated the effectiveness of training methods for use with special educators to utilize complex instructional practices aligned to grade level content for learners pursuing a diploma in a small group instructional setting. The current study included an evaluation of various training components (e.g., bug in the ear, guided lesson planning, behavioral skills training) to increase the curricular treatment integrity across two curricula as delivered by career English/Language Arts teachers. Curricular treatment integrity included a complex instructional repertoire that included components such as teacher think alouds, use of explicit instruction model, use of scaffolds during independent practice opportunities. Results will be evaluated at the conclusion of the studies. Early findings highlight the need for additional research for this population of students pursuing a diploma in a group instructional environment. |
|
|
61. Evaluation of Training Package to Increase Complexity of Teacher-Delivered Instructional Demands During Small Group Science Instruction With Students With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
BROOKE HESS (Ivymount School), Lauren J Lestremau (Ivymount School) |
Discussant: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Despite the need for effective approaches to training new teachers given the current teacher shortages, few researchers have evaluated training approaches for instructional practices to be used in a small group instructional setting for learners pursuing a diploma. The current study included an evaluation of a training package to increase the complexity of instructional demands delivered by early career teachers during small group science instruction. Instructional demands were evaluated across the following domains: demand complexity (e.g., know vs. application), type of response (e.g., recall, fill in the blank, open ended), and active student method (e.g., choral, Turn and Talk). Training included pre-requisite instruction on the domains described above, supported lesson planning, development of scripts to be used during instruction, and en vivo coaching. Results will be evaluated via single subject design at the conclusion of the study. Expected findings highlight the need for ongoing research in this area to inform efficient training practices for early career teachers who will be delivering group instruction to learners with developmental disabilities. |
|
|
62. Training Teachers to Use Data: Effects of the Academic Team-Initiated Problem Solving Professional Development |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
PAUL MICHAEL MENG (University of Hawai'i at Mānoa), Rebecca Crowe (University of Oregon), Sean Austin (University of Oregon), Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon) |
Discussant: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Effectively using data to guide decision making has been identified as the most powerful educational strategy at educators' disposal (Hattie, 2008). Recent data from large scale studies and program evaluations reveals three key findings about the state of data within K-12 education: 1) educators have access to more data now than ever before, 2) effective decision-making models exist to guide educators' use of these data, and 3) data are not typically being used effectively in schools. This study experimentally tests the effects of a newly developed professional development package targeting Academic Team-initiated Problem Solving (AcTIPS), on the decision making process used by the reading supports team (consisting of 5 members) in one elementary school. The primary dependent variables were the team’s use of effective problem solving procedures as indicated by the percent of points earned on subscales of the Decision, Observation, Recording and Analysis (DORA-II) tool. Data from a concurrent multiple baseline across skills design indicate that the professional development package was successful in changing the decision making behavior of data team members across the three fundamental domains of team-initiated problem solving performance: Meeting Foundations, Problem Solving, and Implementation & Adaptation. At each stage of the multiple baseline design the team documented immediate and sustained improvement in functioning following delivery of the AcTIPS package. Data were analyzed using visual analysis and non-overlap of all pairs (NAP). Both analyses indicated clear and compelling effects of the training package on team members' decision-making behavior. |
|
|
|
|
TBA Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
63. Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Front Line Staff to Conduct a Vocational Preference Assessment |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN ALICIA GOODWYN (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC); Caldwell University), Anya K. Silver (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)), Sarah Dawson (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)), Richard Ramos (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)), Jenna Berenson (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)), Christina Garcia (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)), Anthoulla Themistocleous (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)) |
Discussant: Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University) |
Abstract: Training frontline staff from large human service delivery organizations can be time and resource intensive; these staff who work directly with the individuals served, often do so with minimal prior experience or skills implementing behavior analytic protocols (Hahs & Jarynowski, 2019). Behavioral skills training (BST) has been used to teach a wide variety of skills (e.g., Parsons & Reid, 1995; Sarokoff & Sturmey, 2004) including paired-stimulus preference assessments (e.g., Higgins, Luczynski, Carroll, Fisher, & Mudford, 2017; Lavie & Sturmey, 2002). In this study, we evaluated the effects of a BST package containing written protocol, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback to train staff to conduct a paired-stimulus vocational preference assessment. Generalization probes with adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) were also conducted. Results indicated that BST was effective at teaching front line staff to implement a vocational preference assessment. These results are discussed in terms of efficiency of staff training. Implications for future research on expanding this BST package for training vocational preference assessments across multiple staff and correspondence between preference and actual work engagement and performance are also discussed. |
|
|
64. Superfluous Results Reporting in Applied Behavior Analytic Journals |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University), Erin Wylie (St. Cloud State University; The Arc of the Ozarks), Kyle Pollard (St. Cloud State University) |
Discussant: Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University) |
Abstract: To the extent possible, research results should be clear and free from bias. Bias is introduced when superfluous wording exaggerates anticipated or attractive results and hides or minimizes unanticipated or unattractive results. This study was conducted in two phases. In Phase 1, pilot work was conducted to determine 19 superfluous words suspected to be common in overselling results. In Phase 2, we analyzed the results reporting practices of every experimental article in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis for 2018. The analysis was conducted by 3 behavior analysts (one BCBA-D, two master’s-level students) and agreements are reported. Our results suggest that superfluous results reporting occurs in JABA. |
|
|
65. Training Tutors and Parents in China to Implement Preference Assessment Procedures and Discrete Trials Teaching |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
LEI HU (Mengxiang Center for Children's Development; Psychological and Mental Health Research Institute (Qingdao University)), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
Discussant: Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University) |
Abstract: In China there is a tremendous need for qualified individuals to provide direct services to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). We evaluated the effect of two training components on the implementation of paired-stimulus (PS) and multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments and discrete trials teaching (DTT) to four tutors and eight mothers in China. The two components were: (a) computer-aided personalized system of instruction (CAPSI) combined with Chinese translations of self-instructional manuals (SIMs) and (b) demonstration videos. A multiple baseline design across the three behavioral techniques was used, with replication across 12 participants. Nine of the participants scored 85% accuracy or higher on implementing all three techniques after completing one or two components. The results showed that the two training components were both effective in training all three techniques. Moreover, performance increased across training phases indicating either a summation effect or that additional training with either component increased performance on all three techniques. Future research directions are discussed. |
|
|
66. Voices from the Field: How do BCBAs Address and Combat Misconceptions About ABA |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JUSTIN N COY (University of Pittsburgh), Olivia Grace Enders (University of Pittsburgh) |
Discussant: Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University) |
Abstract: Recently, applied behavior analysis (ABA) has seen dramatic increases in university training programs, experimental and applied research studies, and certified practitioners (Burning Glass, 2015; Carr & Nosik, 2017; Deochand & Fuqua, 2016), mirroring increasing nation-wide demand for credentialed behavior analysts (BACB, 2018). Yet the field of applied behavior analysis has a long-standing “image problem” (Doughty et al., 2012). Misconceptions and misunderstandings of the field propagate through academic textbooks and lectures, popular-press authors, and social media (e.g., Doughty et al., 2012; Kestner & Flora, 1995; Morris, 2009). In order to overcome these misconceptions, members of professional sciences can engage in a spectrum of dissemination behaviors, from one-on-one interactions to advocating for political or legislative changes. A pilot, state-wide survey of certified behavior professionals (n = 98) collected closed- and open-ended responses focused on a variety of professional experiences and issues. Responding analysts identified wide-ranging misconceptions about every aspect of our field, including service delivery, foundational science, typical clients, and its effectiveness. Analysts commonly reported using jargon-free terminology in their explanations and applicable real-life examples when discussing ABA with non-practitioners. Results from this exploratory study provide important preliminary information about our workforce and the professional and personal experiences of our dedicated professionals. |
|
|
67. Coach Training Evaluation of the Online and Applied System for Intervention Skills Parent Training Program |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
E. Zhang (
University of Kansas Medical Center), LINDA HEITZMAN-POWELL (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Jay Furman Buzhardt (University of Kansas - Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Jessica M. Barr (University of Kansas Medical Center), Vanessa Snyder (University of Kansas Medical Center) |
Discussant: Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University) |
Abstract: The Online and Applied System for Intervention Skills (OASIS) Training is a manualized training program using a combination of web-based instructional tutorials and live coaching. Previous studies (e.g., Heitzman-Powell, Buzhardt, Rusinko, & Miller, 2013) from the authors have demonstrated the effectiveness of the OASIS program in teaching skills and strategies based on applied behavior analysis to parents of children with autism. An effort has been made to increase the availability of certified OASIS coaches while ensuring their training fidelity. The current study seeks to describe the criterion-referenced OASIS coach training conducted both through in-person and via telehealth and the coach training evaluation. OASIS coach trainees are required to meet the criteria for both knowledge on ABA and coaching skills, and to provide OASIS training to a family. Five cohorts composed of 17 people completed the OASIS coach training, 13 (76%) of which were master-level therapists. Results indicated that all coach trainees were able to demonstrate a high level of coaching competency and implementation fidelity. |
|
|
69. Interobserver Agreement and Treatment Fidelity in Brazilian Behavior-Analytic Journals: Review and Implications for Practice |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
ANA CAROLINA CAROLINA SELLA (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Rebeca Cavalcante (Universidade Federal de Alagoas), Jackeline Santos (Universidade Federal de Alagoas) |
Discussant: Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University) |
Abstract: Defining features of evidence-based practices (EBPs) include using the best available evidence and designing a system that allows practitioners to collect their own data on procedure efficacy and efficiency in their own contexts. Among the features that might contribute to EBPs are interobserver agreement (IOA) and treatment fidelity (TF), since they increase data reliability. This study analyzed the presence of IOA and TF in studies published in behavior analytic Brazilian journals and was conducted in two phases. In Phase 1, 290 studies were analyzed according to 6 categories (i.e., published between 2013 and 2017, accessible online, written in Portuguese, human beings were the only participants in the study, the study was experimental, and there were pre-intervention measures). Thirty-five articles were approved for Phase 2, which analyzed the presence of IOA and TF. Among these 35 articles, 10 described IOA and 2, TF measures. We discuss possible implications of these results for practitioners looking for EBPs and how they might, on their own, start using IOA and FT measures to start transforming their practice into a data-based process. |
|
|
|
|
CSS Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
70. The Current Status of African Americans Within the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
SHAWN CAPELL (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health; Covenant 15:16 LLC) |
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Cultural competency and diversity are topics within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis that are actively being built upon due to the current state or lack thereof, in the science. African Americans are by far underrepresented within the ranks of Board Certified Behavior Analysts and to effectively address this problem we must first identify potential causes across all settings of the field. The purpose of this poster will be to extend the conversations started from the author of a recent blog post, who directly spoke to the issues with respect to cultural competency. This poster will present a critical analysis of the current status of African Americans within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis and identify solutions to address areas of concern. This may serve as a foundation for a new approach to handling issues of diversity within the promotion, dissemination and advancement of the science of Applied Behavior Analysis specific to African American populations. |
|
|
71. Social Validity of Community-Based Behavioural Services Provided Through Jordan’s
Principle |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
KATHARINE KALINOWSKI (University of Manitoba; Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis; St.Amant Research Centre), Toby L. Martin (St.Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Carly Cressman (University of Manitoba, St.Amant Research Centre) |
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: From a Canadian human rights perspective, all Canadians should have equal qualities and levels of healthcare. This has not always been the case, especially with First Nations Peoples in Canada, as the death of Jordan River Anderson illustrated. In response to this gap in services, the Jordan’s Principle – Child First Initiative was created to provide First Nations Children with increased access to adequate healthcare. The present study assessed the acceptability and social validity of Jordan’s Principle behaviour services by analyzing anonymous survey data collected as a quality assurance measure by a community-based service provider. Three respondent groups were surveyed using three unique questionnaires to measure satisfaction with current Jordan’s Principle services. A total of 48 responses across all respondent groups were analyzed for within-group and between-group differences, and inferential statistics were used to determine the relationship between satisfaction and respondent group. Grounded theory was used to qualitatively analyze open-ended responses. Research findings informed the service provider of the quality of the services, and may ultimately increase the quality of life of individuals served by similar endeavours. Results indicated that the respondent groups were highly satisfied with current services, which is a promising outcome for service providers and service funders. |
|
|
72. Review of Strategies to Teach Safety Skills to Children |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
BRITTNEY MATHURA SURESHKUMAR (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University) |
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Unintentional injuries are among the most under-recognized health threats to children in both the United States and Canada (Peden et al., 2008). Globally, unintentional child injuries result in approximately 2,000 daily deaths in children under the age of 14 years (Sleet, 2018). The leading causes of injury include drowning, falls, fires, transportation, poisonings, abduction, and gun play (Borse et al., 2008). Given the prevalence of child mortality due to unsafe situations, it is critical that we identify the most effective and efficient procedure(s) to teach children how to perform safety skills in dangerous situations (Miltenberger et al., 2015; Summers et al., 2011). Behavioral skills training and in situ training are the most commonly studied instructional strategies when teaching safety skills. Additional, albeit less studied, strategies include visual cues, comic strip conversations, social stories, role playing, and video-modelling. In this poster, we will review the current literature regarding strategies to teach safety skills to children and offer directions for future research. |
|
|
73. Child Passenger Safety Restraint Installation: A Review |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
AREZU ALAMI (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University) |
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Child passenger safety restraints (CPSR) consist of a variety of portable seats that are used to secure infants and children in motor vehicles. Recent statistics in Canada and the United States show that more than 2,000 and 250,000 children between the ages of 1 and 4 years respectively, are injured or killed as a result of motor vehicle collisions (Transport Canada, 2017; National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2017). Injuries and fatalities may be reduced by as a much as 71% with the use of a CPSR (Kahane, 2015). Unfortunately, researchers have found that over 70% of CPSRs were installed incorrectly (Elliott, Kallan, Durbin, & Winston, 2006). To date, 6 studies have examined various strategies to teach the correct installation of a CPSR; 5 of these studies used multi-component treatment packages. Because each of these studies incorporated different treatment components, it is impossible to identify the most effective and efficient treatment package to teach correct CPSR installation. In this poster, we will examine the current literature on the installation of CPSR, discuss procedural variations across studies, and provide directions for future research. |
|
|
75. Members of Graffiti Culture on Social Media: An Evaluative Study Toward Political Issues |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Nayara Gois (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), LUCAS DE CARVALHO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Gunnar Ree (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Political activists promote or simply engage in certain practices that contributes to the cause for which they are advocating. The practice of graffiti is a youth subculture that has been investigated in the social sciences and may be characterized as one form of activism or resistance movement. This research analyzed posting practices of graffiti pages on Instagram in the months of September, October and November 2018 to evaluate how members of graffiti culture from Brazil act towards political issues using the social media. These months were chosen because of the proximity to the Brazilian Presidential election (October 2018). 46 graffiti profiles were included in the analysis. Posts on those profiles had to be photos and videos depicting written tags or drawings made on walls, cars, bus, trains and buildings (i.e., public spaces). The results reveal that most posts in those months were about graffiti issues and not particularly about politics or politicians. However, data show that mean political posts increased from September to October (the month of the election) and decreased from October to November. Moreover, September and November showed similar averages on political posts. This suggests that posting about politics was under control of political context in that specific moment, i.e., the presidential elections. |
|
|
76. Disparities in Autism Diagnosis and Early Intervention |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
LAURA HOWENSTINE (University of Alabama) |
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Disparities in health care have received much national attention recently, but few studies have focused on disparities among young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Early interventions in children with ASD improve outcomes. Although all young children with ASD are eligible to receive early intervention (EI) services, 51-60% do not. Study goals were to determine which demographic and psychosocial characteristics are associated with early diagnosis and utilization of services. Data was sourced from The National Survey of Children’s Health (2018) and then Survey of Pathways to Diagnosis (2011) and Services. Bivariate and multivariate analyses were performed to examine racial/ethnic and socioeconomic disparities in age at diagnosis and utilization of early intervention services. Significant racial/ethnic and socioeconomic disparities exist in the recognition and diagnosis of ASD. The analyses suggest that children of low SES face considerable challenges in receiving early intervention services. Eliminating disparities requires systemic efforts to promote health equity, social planning, and policy change. |
|
|
77. Behavioural Economic Analysis of Demand for Regulation of Behaviour Analysts in Ontario to Inform Public Policy |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
ALBERT MALKIN (Brock University; Southern Illinois University), Karl Gunnarsson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale; West Park Healthcare Centre), Kendra Thomson (Brock University) |
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The Ontario, Canada provincial government has announced their intent to regulate the field of behaviour analysis in the province. Regulated health professions require fees to operate a regulatory body, which implies that professionals interested in participating in the field must pay fees to do so. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the price elasticity of potential fees related to participating in a regulated health profession by behaviour analysts in Ontario. Data was gathered using hypothetical purchase task, using an online survey platform (Qualtrics), and analyzed using the exponentiated model of demand. Participants included 91 behavioural practitioners, who indicated that they were residents of Ontario. The findings indicate that participants’ Pmax value was $1106.74 at the aggregate level. However, when the Pmax was calculated for each individual participant, the median Pmax was $500. Implications of the findings indicate that uptake of participation in a future regulatory body is dependent on annual costs incurred by practitioners in Ontario. |
|
|
78. Acquisition of social behavior of school children with child abuse |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
ESPERANZA FERRANT-JIMENEZ (University of Veracruz), Liliana YEPEZ OLVERA (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate an Intervention Program in Applied Behavioral Analysis techniques to decrease the aggressive behavior of children with child abuse. The program emphasized the development of social skills and the use of a tokens economy system to increase social behaviors and indirectly decrease aggressive behaviors. Five children of both sexes, between eight and thirteen years of age of an elementary school participated in the study. A baseline design, intervention phase and follow-up phase were used. The intervention program was designed for children to develop empathy, assertiveness and solution of aggressiveness problems. The results suggest that the application of a program that increases skills that promote social interaction can contribute to the decrease of aggressive behaviors |
|
|
80. Depicting Resident and Staff Time Distribution in a Juvenile Residential Facility |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY NICOLE ANDERSON (Auburn University), Odessa Luna (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: One well-established quantitative model, the ideal free distribution, purposes that the number of individuals aggregated at a particular location will be proportional to the resources available in each location. When we consider the unique settings in which a behavior analyst may have to assess and treat groups of behaving individuals, it may be worthwhile to understand how time is allocated amongst different locations. This is particularly significant in detention dormitories where residents may engage in disruptive behavior if a range of activities are unavailable. The purpose of the current study is to use momentary time-sampling to describe how residents and staff in two dormitories housing adjudicated adolescents allocate their time (i.e., physical location) and what activities are available. We collected data during 30-min leisure periods in which at least 1 staff member and 5 residents were present. Before the session, we recorded the locations and activities of the organically formed groups. Every 60-s, researchers would count how many residents and staff were at any given location in the presence or absence of leisure materials. Generally, there were a limited number of activities that fostered engagement between staff and residents as well as a lack of skill building activities. |
|
|
|
|
OBM Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
81. Varying Feedback Accuracy Following Mastery: Preliminary Findings |
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research |
GALAN FALAKFARSA (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento), Joshua Bensemann (The University of Auckland, New Zealand), Lea Jones (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Performance feedback consists of providing information about past performance and indicating how to improve future performance. Feedback is one of the most frequently used procedures for changing behavior within organizational settings. However, despite its successful application across a variety of organizational settings, much remains unknown about how it acts to change behavior and increase performance. Previous research involving computerized work tasks has shown that inaccurate feedback can delay or impede skill acquisition. Such studies typically only assess the detrimental effects of inaccurate feedback when acquiring new skills; very little is known about how inaccurate feedback affects skills that have been mastered. Thus, the purpose of this study was to determine the effects of varying feedback accuracies following skill mastery in undergraduate students when completing a computerized match-to-sample task. Participants initially completed 250 trials with 100% accurate feedback before completing an additional 250 trials with varying levels of feedback accuracy (i.e., 100%, 80%, 60%, 40%, and 20%). Data show that the mean number of correct responses per condition during the additional 250 trials decrease as the proportion of trials with inaccurate feedback increases. |
|
|
82. A Brief Review of Preference Assessments in the Workplace |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
MICHAEL SIMONIAN (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento), Makenna Mason (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments (SPAs) are procedures used to gauge a client’s relative preference for stimuli to use as potential reinforcers in a behavior change intervention. Identifying an effective reinforcer is critical to facilitate desired changes in behavior. Multiple methods of assessing stimulus preference are available, with research historically focusing on clinical populations with disabilities. A small body of research of preference assessment methodology in the workplace also exists. The current descriptive review included preference assessment articles from the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management published between 2000 and 2019. The objective of this review was to identify and synthesize trends in the organizational behavior management preference assessment literature, including the topic of study, SPA methods used, the stimuli used in SPAs and their cost, types of employees studied, and inclusions of reinforcer assessments. Ten studies met the inclusionary criteria of the review. This review identified five different topics of study, with rank-order and survey preference assessments being the most commonly used SPA methods, stimuli typically ranging between $0-10, and human service providers being the most common participants. |
|
|
83. Use of Incentives to Increase Staff Participation In Training |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES SHERMAN (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center) |
Discussant: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Staff working in residential treatment programs are often assigned trainings to complete to help them perform their jobs more effectively. When staff do not complete trainings employers frequently provide corrective feedback to them. However, such feedback may not have the desired effect of increasing staff participation. In the current study, staff were provided verbal and written feedback during baseline if they did not complete their assigned trainings by agency due dates. During the intervention phase, staff were offered incentives for completing quarterly trainings before a specified deadline. Once staff completed the assigned training, they were entered into a randomized drawing for gift cards to popular locations. Staff could earn more entries into the drawing for completing training earlier in the quarter. The results indicated that incentives increased the number of staff that completed the quarterly trainings. The implications of using incentives in a human service organization is discussed. |
|
|
84. Pyramidal Behavior Skills Training to Teach Most-to-Least Prompting Procedures |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Daniel Edward Locke (Bancroft), DEAN GRISOFF (Bancroft; Rider University), Jessica A Fedezko (Bancroft), Matthew David Lasoski (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft; Rider University) |
Discussant: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Behavior skills training (BST) is an effective method to train staff to implement a variety of interventions. A disadvantage is the amount of time required to complete BST. This problem is amplified in workplaces that have large amounts of staff or staff in multiple locations (Parsons Royllson & Reid, 2013). Behavior analysts are able to reduce the amount of time spent in training by training staff using a pyramidal approach to train one group of trainers, who then train others (Page, Iwata, & Reid, 1982). In the current study, we adapted the BST procedures outlined by Parsons Royllson & Reid (2013) and trained three trainers in an adult day habilitation program to implement the steps of BST and a most-to-least prompting procedure. Following mastery, these trainers each used BST to train three additional day habilitation staff members on the most-to-least prompting procedure. Following training, all of the trainers were able to implement the BST procedures and train groups of three staff on the most-to-least prompting procedure. All nine staff members were also able to implement the most-to-least prompting procedures following BST. |
|
|
85. Utilizing a Behavioral-Systems Approach to Understanding Academic Administration |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
EDWARD BRANDON AMEZQUITA (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Williams Adolfo Espericueta (University of North Texas), Kyosuke Kazaoka (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
Abstract: A Behavioral Systems Analysis (Malott, 2003) was conducted for a college advising office to support their preparations to meet the forthcoming initiatives of the college strategic plan. Through consultations with the college and advising department administration five areas were selected for the focus of the analysis: the general advising process, the role and responsibility of work study students, retention planning, coordinating course schedules and sequencing, and communication flow. A series of interviews and observations were completed to develop visual representations of the macrosystem and organizational structure and function. Additional process and task analyses that corresponded to each of the aforementioned target areas and employee roles were also completed. The results of the analysis suggested three areas for further analysis and intervention: 1) create measures of employee performance, 2) strengthen communication channels between the advising office and academic departments, and 3) create a system by which retention data feedback to academic departments are used to inform and assess their corresponding retention plans. |
|
|
|
|
CBM Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
87. A Review of Music Research in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
BECCA YURE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: While music is integrated into almost all facets of life (e.g., adults soothe infants with song and teach children nursery rhymes as a mechanism to learn simple tasks and facts, jingles help transfer positive emotional effects to businesses and products, and a single melody may evoke powerful memories), there is little behavior analytic research exploring music as a behavior change mechanism or its effects on operant and respondent conditioning or derived responding. This review summarizes 21 studies published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) from 1968 to 2019 in which music is part of the independent or dependent variable. We further classified music within the four-term contingency: motivating operation (MO), antecedent, behavior, and consequence. The number of articles with music in the title, abstract, and/or keywords has increased in the past decade, indicating an acceleration of interest in this area. We suggest that music merits further attention by behavior analysts and that the JABA might appropriate outlet for this line of work. |
|
|
88. Verbal Behavior Sequential Analysis of an Adult’s Psychological Treatment |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JESÚS ALONSO-VEGA (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Gladis Lee Pereira (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Isabel Avila-Herrero (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Ricardo de Pascual Verdu (European University of Madrid), María Xesús Froxán-Parga (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid) |
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: It’s widely known that humans can learn through verbal behavior. Since the first Skinner’s conceptualization of verbal behavior, great number of studies had been conducted to analyze it in experimental settings. However, efforts still need to be made to fully understand how verbal behavior works in natural settings. This study tries to make a little step in that direction. Our purpose is to analyze verbal interaction patterns between client and clinician during psychological treatment. Thus, 16 sessions of psychological treatment were recorded. The client was an adult diagnosed with Borderline Personality Disorder; the clinician was a psychologist trained in behavior therapy. A coding system based on functional properties of verbal stimuli was used. Two trained observers coded the verbal behavior independently (k= 0.71-0.86). Using descriptive statistics of the data, we found that the frequency per hour of generalized discriminative stimuli (e.g. how are you feeling today?) diminished trough the treatment; or that instructions’ frequency increased after the fourth session. Sequential analysis allowed us to find positive correlations between client’s pro-therapeutic verbalizations (e.g. achievement or wellbeing verbalizations) and clinician’s reinforcement of this verbalizations. These results are useful to analyze the behavioral change processes that are set up during psychological treatment. |
|
|
89. Feasibility of Incorporating Contingency Management in a Public Treatment for Crack Users Who Are Homeless in Brazil: A Pilot Study |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDRE MIGUEL (Washington State University), Viviane Simões (Federal University of Sao Paulo), Rodolfo Yamauchi (Federal University of Sao Paulo), Jair MAri (Federal University of Sao Paulo), John M. Roll (College of Medicine), Sterling McPherson (Washington State University, College of Nursing) |
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Crack use has become a severe health problem in Brazil, the country being reported among the largest crack markets in the world. Located in downtown São Paulo (Brazil most populated city) Crackland emerges as a public space where thousands of crack users living under extremely vulnerable conditions gather to consume crack openly in the streets. In this pilot study we evaluated the feasibility of incorporating Contingency Management (CM) to a public ambulatory treatment located in the heart of crackland to treat currently homeless crack users. Methods: After up to 6-month of inpatient treatment a total of eight participants received 12 weeks of housing, food and ambulatory treatment (control condition) and 12 participants received 12 weeks of housing, food, ambulatory treatment and vouchers contingent to cocaine abstinence (experimental condition). All treatment procedures were conducted by treatment staff. Results: Treatment staff found CM easy to understand, easy to apply and found that CM helped patients maintain abstinence. All participants found CM easy to understand, liked receiving CM and believed it helped them during treatment. Preliminary findings are also presented. Conclusion: CM was well assimilated by treatment staff and participants suggesting the feasibility of incorporating CM in public treatments for crack use disorders. |
|
|
90. Measuring Committed Actions of Caregivers of People With Neurodevelopmental Disabilities in Acceptance and Commitment Training |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA MARCINKIEWICZ (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Carly Magnacca (Brock University), Sarah Davis (Brock University) |
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Caregivers of people with neurodevelopmental disabilities (NDDs) may experience greater psychological distress than other caregivers. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) has been shown to increase psychological flexibility and decrease psychological distress for these caregivers. Limited research has measured a core component of ACT (committed actions; CAs), which could be crucial in understanding how ACT can improve life satisfaction. We asked caregivers (N=11) to self-monitor their frequency of CAs (related to their values) and send their weekly results one week before and four weeks after a group-based ACT-workshop (Lunsky et al., 2018). Caregivers also completed standard psychological measures of depression, anxiety, general stress, parenting stress, and values and CAs measures. Post-ACT, 10 of 11 caregivers demonstrated increases in CAs and the group average increased from 0 in baseline to 3.4 CAs per week. All self-report data indicated therapeutic trends, with scores on parenting stress general stress, and depression approaching statistical significance. One-month follow-up data is currently being analyzed. Additional workshops will be conducted to increase statistical power. Results may help inform how self-monitoring CAs impacts the frequency of CAs in relation to measures of psychological distress, CAs, and values. |
|
|
91. Examining the Effectiveness of a Brief Tolerance Training Protocol |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Kara Jones (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David Rubio (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), ALICIA LYNN SULLIVAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Research shows that restricting/ denying access to items/activities often trigger disruptive behaviors for children with low frustration tolerance (Mace et al., 2011). Teaching tolerance to access restrictions requires time and resources that may not be available to all clinics and families, reflecting a significant need for briefer treatments. Delay and denial (DnD) tolerance training involving functional communication training (FCT) has been found to be effective in reducing disruptive behaviors in children with developmental disabilities. Research on the effectiveness of this treatment in outpatient clinics with typically developing children is limited. The current study utilized a brief (8 session) DnD tolerance treatment protocol with a typically developing child (4 yrs) in an outpatient clinic. Results revealed a significant reduction in disruptive behaviors and an increase in appropriate requesting and wait time. The current study extended the literature by demonstrating that the procedures utilized in previous studies can be modified to be more feasible for use in an outpatient clinic that serves an underrepresented population. Future research should focus on integrating formal preference assessments and developing relapse prevention plans that include other important settings of the child. |
|
|
92. The Influential Consultant: Changing the Behavior of the Consultee |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
SHARLA N. FASKO (University of Detroit Mercy), Rachel Lee (University of Detroit Mercy), Erin Henze (University of Detroit Mercy) |
Abstract: Historically, consultation training has emphasized acceptance of the consultee's belief system. In fact, consultees often have beliefs based on disproven or unproven information and ultimately cannot be providing best practices for the client. Rather than accepting their perspective, this presentation proposes that, in order to provide evidence-based-services for the client, we must correct misinformation and and bring the consultee to an awareness of best practices. Communication methods that emphasize nonconfrontational and respectful strategies will be presented. |
|
|
93. The Effects of Bilingual Acceptance and Commitment Trainingon Exercise in Bilingual International University Students |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
YIYI WANG (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Amanda Chastain (University of Southern California), Michael J. James Cameron (University of Southern California) |
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Promoting physical activity is a crucial public health priority. Interventions that use applied behavior analytic procedures (ABA) such as contingency management and self-management have shown promise for facilitating physical activity. However, additional research is needed to advance innovation, particularly with respect to interventions that work through indirect-acting contingencies. Among these innovative models of behavior intervention, Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) has received increased attention and empirical support. Previous research has provided evidence that ACT can increase exercise but previous ACT studies have generally used group designs, which makes it difficult to carefully consider the effects of the intervention at the level of the individual participant, the level at which ACT trainers and therapists work. The present study evaluated a bilingual, five-week, one-on-one ACT-based coaching program for increasing exercise in bilingual international university students. After receiving the ACT intervention, all four participants increased their average daily steps, frequency of gym visits, and duration of gym visits significantly and gains maintained after intervention was terminated. The results of this study suggest that an ACT-based bilingual coaching program of moderate duration may be effective for increasing exercise in bilingual university students. |
|
|
95. I ACT, You ACT, We ACT: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Interventions at the Community Level |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
ZOEY ISABELLA ULREY (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is commonly used at the individual level to treat anxiety disorders, depression, and other common psychopathology. An emerging application of ACT is at the larger group, even entire community level. This is a promising extension of ACT work because it has the potential to affect change at a larger level than psychologists or behavior analysts can do when working with only one person at a time. Promising applications have included sheltering women from violence, slowing the spread of the Ebola virus, and preventing gang violence in the country of Sierra Leone. At a broader scale, the Prosocial movement has attempted to combine ACT with principles form cultural anthropology to effect change across the globe. This poster will review such large-scale applications of ACT and make practical suggestions for how behavior analysts can make their own service delivery organizations more compassionate and values-oriented. |
|
|
96. Examining the Effect of Social Media Stimuli on Reports of Self-Compassion, Mindfulness, Psychological Flexibility, and Affect |
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research |
BREANNA LEE (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: As the use of social media platforms continues to increase, researchers have examined negative effects of social media usage on mental health, while fewer studies have examined the potential positive effects of social media on psychological well-being (Pantic, 2014). Although research in this area is increasing, and social media is of relevant and significant societal interest, behavioral interpretations and analyses of social-media related behavior and effects of social media stimuli on individual responding is scarce. The purpose of the present study was to examine the effect of self-compassion, psychological flexibility, and mindfulness-related social media stimuli on Instagram in a laboratory setting on momentary reports of psychological flexibility, positive and negative affect, self-compassion, mindfulness, and hypothetical scenarios among college participants assigned to a control group (neutral stimuli) or treatment (compassion/flexibility stimuli). Participants completed a series of self-report measures prior to and following viewing a series of Instagram stimuli for a brief time; changes in responding from pre- to post-treatment were analyzed. Results are interpreted in terms of stimulus control and function and motivative augmental stimuli. Implications of potential psychological flexibility-focused, social media-based interventions and the use of social media platforms in prevention science will be discussed. |
|
|
97. Intervention for Parents of Children in the Foster Care System: A Review of Behavior Analytic Journals from 1990 to 2019 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
ELANA KEISSA SICKMAN (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Approximately 6% of children in the United States are placed into Foster Care systems, and are more likely to experience depression, anxiety, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorders, and other behavioral problems (Turney & Wildeman, 2016). Parental mental health and child maladaptive behavior have been correlated (e.g. Lecavalier, Leone, & Wiltz, 2006). Previous research has demonstrated that behavioral parent training and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) can improve parenting skills, child behavior, quality of life, and reported stress for biological parents of children with various behavioral and health-related needs (e.g. Blackledge & Hayes, 2006; Gould, Tarbox, & Coyne, 2018; Burke, Muscara, McCarthy, Dimovski, Hearps, Anderson, & Walser, 2014, among others). The present study sought to evaluate the prevalence and content of research on behavioral interventions for parents of children in foster care within major applied behavior analytic journals from 1990 through 2019. Articles included were identified using specified search terms, published in one the included applied behavioral science journals, and empirically evaluated an intervention in which foster parents or children were the participants. Discussed is the current state of research in this area, potential need for additional research with this population, and utility of parent training and ACT interventions in this context. |
|
|
98. The Power of Shaping: How Technology and Behavior Analysis can Improve Physical Rehabilitation |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
BRENNAN PATRICK ARMSHAW (University of North Texas), Chandana Chitralekha (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Millions of Americans receive total knee arthroplasty each year. Unfortunately, too few ever achieve a full functional recovery. A major contributor to the poor recovering outcomes is the delayed, and often ineffective, process of relearning to engage the muscles of the quadriceps. As learning is a behavioral problem, behavior analysts are uniquely equipped to address this growing concern. Behavior analysts have had great success using shaping as a means to teach new responses of various complexities. While shaping has most often been applied to observable response some previous research suggests that shaping can just as readily be applied to more micro responses.
The present study used sEMG technology to measure muscle amplitude and applied a shaping procedure to systematically increase the muscle flexion amplitude of the vastus medialus oblique. Undergraduate students were recruited to participate in this study. A shaping procedure was used to systematically increase the amplitude of VMO flexion of either the left or right knee. A similar procedure was employed on the remaining knee, however, the feedback was now delivered non-contingently. Our data suggest that shaping is an effective means of driving amplitude and may lead to improved functional outcomes when applied in a physical therapy setting. |
|
|
|
|
DEV Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
99. Pyramidal Skills Training for Registered Behavior Technicians in a Clinic Setting |
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
MELISSA A. DIAZ (Fayette County Public Schools; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Simmons University), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tyler Re (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The current study employed two experiments to examine the effects of pyramidal training on implementation of paired choice preference assessments with training as normal and Behavioral Skills Training (BST) by RBT-level staff in a clinic setting. The first experiment utilized an AB design to examine the use of BST as an intervention for training a Registered Behavior Technician, as the Tier 1 participant, to implement BST to train Tier 2 participants. In the first experiment, the Tier 1 participant was provided written instructions on a paired choice preference assessment and BST. In the baseline phase the Tier 1 participant trained the experimenter to the “best of their ability” on implementation of a paired choice preference assessment with the written information alone. After the baseline phase, the Tier 1 participant received training on BST and the paired choice preference assessment from the experimenter. In the second phase, the Tier 1 participant was again provided the instructions for the paired choice preference assessment and BST, and then was prompted to again train the experimenter to the “best of their ability”. The second experiment used a multiple baseline probe design to examine the effect of training, provided by the Tier 1 participant, on the accuracy of implementation of the paired choice preference assessments by Tier 2 participants when compared to written instructions alone (baseline), training as normal (phase 2) and BST (phase 3). The design consisted of three phases. In the baseline phase, the Tier 2 participants were provided with written instructions for a paired choice preference assessment, 1 minute to review the instructions, and then instructed to implement the preference assessment to the “best of their ability”. Data was collected on accuracy of implementation. After the baseline phase, the Tier 1 participant was instructed to train the Tier 2 participants as usual with the written instructions provided to all participants and data sheet. After training, Phase 1 started. Data was collected on Tier 2 participants accuracy of implementation after receiving “training as normal” from the Tier 1 participant. For the final phase, phase 3, the Tier 1 participant had received training on BST from the experimenter. The Tier 1 participant trained the Tier 2 participants on a paired stimulus preference assessment using BST. Data was collected on accuracy of implementation of the preference assessment. Results indicated that pyramidal training was effective in increasing accuracy scores when compared to the baseline phase. The results also indicated that training using BST resulted in a more accurate implementation of the paired choice preference assessments by Tier 2 participants, when compared to training as usual. |
|
|
100. Teaching With Acoustical Guidance: A Review |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE BAJCAR (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University) |
Discussant: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Teaching with acoustical guidance is a teaching procedure that uses an acoustical stimulus to provide immediate feedback to a learner (Quinn, et al., 2017) and has been used to increase a variety of skills, such as football skills (Harrison & Pyles, 2013; Stokes et al., 2010), precision shooting (Konttinen et al., 2004), dance movements (Carrion et al., 2019) and appropriate walking (Hodges et al., 2019). TAGteach also uses an acoustical stimulus to provide immediate feedback to learner, but also includes several other components (TAGteach International, 2004) and has been used to increase a variety of similar skills such as appropriate walking (Persicke, et al 2014), dance movements (Arnall, et al., 2019; Quinn, et al., 2015), rugby skills (Elmore, et al., 2018) and a golf swing (Fogel, et al., 2010). Given the similarities between these procedures, there seems to be some ambiguity regarding these terms in the literature. Therefore, this poster will examine the current literature on teaching with acoustical guidance and TAGTeach, discuss the procedural differences between these procedures, and provide directions for future research. |
|
|
101. Evaluation of Residential Services for Older Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities Residing in the Community |
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
TANYA HOUGH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: People with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities in the United States are living longer in recent decades. People 65 and older are in better health than previous decades due to more awareness of the beneficial effects of a healthy diet, preventative medical care, and physical exercise. Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities are living longer as well. However, this presents challenges in meeting the needs of this population. This paper details the results of a survey developed to assess several areas of services, including social engagement, health-related services, group home environment, and staff training and development, were evaluated to identify areas in need of improvement. Participants consisted of 95 direct care staff working for a not-for-profit agency providing residential services to adults with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities. The results of the survey indicate that need for improving social engagement opportunities for older adults residing in the community and more training on working with older adults with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities for direct care staff in a residential setting. |
|
|
102. Feasibility of Using Behavioral Marker via Mobile Sensors in Measuring Physical Activity: A Pilot Study |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
SEUNGMIN JUNG (Yonsei University), Changseok Lee (Yonsei University), Heewon Kim (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University) |
Discussant: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Direct observation of behaviors is the main assessment method of behavior analysis, yet data collection has been limited due to practical difficulties of collecting vast amount of information with accuracy. Recently, mobile sensors collecting passive data have emerged as an effective and efficient way to measure behaviors simultaneously as they occur. The purpose of this study was to test the feasibility of using behavioral markers collected via mobile sensors in measuring physical activity. A pilot study was conducted on 15 college students for 15 days. ‘YouNoOne’, a software program that collects heart rate, step counts, and significant motion counts was installed on each participant’s personal smartphone and a distributed smartwatch. As a ground-truth, a short questionnaire asking about the participant’s real time physical activity, including the status, intensity, location and ability to move, was administered 6 times a day. The results showed that after controlling for the location and ability to move, passive data significantly and uniquely accounted for the status of physical activity. However, passive data failed to significantly account for the intensity of physical activity. Findings suggest that passive data collected via mobile sensor can be useful in measuring the behavior regarding physical activity but needs further elaboration. |
|
|
|
|
VRB Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
103. Proposal of Curriculum Module to Extend Tacts Using Sentences in Children With Cochlear Implants |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDERSON NEVES (Universidade Estadual Paulista, Bauru, SP, Brazil), Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Ana Cláudia Moreira Moreira Almeida Verdu (Universidade Estadual Paulista – UNESP), Leandra Silva (Hospital de Reabilitação de Anomalias Craniofaciais, Bauru, SP, Brazil), Adriane Moret (Universidade de São Bauru, Bauru, SP, Brazil) |
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: Children with cochlear implants (CIs) who are readers usually produce more accurate speech when textual behavior than tacts. Equivalence based instruction (EBI) and matrix training can promote auditory comprehension, speech accuracy in tacts and verbal productivity, from a minimum set of sentences taught. The present study evaluated the effects of an EBI module on equivalence relations (between pictures, and dictated and printed sentences), accuracy in tacts, and recombinative performances, in six children with CI, readers and who had inaccurate tacts. Three sets of sentences were phonetically-balanced, arranged into subject-verb-object matrices and planned in progressive difficulty (regular and irregular words, and pseudo-sentences); nine sentences in the diagonal were taught, and 25 were evaluated in recombinative probes. The teaching module was organized into three steps and multiple probes evaluated all relations in EBI-network. In each step, were directly taught matching pictures to dictated sentences (AB) by MTS and by exclusion teaching; and construction of sentences under dictation (AE) by CRMTS. According to multiple baseline between sets, all participants learned the taught relations (AB-AE), increased the accurate tacts (BD), and produced both equivalence and syntactic (intra-intersets) relations. The results subsidies a broader curriculum of sentences for the rehabilitation of children with CI. |
|
|
105. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on Variability, Speech Accuracy, and Emergence |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELLE LAFRANCE (H.O.P.E. Consulting, LLC; Endicott College - Institute for Behavioral Studies), Thais de Souza Mascotti (São Paulo State University, Brazil), Leandra Silva (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Ana Claudia Moreira Moreira Almeida Verdu (São Paulo State University, Brazil and
National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition and Teaching) |
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: The current study investigated the effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) on the emergence of listener and speaker behavior (i.e., tacts and echoics), as well as increases in the accuracy of participants’ vocal-verbal behavior. Four young boys participated (ages 5-7). Three had a diagnosis of Autism. The fourth had a diagnosis of Auditory Neuropathy and used a cochlear implant. Experimental phases included: 1) pretests of all operants (listener, tacts, echoics), 2) listener training 3) tests of emergence (tacts and echoics), 4) MEI, and 5) tests of emergence (tacts and echoics) with untaught stimuli. This sequence was repeated across three sets of stimuli. Results show a high degree of variability, and a low degree of accuracy (below 40% correct) in pretests, and reduced variability and increased accuracy (above 70%) in post-MEI tests of emergence. Additionally, all participants demonstrated emergent tacts following MEI. However, the accuracy of participants’ verbal behavior was slightly lower with untaught sets of stimuli, and this effect was observed to maintain in follow-up. Implications for research and practice are discussed. |
|
|
107. Using Autoclitic Frames to Teach a Component of Perspective Taking to a Student With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELE RIZZI (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Alessandro Dibari (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Lorenza D'arcangelo (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Claudia Costella (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Angela Cardascia (Associazione Bambini Autistici (ABA) - Conversano) |
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: We evaluated procedures for teaching one student with ASD a component of perspective-taking: identifying their own knowledge based on sensory information, using prompting, fading and reinforcement. During the intervention we taught him to tact the verbal or non-verbal stimuli that evoked his response and to discriminate between known or unknown information based on the verbal statement provided by the experimenter. Specifically, after presenting a verbal statement with or without salient stimuli to the student, we taught an autoclitic frame (e.g. “because I see/hear/touch” or “because I don’t see/hear/touch”) in response to the question “why do/don’t you know?” We evaluated the clinical efficacy of the teaching procedures using a multiple baseline across test conditions design. After no response in baseline for the three test conditions, we used a different set of stimuli during the teaching phase. After reaching mastery criteria we presented again, as post training, the same set of stimuli used in baseline. The student reached mastery criteria for the untaught sets in each test condition. We discuss how this skill may be related to more advanced perspective taking skills, based on Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior. |
|
|
108. The Effects of Echoic Response Requirement During Auditory Visual Discrimination Training on the Emergence of Tacts in Children Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANNE CAROLINE COSTA CARNEIRO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Mariéle Cortez (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Daniela S. Canovas (Grupo Método - Intervenção Comportamental), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of requiring echoic responses during an auditory visual discrimination training on the emergence of tacts in a five years-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), using an adapted alternating treatment design with pretest and posttest probes. In the auditory-visual discrimination training, the first set with three stimuli (set A), echoic responses were not required during the auditory visual discrimination training, while for the second three stimuli set (set B), echoic responses were required during the auditory visual discrimination training. After meeting mastery criteria on the auditory-visual discrimination training, tact responses were assessed for the six stimuli. The results showed full emergence of tacts in both conditions, although the participant needed less training sessions to master criteria on the condition in which echoic responses were required. The procedure is currently being applied to another children in order to verify generality. |
|
|
109. Using a Perspective-Taking Skill Taught in a Contrived Setting to Teach a Perspective-Taking Problem Solving Response in a Social Situation |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELE RIZZI (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Stefano Assetta (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Riccardo Bordoni (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara) |
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: During study 1 we taught an adolescent with ASD to pass a “false belief” task using multiple-exemplar training (MET) and prompting and fading. During baseline we presented three different role playing scenarios (RPS) adherent to the “Sally and Ann” test but using preferred characters; the student failed to provide the correct perspective-taking (PT) response. During the training phase we presented novel RPS interspersing oral scenarios (OS), teaching the student to tact the controlling variables of his own behavior and the behavior of the character before providing the PT response. During post training the student correctly provided PT responses for the same scenarios presented in baseline, for three novel OS and for a novel “false belief” task (unexpected contents). During study 2 we probed a problem solving response that implied an applied PT response in the natural environment in a social situation. Consistently with previous researches the student failed to generalize the PT response in an applied setting. Then we taught, using MET and prompting and fading, the problem solving response in the natural environment chaining the PT response to the problem solving response. During post-training the student provided the problem solving response without engaging overtly in the PT response. |
|
|
110. The Effects of a Writer Immersion Intervention on the Functional Writing of Elementary School Students |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL LEITER (Teachers College), Victoria Verdun (Teachers College Columbia University), Ruby Sara Gibson (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: A functional writing repertoire is a vital component of any child’s education, as it allows children to affect the behavior of others beyond the immediate effects of speaking. In the present study, researchers used a replicated AB design to investigate the effects of a writer immersion package on the functional writing and conditioned reinforcement for the writing of four third-graders. During the intervention, two writers were given drawings that included a shape, a line, and a word, and instructed to write about the picture in such detail that a naïve reader could draw it. The writers then watched attempt to follow their directions. If the drawing was missing any components, the researcher instructed the writer to rewrite their directions. This process continued until the writer was able to write functional directions on their first attempt with a novel picture. The results showed that the writer immersion package successfully increased the number of functional components in the writing of both the writers and drawers in the intervention. Researchers did not find any noticeable changes in the participants’ conditioned reinforcement for writing. Future research should investigate modifications in the writer immersion package and how they affect conditioned reinforcement for writing. |
|
|
|
|
DDA Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
111. Video Modeling in Teaching Individuals With Developmental Disabilities to Engage in Leisure Activities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
CHAIDAMOYO GOODSON DZENGA (Tennessee Technological University), Krystal Kennedy (Tennessee Technological University), Emily Loftis (Tennessee Technological University), Argnue Chitiyo (Ball State University) |
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: Leisure activities have been linked in providing an opportunity for individuals with developmental disabilities to acquire adaptive skills which are necessary for successful inclusion in the general public. Teaching individuals with developmental disabilities to engage in leisure activities is widely acknowledged in improving communication skills, social interaction skills and also providing an opportunity for behaving appropriately in society. Studies involving individuals with developmental disabilities have mainly focused on interventions on feeding and self-care and leisure activities have been somewhat an afterthought. Leisure activities for individuals with disabilities are often selected by their caregivers. This literature review analyzed studies that used video modeling, a non-intrusive behavioral antecedent intervention, to teach individuals with developmental disabilities to engage in leisure activities. Participants in the study were individuals 3 years and above with varying diagnosis that fell under the generic term developmental disabilities. The studies used single-case designs that were evaluated using guidelines of the What Works Clearing House (2017). Studies published from 2001 to 2018 (n =10) were identified. For individuals with severe developmental disabilities, preference assessments should be conducted to identify their preferred leisure activities so that they may engage in leisure activities of their choices. |
|
|
112. The Effects of Video Models on the Independent Transitioning of Children with Developmental Disabilities: A Systematic Review of the Literature |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BRENDON NYLEN (University of Iowa), Seth King (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: Transitions encompass termination of one activity and initiation of another activity or movement across locations. Individuals with developmental disabilities frequently encounter difficulties in independently transitioning without assistance. Transitions are important because individuals are expected to transition throughout life across different contexts such as school or a job. Video models have been used with the intended goal of increasing independent transitions. Video models encompass a variety of approaches to depicting a recording of a desired behavior for the viewer to imitate. This study reviewed research between 1999 and 2019 that used video models to increase the independent transitioning of children with developmental disabilities. Authors of identified studies (n = 11) assessed the influence of video models on behavioral dimensions of transitioning (e.g., latency) as well as the occurrence of inappropriate behaviors during transitions. Of the cases identified within the studies (n = 40), 45% satisfied contemporary standards of evidence. Findings of these cases were mixed however. Implications for practitioners are discussed following a description of results. |
|
|
113. Effects of Applied Behavior Analysis to Reduce Self-Injurious Behavior of a Child With Bainbridge-Ropers Syndrome |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAYNE MEREDITH MURPHY (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: A 12-year-old male was referred to a severe behavior applied behavior analysis (ABA) clinic for the assessment and treatment of self-injurious behavior (SIB). The client has a rare diagnosis, Bainbridge-Ropers Syndrome (BRPS). BRPS was first described in 2013, and has only been identified in approximately 30 individuals in the literature (Koboldt et al., 2018). BRPS is due to changes in function of the gene additional sex combs-like 3, ASXL3. This gene instructs cells in various organs at different stages of development (Bainbridge et al., 2013), and this mutation is problematic for growth and functioning. Due to the limited amount of individuals currently diagnosed with BRPS, there is a need for increased evidence to support appropriate and efficient assessment and intervention strategies. The client seen in the severe behavior clinic was considered an early learner and due to difficulties related to his diagnosis of BRPS, assessment and treatment of his SIB was challenging. Through various functional assessments tailored specifically to the client, the treatment team was able to identify an appropriate function of his SIB and behavioral interventions were found to be effective for the client based on visual analysis of the data. |
|
|
114. Resurgence of Clinically Relevant Behaviors: A Systematic Review |
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory |
JESSE PERRIN (Pathways), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: Basic, translational, and applied researchers have all identified resurgence as a phenomenon with significant implications for successful behavioral intervention. Resurgence can occur during both unplanned changes to treatment as well as planned changes. Many function-based treatments used in applied settings with clinically relevant behaviors, including FCT and NCR, appear to have components that may lead to resurgence. In 2017, Kestner & Peterson published a systematic literature review that included resurgence studies focused on clinically relevant behaviors. Since their publication, the amount of resurgence research focused on clinically relevant behaviors appears to have increased significantly. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to systematically review research on resurgence of clinically relevant behaviors published after the Kestner review to identify new findings and directions of recent research. This review includes 13 articles published from 2016-2019. The articles were identified systematically with 85% initial agreement. The findings of the review identified themes within the published research that include stimulus control, history of reinforcement, and behavioral momentum theory. Limitations, future research directions, and possible applications are also discussed. |
|
|
115. An Ethical Responsibility of Cultural Competency: Models of Disability, Microaggressions, and Professional Considerations in ABA |
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory |
NATALIA BAIRES (Southern Illinois University), Rocco G Catrone (SIU-Carbondale), Amrinder Babbra (Doctoral Student), Sebastian Garcia-Zambrano (Southern Illinois University), Manish K. Goyal (Southern Illinois University), Darwin S Koch (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: As behavior analysts, our code of ethics demands a certain level of competency when ethically changing the behaviors of others. With the footholds of globalization creeping onward, and a nation’s populace that is growing increasingly diverse (Fong & Tanaka, 2013), being culturally aware of the clients and their families in which this caring profession serves is paramount. This presentation reviews important models adapted from other fields of study in hopes to promote a multidisciplinary approach to addressing the cultural competencies when working with families with autistic children. Disability Theory Models will be applied to the way ABA may lead to unintentional ableism. Examples of microaggressions towards those with disabilities will be depicted and what behavior analysts can do to minimize these. Finally, the Developmental Model of Intercultural Sensitivity (DMIS; Bennet, 1986) will be illustrated and applied to ABA as a way to not minimize differences between professionals and clients, but to have a model to increase sensitivity to work with those who may have different backgrounds from the clinician. Each section references back to the current BACB ethical guidelines, creating relevance of models and interventions to the behavior-analytic tradition. |
|
|
116. The Use of Combined Contingencies in the Treatment of Targeted and Nontargeted Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ROSE MORLINO (University of Georgia), Courtney Mauzy (University of Georgia), Jamila Salim (University of Georgia), Jessica Turpin (University of Georgia), Emma Charlton (University of Georgia), Karla Zabala (University of Georgia), Andrea Zawoyski (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: The use of combined contingencies might be beneficial in the treatment of problem behavior. In the current study, we assessed avoidant movements and dangerous acts (e.g., climbing on tables) exhibited by a young boy with autism spectrum disorder in the context of academic demands. During baseline, avoidant movements resulted in a 30-s break from demands; there were no programmed contingencies for dangerous acts. During baseline, avoidant movements occurred when instructions were delivered and compliance was low (0%). The individual also engaged in dangerous acts during the 30-s break period. During the intervention phase, we compared two conditions using an alternating treatments design. In condition 1 (break only), compliance with instruction resulted in a 30-s break. In condition 2 (enriched break), compliance with the instruction resulted in a 30-s break with access to preferred tangible items. Extinction was implemented for avoidant movements in both conditions. Results indicated that both conditions effectively resulted in decreased avoidant movements and increased compliance. However, nontargeted dangerous acts remained high in the break only condition. Dangerous acts decreased to zero levels in the enriched break condition. This finding supports the utility of using combined contingencies in the treatment of problem behavior. |
|
|
117. The Naked Truth: Extending Latency-Based Functional Analysis to Assess Disrobing in an Adult Residential Setting |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLYSON MAE TOWLES-HOLDIMAN (Bancroft), Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft), Victor Chin (Bancroft; Rowan University) |
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: Disrobing is a socially stigmatizing behavior impacting people with developmental disabilities. It can be a difficult problem to manage in community settings which may lead to social isolation, poor integration with peers, or placement in restrictive settings (Carlson et al., 2011). Traditional functional analysis (FA) procedures rely on measuring repeatability of a behavior while testing isolated functions (Iwata et al., 1994). Disrobing poses a challenge for this methodology since repeated occurrence would require a therapist redressing the client, potentially providing additional attention, which may serve as a confounding variable (Thomason-Sassi et al., 2011). For disrobing, and other behaviors that cannot be repeated due to practical or ethical concerns (e.g.: elopement, vomiting, severe SIB), latency-based functional analyses can be used to identify function. However, latency-based FAs may take time for the participant to detect the contingencies, which uses additional time and resources and may fail to adequately identify automatically maintained behavior. The present study examined the use of an extended latency-based FA on disrobing for an adult in a residential setting. In test conditions, the participant was instructed to put on clothing. Following the initial disrobing, the participant contacted the contingency and was redressed. Latency to disrobing was measured for before and after the contingency. Results indicated that behavior is likely automatically maintained because behavior was evoked at approximately the same latency throughout all conditions, irrespective of the presence of the potentially reinforcing contingency. |
|
|
119. Examining the Impact of Problem Behavior Through the Use of a Severity Rating Scale |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNA BASS (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Schiethauer (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: Challenging behavior exhibited by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities can pose significant negative impacts on patients, families, and their environments. The Problem Behavior Severity Scale was developed at a clinic specializing in the treatment of severe problem behavior and is administered during the patient intake process. The assessment examines the impact of problem behavior via several outcomes, including physical harm caused to patients or others, property damage, and structural modifications. Data are collected through caregiver interview via open-ended questions. Interviewers use responses to rate the severity of each category. Based on results from 300 individuals referred to a specialty clinic for challenging behavior, 81.66% of clients’ problem behavior resulted in physical harm, 72% resulted in damage to the environment, and 42% had environmental changes as a result of challenging behavior. In addition to describing the impact of challenging behavior, the utility of this measure is discussed as it relates to identifying the most applicable and effective resources for both patients and caregivers. |
|
|
120. Parent Training in Languages Other Than English for Children With Disabilities: A Literature Review |
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory |
JACQUELINE ZAMBRANO (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University) |
Discussant: Allison Rose Bickelman (Autism Behavior Intervention; Pepperdine University; Endicott College) |
Abstract: To better understand parent trainings on challenging behavior interventions for parents that speak a language other than English, we conducted a review of the existing literature. We conducted a database search and ancillary searches. Six studies evaluating parent training in challenging behavior interventions in a language other than English were identified. The articles identified were analyzed to determine the types of trainings that had been used and to determine the impact that these trainings had on the child’s challenging behaviors. Across the articles, there were 151 parent participants and 151 child participants. The most common language of parent training was Chinese. The existing literature shows that weekly group parent trainings were most commonly used. The scarcity of articles highlights the need for more research in this area. Specifically, future research should evaluate the efficacy and social validity of research supported challenging behavior interventions with parents who speak languages other than English. Implications and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
121. Reduction of Rule Infraction Behavior by Pseudo Self-Monitoring in a Child With ADHD |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
NOZOMI YOSHIDA (Meisei University), Keisuke Kuwano (Spectrum Life Co., Ltd.), Koji Takeuchi (Meisei University) |
Discussant: Allison Rose Bickelman (Autism Behavior Intervention; Pepperdine University; Endicott College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effect of pseudo self-monitoring on rule infraction behavior in a child with ADHD who showed rule infraction behavior in a teaching situation using a card game. Pseudo-self-monitoring is a procedure in which a participant monitors the behavior of another person imitating the participant (Wada and Takeuchi, 2019). The participant was a child with ADHD, 16 years old. As a method of this research, we created a video of the behavior of others imitating the participation behavior in a teaching situation using a card game. Several scenes in the video were presented to the participant in random order for evaluation. The frequency of rule infraction behavior was averaged 66.4% during the baseline, averaged 20% during the intervention phase, and averaged 24.8% during the probe phase. In other words, it was shown that pseudo self-monitoring was effective in reducing the rule infraction behavior of children with ADHD, and that the effect was maintained. |
|
|
122. Antecedent Manipulations for Decreasing Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH PRESCOTT (The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Allison Rose Bickelman (Autism Behavior Intervention; Pepperdine University; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual disabilities often engage in problem behavior maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape from demands. One method of treating this behavior is to eliminate the response-reinforcer contingency by implementing escape extinction. However, this procedure can be difficult or unsafe to implement with many individuals. Therefore, it is important to explore alternative intervention options, such as motivating operation manipulations. The purpose of this poster is to describe various antecedent manipulations that have been used to reduce the evocative effect of demands. Some of the procedures reviewed include: demand fading, task interspersal (also referred to as the high-probability request sequence), and introducing a reinforcement contingency for compliance. Variations in these procedures will be reviewed as well as suggestions for implementation in clinical practice. Articles were included in this review based on pre-specified inclusion criteria (e.g., functional control is demonstrated through a single-subject experimental design). Interobserver agreement was assessed for article inclusion and was 100%. |
|
|
123. A Systematic Review of Reinforcement Schedule Thinning Following Functional Communication Training |
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory |
EMILY PAIGE EXLINE (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University) |
Discussant: Allison Rose Bickelman (Autism Behavior Intervention; Pepperdine University; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a highly effective intervention to reduce challenging behavior among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Despite the vast literature supporting FCT effectiveness, the intervention is not without criticism. One such criticism is that the continuous schedule of reinforcement for the functional communicative response that is typically utilized during initial phases of intervention cannot be maintained in natural settings. Reinforcement schedule thinning addresses this drawback with various approaches to systematically thin the schedule of reinforcement to a schedule that is more appropriate for natural change agents in natural settings. A systematic review of the literature identified 53 articles in which one of five schedule thinning approaches was implemented after implementation of FCT: (a) delay-to-reinforcement, (b) chained schedule of reinforcement, (c) multiple schedules of reinforcement, (d) response restriction, and (e) alternative activity. These studies indicate wide procedural variability across reinforcement schedule thinning approaches. Results will be further analyzed and discussed. |
|
|
124. Antecedent Choice-Making Interventions to Reduce Challenging Behavior for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities: A Review of the Literature |
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory |
PROVIDENCE LIVELY (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University) |
Discussant: Allison Rose Bickelman (Autism Behavior Intervention; Pepperdine University; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Antecedent choice-making interventions involve offering an individual a choice in how to complete a task prior to the onset of that task. In order to better understand the possible relationship between antecedent choice making and challenging behavior, a review of the existing literature on the use of antecedent choice-making interventions to reduce challenging behavior was conducted. A systematic review of the literature identified 30 articles in which antecedent choice was implemented to reduce problem behavior. The studies were summarized according to characteristics of the participant, antecedent choice intervention, problem behavior, and other dependent variables such as task completion. In addition, the included studies were analyzed according to the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC; 2017) Single Case Research Design Standards. The literature indicate that antecedent choice-making interventions involve both within-activity choices such as choice of activity materials or setting as well as across-activity choices, such as the order of activities. Initial results indicate the effectiveness of choice-making interventions to reduce challenging behavior. Results will be further analyzed and discussed. |
|
|
126. The Use of Technology in Vocational Skills Training for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities: A Systematic Review |
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory |
MACKENZIE RAYE WICKER (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University) |
Discussant: Allison Rose Bickelman (Autism Behavior Intervention; Pepperdine University; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Current research has identified poor post-school outcomes for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities; in fact, poorer than any other disability group. Employment support such as vocational skill training can improve outcomes and increase opportunities for paid employment. With recent advances in technology, a myriad of technology devices and programs offer relatively inexpensive and portable forms of support to vocational training programs. Moreover, today’s ubiquitous use of technology allows for the use of technology supports in a way that may not be as stigmatizing in the work setting relative to more traditional forms of support. The purpose of this review is to summarize the literature regarding the use of technology in vocational skills training programs. Articles identified via a systematic search of the literature are summarized according to (a) participant characteristics, (b) vocational skills targeted, and (c) technology device characteristics. In addition, the included studies are analyzed according to the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC; 2017) Single Case Research Design Standards. Results will be further analyzed and discussed. |
|
|
127. Comparison of Baseline Levels of Problem Behavior During Functional Analyses and Extinction |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHELSEA E. CARR (University of Arizona; University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Allison Rose Bickelman (Autism Behavior Intervention; Pepperdine University; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Baseline assessments of problem behavior most often include either functional analysis (FA) data or extinction (EXT) of the target response. The choice between these procedures occurs for both clinical and conceptual reasons. Clinically, individuals may use FA as the baseline to avoid an increase in problem behavior which can occur with the use of EXT. Conceptually, individuals may use EXT as the baseline to determine the persistence of problem behavior when challenged. Although EXT should produce higher rates of target responding than FA conditions, that has not been shown empirically in the context of parents working with their children’s severe problem behavior at home. The purpose of this study was to compare baseline levels of problem behavior when FA and EXT procedures were conducted via telehealth prior to the start of treatment. Data from 29 young children with autism spectrum disorder were evaluated, retrospectively. The average percent of intervals of problem behavior in the identified functional condition(s) of the FA and EXT baselines were compared. Results showed that problem behavior occurred at higher levels during the EXT baseline for 86% of the participants and the results were significant based on Tau-U. Implications of the results will be described. |
|
|
|
|
AUT Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
130. Teaching Identification of Complex Emotions to Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KHIELA ACHURRA (Easterseals of Southern California), Nicole Dileva (Easterseals of Southern California), Randi Xu (Easterseals of Southern California), Jacob Roach (Easterseals of Southern California), Joyce Tu (Easterseals of Southern California) |
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: In this study, we examine the effects of video modeling to teach complex emotions across seven children diagnosed with autism. Each participant was shown five short video clips and identified characteristics such as, body language, facial expression, voice, and volume. The results suggest that video modeling can quickly promote skill acquisition in identifying complex emotions across all participants. |
|
|
131. Treatment of Motor Stereotypies through Antecedent Excercise in a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
FRANCESCA SICILIANO (Aliter - Cooperativa Sociale), Nicola Cefalo (Aliter Cooperativa Sociale), Michael Nicolosi (Queen's University Belfast; Voce nel Silenzio Onlus) |
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often show motor stereotypies that could represent barriers to learn functional behaviours. Some studies showed that antecedent exercise (AE), a procedure based on physical activity, can effectively decrease the rate of motor stereotypies. One study in particular applied AE through an indoor elliptical bike in a home setting. The aim of the present study is to replicate this finding on AE in a center-based intervention. One 6 years old child with ASD, male, participated in the study. The procedures involved fading of the prompt for the correct jogging position and movements, shaping of the jogging sessions duration and positive reinforcement available at the end of a correct jogging session. The jogging sessions were performed as an AE in order to reduce motor stereotypies. Collected data indicate that AE is successful in decreasing the target behaviours in a center-based intervention. The findings could have important implications for the treatment of motor stereotypies in people with ASD. |
|
|
132. Stimulus Fading as a Treatment for Severe Aversion to Specific Words in a School Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN DOUGLAS ZANGERLE (The Y.A.L.E. School), Allison Parker (The Y.A.L.E. School), Kayla Centone (The Y.A.L.E. School) |
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Words and gestures acquiring aversive qualities can negatively impact the ability for individuals to succeed in an academic setting, or even inhibit the creation of a therapeutic environment. The purpose of this study is to determine the effect of stimulus fading as a treatment for severe avoidance of specific words in a school setting. The participant is an eight year old girl with autism spectrum disorder attending a self-contained special education school. The participant emitted an avoidance response under the control of a specific verbal and gestural stimulus. A stimulus fading intervention was introduced. The participant displayed a tolerance response during initial phases of the intervention, and it is hypothesized that this tolerance response will continue as stimuli are presented in increasing magnitudes. We also hypothesize that programming for generalization will result in a decrease in avoidance responding within the classroom. We predict that the results of this study will demonstrate that stimulus fading can unmatch stimuli with aversive qualities, reduce avoidance responding, and that the effects of intervention can be generalized to and maintained in an academic setting. |
|
|
133. Conversations and Social Initiations in Young Adults With Autism and Intellectual Disability |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA C. CHEZAN (Old Dominion University), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina), Elise Grybos (Southeastern Cooperative Educational Programs) |
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and co-occurring moderate intellectual disability (ID) have deficits in conversations because of challenges in interpreting vocal and nonvocal responses and in identifying appropriate moments to initiate, maintain, or terminate conversations. Our purpose in this study was to increase conversations in three young adults with ASD and co-occurring moderate ID. First, we used an intervention package consisting of Behavior Skills Training (BST) and Covert Audio Coaching (CAC) to promote acquisition and maintenance of conversations with coworkers. Second, we implemented CAC during naturally-occurring opportunities at an internship site. Third, we examined if initiations with coworkers increased during and after participants learned to initiate, maintain, and terminate conversations. We used a concurrent multiple-baseline design across participants with continuous acquisition probes to evaluate the effects of the intervention in producing acquisition and maintenance of conversations and increasing the frequency of initiations. Results demonstrate that the intervention was effective in producing acquisition and maintenance of the target skills in all three young adults. Data also indicate that participants initiated more interactions with coworkers as conversational competence increased. |
|
|
134. Establishing Teacher's Instructional Control during Whole Group Instruction in a Special Education Classroom |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN LAYMAN (University of Southern Mississippi; Spectrum Academy and Clinical Services at New Summit School), Meleah Ackley (University of Southern Mississippi; Spectrum Academy and Clinical Services at New Summit School), Andrew Joseph Rozsa (University of Southern Mississippi; Spectrum Academy and Clinical Services at New Summit School), Marshall Lundy (University of Southern Mississippi; Spectrum Academy and Clinical Services at New Summit School), Kelli Harrison (Spectrum Academy and Clinical Services at New Summit School) |
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The ultimate goal for students at a specialized school for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder and other developmental delays is to transition to a general education setting. Each classroom in the specialized school is comprised of three staff members (e.g., teachers and Registered Behavior Technicians) and six to seven students, resulting is about a 2:1 ratio of students to staff. Baseline results found that the frequency of verbal prompts by the support staff were high, while lead teachers had low counts of behavior specific praise. Support staff also consequently provided higher levels of praise compared to lead teachers. To successfully transition to the general education setting, students should be prepared for decreased frequency of prompting from support staff.
A multiple probe design was utilized to facilitate training across five classrooms. Behavior targets included delivery of behavior specific praise by the teacher and support staff following a non-verbal prompting hierarchy (i.e., model/gestural prompts, partial physical prompt, full physical prompt). Results show that training was effective in increasing the teachers’ behavior specific praise and decreasing support staffs’ verbal praise and prompts for all classrooms. Additionally, student problem behavior decreased in four out of the five classrooms. |
|
|
135. Supporting Family to Support Each other |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
FAN YU LIN (ALSOLIFE) |
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: There is a great impact when a family receive a diagnosis of autism on their child. In addition to emotional support to cope with the reality, the family need to access service systems and obtain continued empowerment from professionals. However, as of Oct 2019, the total number of BCBA-D, BCBA, and BCaBA in China is merely 138, only 46 of whom are located in mainland China. On top of the shortage of professionals, more than 80% of autism support centers are clustered around the mega-cities such as Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou, and Schengen. As a result, the need for services for families with children with ASD living in distant areas of China is imminent. Online family support group offers potentials to extend family centered ASD services through the use of technology. This study proposes a model of an online family support group that intends to provide a platform for families to share experiences, build emotional bonding, ask questions and participate in discussion, and receive information about ASD and treatment from professionals. Such online groups are shown to further embed the use of behavior principles in group management, aiming to enhance group participation and positive process. |
|
|
136. The Impact of Peer-Mediated Video Modeling on Social Interactions of Adolescent Males Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STEVEN G. LITTLE (Walden University), Cheryl Botting-Hammack (Access Behavioral Health Services), Angeleque Akin-Little (Walden University) |
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Deficits in social communication and social interaction are key elements of Autism Spectrum Disorder. Video modeling (VM) has been successful in teaching new skills, particularly social communication skills, through short, targeted videos. However, prior research in VM has heavily focused on academic settings with elementary school age children. There is a gap in the literature on teaching social skills in natural settings to adolescents with ASD. This research used a single- subject, multiple-baseline design to examine the impact of VM on the social behaviors of adolescent males (n=3), diagnosed with ASD, in natural social settings. The dependent variable was scored for responses based on scripted verbalizations included in the video treatment, scripted social actions, and spontaneous reciprocal verbal interactions chains. Visual analysis, percentage of nonoverlapping data points, and effect size were used to evaluate data. In addition, social validity data on acceptability and satisfaction of the intervention were collected. Results indicated large effects for the adolescent participants when interacting socially in community settings and the treatment was found to be socially acceptable by adolescents and by habilitative intervention professionals. |
|
|
137. Teaching Writing Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
ANA CAROLINA CAROLINA SELLA (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Williany Silva (Universidade Federal de Alagoas), Isvania dos Santos (Universidade Federal de Alagoas) |
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Writing skills are necessary in several circumstances: in school, writing is an indication of content learning; upon graduation people are expected to write in several contexts, from formal office tasks to text messaging on Instagram or Facebook. Besides the difficulties that are reported when teaching writing to any children (e.g., picture-spoken word - written word relations; letter shape discrimination), characteristics linked to Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) seem to increase the likelihood of learning issues, such as use of language structure, initiation and termination of discourse, and perseverative comments. There is a scarcity of procedures for teaching writing to children with ASD. The purpose of this study was to systematically review intervention studies, published in peer review journals, that versed on teaching writing to children with ASD. We analyzed previous reviews on the topic and reviewed empirical studies from 2008 through 2018, according to several criteria. Five articles met all criteria, in all four phases, among 393 found. Three writing behaviors, subdivided into several dependent variables, have been targeted for intervention, which always included more than one procedure. Research is still needed to establish best practices for teaching writing to children with ASD. |
|
|
138. Sportsmanship Interventions for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Systematic Literature Review |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LINDSAY GLUGATCH (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Kayleen Knutson (University of Oregon) |
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: This systematic review summarizes and analyze the literature on sportsmanship interventions for individuals with autism. Sportsmanship skills are necessary for children to engage in game play with peers, cooperate in team sports, and participate in community leisure activities. Twenty-eight studies were included in this study that used experimental designs (single-case design and group design) that targeted sportsmanship behaviors. The results were summarized across participants, targeted behaviors, settings, interventions, and methodological rigor of the included studies. Different types of outcomes, such as play skills, social skills, and specific sportsmanship skills were targeted in the studies. Various types of behavioral interventions and strategies including group instruction, BST, video modeling, and token economies were implemented to improve sportsmanship behaviors for individuals with autism. Although most studies reported positive outcomes on the targeted social-communication behaviors, methodological limitations should be considered when interpreting the results as 64% of the studies included were of weak methodological rigor. Limitations of this review and implications for future research are discussed. |
|
|
139. Animal-Assisted Interventions as an Adjunct to ABA Services: A Survey Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JESSICA GHAI (Boston University
) |
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Animal-assisted interventions (AAI) have become increasingly popular, especially within the field of autism (ASD). Unfortunately, there exists little empirical data on intervention prevalence or its effectiveness. To date, there exists no empirical data examining the use of AAI as an adjunct to ABA services. This study explored animal incorporation practices, perceived intervention desirability/feasibility, level of AAI knowledge and awareness, and perceptions/attitudes concerning AAI among active BACB certificants (RBT, BCaBA, BCBA, and BCBA-D certificants) working within the United States (including Puerto Rico). Participants, recruited via the BACB mass email service, were asked to complete a comprehensive, cross-sectional web-based survey developed with the input of 25 expert reviewers. This poster presents data from the Animal Incorporation Practices portion of the survey. A total of 544 BACB certificants participated in this survey study, of which roughly 20% (n=107) reported physically incorporating animal(s) into ABA services with their clients. Analysis of incorporation practices (e.g., intervention format, purpose of animal incorporation, and data collection procedures), individual animal characteristics (e.g., animal species and level of training), and perceived effectiveness of their practices was conducted. Discussion of these findings and how they relate to the Professional & Ethical Compliance Code and animal welfare considerations were presented. |
|
|
140. Further Analysis of Motor Versus Vocal Response Interruption and Redirection When Treating Automatically Maintained Vocal Stereotypy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHERI MORSE (Behavioral concepts), Candice Colon-Kwedor (Behavioral Concepts), Meagan Cannon (Sturbridge Public Schools) |
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Past research has shown that response interruption and redirection (RIRD) decreases automatically maintained behaviors such as vocal stereotypy (VS) and in some cases increases appropriate vocalizations. For example, Ahearn et al. (2007) used RIRD to effectively treat vocal stereotypy by presenting vocal demands contingent upon VS. In addition, Ahrens et al. (2011) found that motor demands contingent upon VS were also effective in decreasing VS. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of motor RIRD versus vocal RIRD in relation to VS, appropriate vocalizations, compliance with each procedure and social validity measures with children diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder. Participant 1 had a limited vocal repertoire consisting of sounds and short word utterances. Participant 2 and 3 had established mand and tact repertoires. A reversal design was used to compare the effects of motor and vocal RIRD. During motor RIRD, VS was redirected to motor compliances (e.g. touch your nose, clap your hands). During vocal RIRD, VS was redirected to vocal compliances (e.g., tacting or vocal imitation). IOA was calculate din 33% of all sessions across all participants and averaged 95% overall. Results indicated that both motor RIRD and vocal RIRD produced lower levels of VS for all participants and increased appropriate vocalizations for one participant that had a vocal verbal repertoire. Although the vocal RIRD procedure increased appropriate vocals, the motor RIRD procedure demonstrates the utility of RIRD with individuals who have limited vocal verbal repertoires. In addition, compliance was higher during the motor RIRD condition for all participants. Clinical considerations regarding the effectiveness, preference, and social validity of the two procedures are also discussed. |
|
|
141. A Sorting-to-Matching Strategy for Teaching Identity Matching of Complex Stimuli |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GEGUEL FEDERICO LANDESTOY (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Robert Chiaccio (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Three adolescent boys with autism who attended a behaviorally based school participated in this study designed to remediate overselectivity in a tabletop compound identity matching task. A sorting-to-matching procedure was used to teach participants to match a two-stimulus sample to an identical comparison. We presented probe sessions following each step of the teaching procedure to determine whether some participants would reach criterion without completing all programmed steps. Performance on initial probes was consistent with stimulus overselectivity. Following training, performance on probes was at mastery level for all participants. Two participants met mastery criteria before the completion of all training steps. For one participant, we implemented a prompted scanning procedure due to position bias. Interobserver agreement and procedural integrity for all participants was 100%. This study illustrates one way to expand attending to multiple features of a complex stimulus, and the results show that some learners may accomplish this outcome in fewer training steps than others. |
|
|
142. Effectiveness Of Using ABA Strategies During Speech Therapy For Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JEDIDAH WANJIRU BROOKE (Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental Therapies), Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental Therapies) |
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities such as autism tend to have challenges in communication. Communication training, such as speech and language therapy is important for children with Autism to gain independence and express their desires.
There are 2 participants in this study: an 8 year old boy, MW, and an 8 year old girl, LM, both diagnosed on the autism spectrum. The interventions conducted occurred at Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental Therapies in Nairobi, Kenya.
In the initial phase, the students were receiving speech and language intervention without any ABA principles applied. In phase 2, after a merger between the organizations of a BCBA and an SLP, more ABA strategies including manding, reinforcement, natural environment training and prompt fading were applied during sessions. Over time, the intervals of reinforcement were increased and prompts were faded.
A significant increase in vocal output was realized by adding in ABA strategies and the mean length of utterances was also seen to have increased. MW increased his echoic score in the VB-MAPP from 57 to 89 with a steady increase, and LM developed echoics from initially having no echoics.
In conclusion, applying ABA strategies helped the efficacy of speech therapy sessions and better outcomes were realized. Data is still in progress for more students and we hope to see the results replicated over multiple students while increasing the strategies implemented.
Once the ABA intervention was included in his speech therapy, Murunga was able to improve his communication to longer sentences and settle down during therapy and has improved his Echoics |
|
|
144. Application of Behaviour Analysis in Virtual Reality: XR-AI Based Assistive Technology Learning Platform for Autism Spectrum Disorder andSpecial Education |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SATHYANARAYANAN A R (CEO, Embright Infotech, Technopark) |
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience impairments across a wide range of skill domains, including self-care skills. The ratio of 1:59 children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) all around the world, according to the Centre of Autism Disease Control and Prevention Survey. This makes it a demanding problem to be addressed. Nearly 28 percent of 8-year-olds with ASD have self-injurious behaviors. The childcare and diagnosis available today are very few and generalized that makes the life of an autistic child very difficult. Auticare is an Assistive Technology that gives standard ABA therapy and treatment for high functioning autism and related neurodevelopmental disabilities. The therapy platform in Virtual Reality includes different training scenarios solely based on applied behavior analysis that encourage to develop cognitive, social, self-care skills. Not only does this platform provides therapy but it also helps doctors to diagnose the present condition and judge the progress of autistic children through progressive data stored in the cloud. The product is launched and currently being used for therapy in government hospitals and special education centers. The objectives of the current study were to determine the efficacy of the product Auticare among high functioning autism in improving cognitive, social and self-care skills in centers that have already installed the product. The findings of the product revealed that immersive VR training may be a safe and viable method of teaching basic self-care skills using behaviour analysis. Using a forum for virtual reality provides an effective treatment alternative to enhance commonly found cognitive and social impairments in Autism Spectrum Disorder by providing children more immersive, efficient, safe and engaging experience based on applied behaviour analysis technique. |
|
|
145. Functional Behavior Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy for Obsessive Compulsive Behaviors in Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Mixed Methods Analysis of Children 5 to 7 Years Later |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DANA KALIL (Brock University), Courtney Denise Bishop (Brock University), Heather Jaksic (Brock University; University of Manitoba), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Nicole M. Neil (University of Western Ontario), Jan Frijters (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Brock University) |
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Children with high functioning Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often engage in repetitive behaviors topographically similar to those seen in Obsessive Compulsive Disorder. A Randomized Controlled Trial (Vause et al., 2018) used a manualized Functional Behavior-based Cognitive Behavior Therapy (Fb-CBT) with 37 children (n = 19 in experimental and n = 18 in Treatment As Usual), and demonstrated significant differences in Obsessive Compulsive Behaviours (OCBs) between groups from pre to post-test, with large effect sizes. Considering the importance of behavioral maintenance, the present study evaluated the long-term treatment outcomes of 13 children, 5 to 7 years following Fb-CBT. The Repetitive Behavior Scale–Revised (Compulsive, Ritualistic, and Sameness subscales; Bodfish et al., 1999) and parent report questionnaires evaluated OCBs from post-treatment to 5-7 year follow-up. Across participants, there were no significant changes in OCBs between post-test and 5 to 7 year follow-up. However, there was some variability in maintenance of treatment gains. A matched-comparison qualitative case study identified factors that may have contributed to the variance across outcomes. Five semi-structured interviews were conducted with 5 parent and 4 child participants whose quantitative results reflected this variance. Thematic analysis identified common themes across and within cases (Braun and Clarke, 2006). Results from the qualitative analysis support the current ABA and CBT literature—that is—parents whose children were more successful in maintaining treatment gains stressed the importance of parent training and support received during Fb-CBT, and continued work on generalization and practice of coping strategies during exposures post-treatment. |
|
|
146. Self-Advocacy in Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Review and Call for Research |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID SCHENA (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Cierra Hemp (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Self-advocacy is an important life skill. Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may have difficulty self-advocating due to socio-communicative deficits. Other factors related to ASD, such as social anxiety and a dependent lifestyle, may further restrict familiarity with self-advocacy and the ability to self-advocate. Therefore, instruction is often necessary to establish self-advocacy skills to individuals with ASD. Unfortunately, several different definitions of “self-advocacy” exist within self-advocacy literature. Studies have also used different methods to teach self-advocacy and have focused on different target behaviors. Our project aims to propose a comprehensive definition for “self-advocacy” based on commonalities in definitions proposed by previous research and to describe empirically supported methods for teaching self-advocacy to adults with ASD. We collected literature using a set of criteria based on self-advocacy and related terms. Sources were sorted based on whether they defined self-advocacy or sought to teach it, with membership in both groups possible. Ongoing analysis suggests that definitions including self-knowledge, problem recognition, ability to articulate need, and taking initiative are most common, and that behavioral instruction is consistently associated with successful learning of self-advocacy. Areas for future research by applied behavior analysts working with this population are discussed. |
|
|
147. Early Intensive Behavior Intervention for Autism: An Outcome Study of Children in Kuwait |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
YASMEEN HAYAT (Applied Behavior Center Kuwait), Stavros Hadjisolomou (American University of Kuwait) |
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Given the growing rate of Autism, the importance of effective intervention can not be underrated. Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) is one of the most scientifically supported interventions to date, and although it is practiced all around the world, studies on its efficacy are restricted to mainly the US, UK and Australia. The present study aims to determine if EIBI holds its efficacy in the Arabic speaking Middle Eastern country of Kuwait. We argue that, in Kuwaiti children, younger initiation age significantly improves treatment outcomes. A total of 74 subjects were included in the study and grouped based on age (young=2 to 4 years old; old = 4 to 12 years old). A two-way ANOVA revealed children who start ABA therapy between the ages of 2 to 4, were overall significantly more successful in mastering programs (M = 66.97, SD = 13.27) than children who started at ages 4 and above (M = 55.57, SD = 18.21). Moreover, a MANOVA showed that the younger group was significantly more successful than their older counterparts in mastering academic, social and communication programs. Implications of results for this study should go towards promoting early intervention in Kuwait, and ultimately lobbying for the implementation of health policies that allow Kuwaiti children access to effective intervention. |
|
|
148. The Effects of the Copy, Cover, and Compare Strategy of Word Spelling for English as a Second Language Students |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SOMCHART SAKULKOO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Joshua Garner (Hopebridge), Chelsey Brown (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of the Copy, Cover, and Compare (CCC) strategy for English as second language students. This study used the CCC method (Skinner et al., 1997) to increase the percentage of words spelled correctly for two students—a student with autism and a typically developed student. Moreover, the study extended Carter et al. (2013) study by adding maintenance probe and generalization probe. The results of this study are inconclusive between the participants. The data from one participant showed that the CCC alone was not able to increase correct word spelling, maintain, and generalize. On the other hand, the data from another participant revealed the opposite results. Limitations included: no preference assessment conducted, did not collect the percentage of correct letter within words, and did not evaluate the effectiveness of prompt used. Implications and recommendations were discussed in the study. |
|
|
149. Racial and Gender Reporting in Single Subject Experimental Design Research on Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
LINDSAY FLEECE RENTSCHLER (UNC Chapel Hill), Jessica R. Steinbrenner (University of North Carolina Chapel Hill, Frank Porter Graham Child Development Center), Kara Hume (University of North Carolina Chapel Hill, Frank Porter Graham Child Development Center), Samuel L. Odom (University of North Carolina Chapel Hill, Frank Porter Graham Child Development Center) |
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: B.F. Skinner posited in 1981 that culture is one of the three types of selection impacting human behavior, yet Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has often overlooked it. As the reach of ABA grows and the recipients of behavior-analytic services become more diverse, it is imperative that the participants in research studies reflect that diversity. Evidence-based practices for autism intervention are being identified by The National Clearinghouse on Autism & Evidence Practice (NCAEP) in their systematic review of the intervention literature published from 2012-2017. The data presented in this poster intends to answer an important follow-up question: For whom are these interventions evidence-based? The single subject design research articles (n=597) identified by NCAEP were reviewed for descriptions of participant race and gender in accordance with the procedure and reliability protocol described by West et al. (2016). The findings indicate that 24.28% (n=145) of the studies report on race. The majority representation was white participants at 55%. Black participants were represented at 16% and Hispanic/Latino participants comprised 12%. The gender composition was 83% male and 17% female with no reports of gender non-binary participants. This indicates that the field needs more reporting on participant demographics and greater diversity in participant ascertainment. |
|
|
150. Teaching Safety Skills Using Virtual Reality: A Preliminary Experimental Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AUDREY TAYLOR BOATMAN (Childs Path, Help Begins at Home), Brianda Jazmin Martin del Campo (Child's Path), Andrea Carolina Villegas (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: After testing for usability and feasibility, we collected preliminary experimental data on the effects of virtual reality training on safety skill acquisition with children on the Autism spectrum that held a variety of skill sets and experience levels. Target skills include: the timely exit from a school building during a fire drill and the safe crossing of a street across multiple settings. Generalization probes for both simulations were conducted regularly. This was part of an ongoing beta-test program where the software was continuously updated based on feedback from clients, clinicians and parents. The main goals of this study were to identify appropriate teaching methods, identify data collection measures, and to obtain preliminary measures of effectiveness and social validity. More specifically, we examined pre-requisite skills for the VR headset, data collection methods, prompting within and outside of the virtual environment, mastery criteria for each training level, and methods for testing generalization. |
|
|
151. An Evaluation of Using the PEAK Assessment and Curriculum on Client Outcomes and Learning Speed |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SHELBIE NYMAN (BTI Group), Gerald Everette (BTI Group), Kaitlin Eisenhauer (BTI Group) |
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: The PEAK (Promoting Emergence of Advanced Knowledge) assessment and curriculum is a teaching program that focuses on using discrete trial teaching to teach overarching concepts instead of specific targets. This study evaluated the effectiveness of using the PEAK Direct Assessment and Generalization Assessment along with the curriculum in the center setting to increase skill development. Participants included 3 4 - year - old children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Participants received a range of 8 to 20 hours of direct Applied Behavior Analysis services from Registered Behavior Technicians. The implementation of the PEAK curriculum was effective in increasing 2 out of 3 participants direct teaching skills to meet those of their same aged peers. All 3 participants demonstrated growth in direct teaching skills and generalization skills with 6 months as determined by the PEAK Direct and Generalization assessments. At least one participant demonstrated an increase in their rate of skill acquisition as determined by trials to criterion data. In the center setting, the PEAK assessment and curriculum was effective in increasing skill development across participants. |
|
|
152. The Effects of Instructive Feedback on the Emergence of Untrained Verbal Operants |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ARIADNA MARTINEZ (University of Miami), Laura Camafreita (University of Miami), Laura Dezayas (University of Miami), Elaine Espanola (University of Miami), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami) |
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: Instructive feedback is a teaching strategy that promotes the acquisition of additional responses by embedding nontarget stimuli in the consequence portion of learning trials. Research demonstrates that this is an effective training strategy for teaching skills in the absence of direct instruction. However, there is limited evidence on the impact of instructive feedback on the development of new responses across verbal operants and the possible behavioral mechanisms responsible for learning during instructive feedback trials. We evaluated the effects of instructive feedback with two children who had been diagnosed with autism. An adapted alternating treatments design was used to compare participant responses across conditions with and without instructive feedback. Primary targets consisted of teaching listener responding and tacts. Instructive feedback stimuli were presented in the consequence portion of primary target training trials. Probes were used to evaluate the emergence of untrained verbal operants across one listener responding and two intraverbal response topographies. The results indicated that there was emergence of untrained verbal operants with both participants. |
|
|
153. Interventions on Improving Social-Communication Skills for Adolescents and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Meta-Analysis Review |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SANIKAN WATTANAWONGWAN (Texas A&M University), J.B. GANZ (Texas A&M University), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba), Lauren Pierson (Texas A&M University), Valeria Yllades (Texas A&M University), Claudia M Dunn (PhD Student at Texas A&M University) |
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: With the increase in autism spectrum disorder (ASD) prevalence, the number of adolescents and adults with ASD is also rapidly increasing, which increases the number of adults with disabilities seeking services. As individuals with ASD grow up, their social-communication issues seem to increase and required in more complex skills. There are critical needs for evaluating the efficacy of communication interventions on more complex language use for this adolescents and adults age ranges to address the most effective and suitable interventions for this population across implementers variables, communicative function variables, and setting variables.The purpose of this meta-analysis is to determine effectiveness of social and communication intervention for adolescents and adults with ASD, primarily discriminated by these variables: interventionists, communicative functions, and setting. We will investigate the social-communication outcomes on each intervention category. The author will include single-case experimental designs (SCEDs) in this meta-analysis. |
|
|
154. Using Transfer Trials to Teach Tacting to Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEX DELLARINGA (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Jessica Foster Juanico (Trumpet Behavioral Health; University of Kansas), Kelley L. Harrison (Trumpet Behavioral Health; The University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: Transfer trials are a modification to discrete trial training (DTT) that may expedite the transfer of stimulus control from prompts to instructions. They follow prompted trials and re-present the instruction in order to provide an opportunity for learners to answer independently. Transfer trials are used by practitioners and researchers (Carbone et al. 2006; Valentino et al., 2015) and recommended as best practice by applied behavior analysis (ABA) organizations (“A beginning guide,” 2009; Carbone, 2016; Hozella & Ampuero, 2014). However, there is a lack of research to support the effectiveness of transfer trials. The current study used a multielement design to investigate whether transfer trials increased the rate of skill acquisition compared to traditional DTT. Results indicated that compared to the control condition, both procedures were effective for teaching two-component tacting to three children with autism. However, the transfer trial procedure yielded a faster rate of acquisition for one of three children. |
|
|
158. A Review of Self-Monitoring Interventions for Increasing Physical Activity in Individuals with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
HOLLY WIGGINS (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: Interventions with self-monitoring have been used to increase independence for individuals with autism. Self-monitoring typically includes presenting materials that individuals can use to record one’s own behavior, such as on-task behavior or correct responding. Self-monitoring has been used for decreasing problem behavior (Fritz et al., 2012; Koegel & Koegel, 1990) and for increasing appropriate behavior (Newman & Ten Eyck, 2005). It may be a particularly appealing intervention in that reliance on caregivers is minimized. Further, self-monitoring has been demonstrated to be useful in increasing physical activity (Donaldson & Normand, 2009; Normand, 2008; Valbuena, Miltenberger, Solley, 2015; VanWormer, 2004). However, self-monitoring is often evaluated in combination with other intervention components such as differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (Christian & Poling, 1997; Newman et al., 2005) or differential reinforcement of other behavior (Shabani, Wilder, & Flood, 2001). Little research has been conducted to identify relevant components for producing behavior change. Additionally, research related to increasing physical activity has been limited to typically developing adults. This poster will summarize the current literature on self-monitoring for increasing physical activity, noting clinical application and extensions for future research. |
|
|
159. Middle East Behavior Based Interventions: Providing School-Based Interventions for Autism Spectrum Disorder without a Formal Diagnosis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SHARIFFAH AZZAAM (Qatar Foundation) |
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: There are an estimated 300,000 students attending schools in Qatar. A regional study in Qatar placed the number of people with ASD at 1 in 87. Due to Qatar’s requirement that all schools be inclusive, many of these students attend independent or private schools. Educators often find it difficult to support students who display behaviors similar to students who have been diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The Learning Center has developed a comprehensive student service model that provides support for students regardless of a formal diagnosis. Students are referred by teachers based behaviors displayed and response to intervention. Multidisciplinary teams of professionals that may include Educators, Behavior Analysts, Autism Specialists, School Psychologists, Speech Pathologists, Occupational Therapists, and or Language specialists meet to determine the appropriate level of support. The team provides the intervention until the student displays progress in the regular education setting. The team uses research based assessment tools to guide the intervention not to diagnose. We are able to provide services efficiently, saving valuable instruction time. In this paper, I will review the methods used by The Learning Center to develop a comprehensive intervention package based on observed behaviors and not diagnosis |
|
|
160. Increasing Flexible Application of Rules to Decrease Problem Behaviors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JILLIAN SCHNEIDER (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center) |
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: Rule governed behavior can inhibit flexible responding and lead to increased problem behaviors when something challenges those rules. The current study aimed to decrease the creation of contextually irrelevant rules and increase the flexible application of rules in a 6-year-old girl with autism. Baseline, conducted over a 4-month period, began by taking data when rules were created (totaling 84). Intervention began by asking the participant to answer four questions when given a known self-generated, not contextually relevant rule: 1) identify if the rule applied based on the current context, 2) why the rule does/does not apply, 3) what would happen if she didn’t adhere to the rule, and 4) when might the rule apply/not apply. Results indicated that the client was able to respond to questions about her rules accurately in at least 80% of opportunities since an edible reinforcer was added to the intervention strategies. Generalization data indicated that the client independently and flexibly applied the rules based on context outside of intervention in 40-80% of opportunities. Additionally, since the onset of intervention, only 6 new rules have been created potentially indicating a stabilization of creation of contextually irrelevant rules. |
|
|
161. Decreasing Physical Stereotypy in Two 9-year old Boys with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MADISON THEIS (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Jillian Schneider (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center) |
Discussant: Thea H. Davis (Autism Bridges) |
Abstract: Stereotypy can impede the ability to gain access to learning opportunities in the natural environment and engage in social interactions. Participants in this study required intensive interventions (edible reinforcers, primes, verbal and visual prompts) on a 2-minute interval schedule in order to remain in their current environment (school, play with peers). The focus of this study was to identify a more parsimonious intervention to decrease engagement in stereotypy during socially inappropriate situations, increase discrimination of time and place to engage in stereotypy, and include the participants in the process for utilizing replacement behaviors. The first phase of the current intervention targeted teaching the clients to identify preferred replacement behaviors as well as discriminate which behaviors are appropriate within and across environments. Phase two of the intervention targeted a) the identification and b) initiation of contextually appropriate identified replacement behaviors to engage in. Weekly probes were conducted for 20 minutes at home and school as a collateral measure of success. Results indicate that both participants mastered identifying and discriminating contextually appropriate replacement behaviors, using those replacement behaviors, and generalization of these skills. Additionally, results suggest that this is an effective and parsimonious approach to reducing stereotypy. |
|
|
162. The Teaching DANCE: Purpose Driven Training and Measurement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
APRIL LINDEN (University of North Texas), MARLENE Lucy TAVERA (Easter Seals North Texas), Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Evan Schleifer-Katz (University of North Texas), Rachael E. White (University of North Texas), Crystal Fernandez (University of North Texas), Isabel L. Cunningham (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Thea H. Davis (Autism Bridges) |
Abstract: Easter Seals North Texas Autism Treatment Program is a non-profit program that strives to provide services that are responsive, caring, and effective in a collaborative and culturally responsive way to all families regardless of income. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of a value and outcome-based staff training program; DANCE. Adapted from the Sunny Starts parent training program, DANCE training includes intentional cultural, strategic, and tactical design. Staff participated in an orientation that included our mission and an overview of strategies and tactics for instruction. This was followed by in-situ training centered on valued outcomes (responsive teaching interactions, child progress, and harmonious interactions; the triad of teaching). Both staff and children increased desired triadic measures. The results are discussed in the context of purpose driven measurement. |
|
|
163. Impact of Cybercycling Breaks for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder on Health and Classroom Behaviors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA S. KUPZYK (University of Nebraska Omaha), Jessica Cox (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Heidi Reelfs (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Kevin Kupzyk (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Thea H. Davis (Autism Bridges) |
Abstract: Children with autism are at higher risk for obesity and may present with stereotypy and disruptive behaviors in the classroom that limit their academic engagement. Effective school-based interventions are needed to decrease stereotypy and behavior problems while increasing on-task behavior and physical activity. There is initial positive evidence for the use of cybercycling, in which children ride a stationary exergaming bicycle to control a video game. Through a collaboration between psychology, physical therapy, and local school staff, we evaluated the effects of cybercycle breaks for 13 students (ages 9-14) with autism spectrum disorder. The students were given the opportunity to ride the cybercycle three times per week for 15 minutes each session. No significant differences between ride and non-ride days for academic engagement or stereotypy; however, mean differences were in the expected direction. Students rode for an average of 14:33 min and met their target heart rate. Six of 11 students increased the laps run on the Progressive Aerobic Cardiovascular Endurance Run from pre to post. Cybercycling for breaks in place of sedentary activities can be considered as it is generally enjoyed by students and provides opportunity for physical activity. Longer intervention periods may lead to greater health outcomes. |
|
|
165. The effects of limited hold schedule and negative punishment to decrease genital self-stimulation in an adolescent with autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RENATA MICHEL (Grupo Conduzir), Larissa Aguirre (Grupo Conduzir), Marina Antonio (Grupo Conduzir) |
Discussant: Thea H. Davis (Autism Bridges) |
Abstract: Research suggests that combine different types of schedules of reinforcement and punishment can be used to decreases problem behavior that is maintained by automatic reinforcement (Verriden & Roscoe, 2019; DeRosa; Roane; Roane; Bishop; Silkowski, 2016). The present study investigated the effects of combining limited hold schedule and negative punishment to decrease the genital self-stimulation of a 13-year-old male, diagnosed with autism and fragile-X. Results suggested the procedure was efficient to decrease the frequency of self-stimulation behavior and to increase the duration of task completion. |
|
|
166. Shaping Complex Functional Communication Responses and Teaching Toleration Skills to Delays in Reinforcement to Reduce Problem Behavior Maintained by a Synthesized Contingency |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ABEER AL ZOUABI (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education, The New England Center for Children), Shannon Ward (FTF Behavioral Consulting), Marilin Colon (Florida Institute of Technology), Kyle Slavik (The New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Thea H. Davis (Autism Bridges) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an effective treatment for reducing problem behavior. It uses a more socially acceptable replacement than the problem behavior but produces the same reinforcer. Teaching an omnibus mand in functional communication training has been shown to be effective at reducing problem behavior controlled by a synthesized reinforcement contingency. This study aimed to evaluate if teaching omnibus mand preclude the acquisition of complex mand and to replicate and extend the FCR shaping procedure in Ghaemmaghami et al. (2018). First an Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) (Hanley et al., 2014) was conducted, then an omnibus mand was taught and this resulted in a reduction of problem behavior. The omnibus mand was then shaped into a more complex, culturally relevant response replicating procedures described by Ghaemmaghami et al. (2018) while maintaining near- zero rates of problem behavior and a skill-based treatment was used to teach the student to tolerate delays to reinforcement and compliance with teacher instructions. The treatment was effective at reducing the problem behavior and the FCR was shaped to include full sentence, eye contact and obtaining listener response while maintaining low levels of problem behavior. Compliance with teacher instructions and tolerance response was acquired after conducting delay and tolerance training. |
|
|
167. Increasing Conversational Exchanges through Telehealth Intervention for an Adult with Autism in China |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HELEN MCCABE (University of Maine at Farmington), E Amanda DiGangi (Arizona State University) |
Discussant: Thea H. Davis (Autism Bridges) |
Abstract: This poster will present results from a study that used a multi-component intervention (DRA and visual cues, plus extinction) to increase conversational exchanges and decrease perseverative comments for a 35-year old woman with autism. The study was implemented using a telehealth model, with the therapist in the United States and the participant in China. Following a modified virtual FA procedure, the study used an ABAB design followed by component analysis, to examine the effects of the package intervention on the length of conversational exchanges. The overall intervention was effective, demonstrating a clear increase in socially appropriate conversational exchanges, as well as decrease in perseverative comments. Component analysis demonstrated the effectiveness of each component, both DRA (with extinction) as well as visual cue (with extinction), and the participant showed a preference for continued use of the visual cue, a small animal held up by each person to demonstrate whose turn it was to lead the conversation. |
|
|
169. Evaluation of Intervention Components to Decrease Toe Walking |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
EMMA KATHERINE KING (Auburn University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University), Stephanie Brand (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at the Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Adriaenssens (Florida Institute of Technology), Jaime Rus Alba (Florida Institute of Technology), Carolyn Syzonenko (Auburn University), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Thea H. Davis (Autism Bridges) |
Abstract: According to existing literature, the incidence of persistent toe walking is greater in children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) diagnosis than in children without a diagnosis. Approximately 20% of children with an ASD diagnosis engage in this motor behavior, often associated with tight heel cords, which can lead to the need for more intrusive medical or even surgical intervention if left untreated. Current literature suggests the use of auditory feedback devices (e.g., GaitSpot™) attached to participants’ feet and differential reinforcement are effective treatments for toe walking; however, additional research should replicate these findings and control for the presence of the auditory feedback devices. In the current study, researchers evaluated multiple components of a toe walking treatment package across two participants with ASD. Components included auditory feedback devices, differential reinforcement for appropriate steps, and a mild physical prompt to place heels on the ground, as needed for each participant. Researchers faded and thinned procedure schedules according to each participants’ performance in order to assess maintenance and improve social validity. |
|
|
170. Improving Latency to Respond Across Verbal Operants Using Fluency Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Carly Francisco (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), JAIME STINE (Alpine Learning Group) |
Discussant: Thea H. Davis (Autism Bridges) |
Abstract: We examined the effects of fluency training across two verbal operants and the collateral effects across untrained verbal operants. The participant was a 6-year old with autism who frequently engaged in long response latencies during instruction. Fluency training was applied to echoics and then to intraverbals within an alternating treatments design. Results showed decreases in the latency to respond (s) in the verbal operants that were exposed to fluency training. Additionally, we observed decreases in the latency to respond in the verbal operants that were not exposed to the training, indicating generalization of the effects across untrained verbal operants. Mean response latencies were at or below 2.3 s across all verbal operants in the final phase. We will discuss the potential benefits of fluency training. |
|
|
171. The Effects of Neutral and Enthusiastic Praise on the Acquisition of Intraverbals |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE SCHUIERER (Alpine Learning Group), Jackie Meseck (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University) |
Abstract: We used an adapted alternating treatments design to evaluate the effects of neutral praise, enthusiastic praise, and no praise on the acquisition of intraverbals in an adolescent with autism. Additionally, we evaluated preference for each of the praise types. Contrary to our hypothesis that enthusiastic praise would be more effective and preferred, the participant acquired the target intraverbals faster in the neutral praise condition and indicated a slight preference for neutral praise. Results have informed changes to skill acquisition protocols for this learner and thus demonstrate that brief experimental evaluations can provide useful evidence for behavior change programs in applied settings. |
|
|
173. Instructive Feedback to Promote Generative Learning and Transfer Across Operants in Matrix Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROLYN SYZONENKO (Auburn University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University), Emma Katherine King (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University) |
Abstract: Matrix training is a form of generative instruction that allows the clinician to teach a limited number of targets and obtain the emergence of responding across untaught targets, resulting in faster skill acquisition. Matrix training has been used to teach a range of skills to individuals of varying abilities. Recently, work from our laboratory explored the use of matrix training to expand the verbal behavior repertoire of young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In the present study, the focus was to evaluate whether teaching one operant, motor imitation actions with toys, would result in emergence of untaught actions and untaught operants, tacting and listener responding. In addition, we evaluated whether instructive feedback would facilitate emergent learning. A 4-year old boy with ASD served as participant. Researchers taught motor imitation according to noun-verb combinations from two matrices, A and B, and only trials of matrix A were accompanied by instructive feedback. The diagonal targets of both matrices were readily acquired. Subsequently, researchers conducted probes for each untaught recombinative motor imitation targets and other operants. The effects of instructive feedback to promote emergent learning when using matrix training will be discussed. |
|
|
174. Increasing Social Time Allocation Using Preferred Interactions With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRANDON COLVIN (University of Florida), Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University) |
Abstract: Some individuals with ASD may be indifferent to, or avoidant of, social interaction. Evaluating methods of increasing social time allocation are important with this population. We assessed the extent to which three children with ASD would approach or avoid social interactions. During baseline, when subjects were on the same side of the room as a therapist the therapist delivered vocal interaction and when subjects were on the opposite side of the room no interactions were delivered. All three subjects were indifferent or avoidant of social interaction in baseline. During the intervention, the therapist began to initiate each subjects’ preferred interactions. During the intervention, all subjects allocated their time more socially and were more likely to follow the therapist to maintain access to social interaction. |
|
|
175. An extension of the matching law to the social behavior of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Leslie Ronsonet (University of Florida), Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), ISABELLA CHIODINI (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University) |
Abstract: Assessing the function of social interaction is important for individuals with ASD. Some researchers have provided methods of assessing whether social interactions function as reinforcing, neutral, or aversive stimuli for individuals with ASD. However, these methods provide rather coarse measures of the function of social interaction (e.g., reinforcing, neutral, or aversive) and it may be useful to evaluate methods of obtaining more quantitative and precise measures of the function of social interaction. We evaluated the degree to which eight children with ASD were likely to allocate their time near or away from a therapist who delivered social interactions. Across conditions the ratio of time the therapist spent on the left versus right half of the room was manipulated and we evaluated the degree to which the subject’s behavior changed across conditions. This relationship was quantified using a modified version of the power-function matching equation. |
|
|
176. Comparing Social Time Allocation with Novel Adults and Peers |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MACKENZIE NICOLE MCSHERRY (University of Florida), Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University) |
Abstract: Several researchers have evaluated the function of social interactions for children with ASD using preparations in which adults deliver social interactions, whereas others have evaluated the function of social interaction using preparations in which peers deliver social interactions. It remains unclear whether or not, and how, the results of assessments with adults and peers may be related. In separate assessments, we assessed the degree to which four children with ASD were likely to approach or avoid and interact with a novel adult and three different peers. Results suggested that the amount of time spent near the other individual and relative likelihood of approach and avoidance were discrepant, but strongly correlated across assessments with adults and peers. |
|
|
177. Teaching children with autism to tact with two-word combinations on speech-generating devices during play |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CINDY GEVARTER (university of new mexico), Adriana Medina (University of New Mexico
), Mariah Groll (University of New Mexico) |
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University) |
Abstract: Research involving speech-generating device (SGD) interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) needs to expand beyond teaching simple manding skills. In this study, two preschool-aged males with ASD were taught to use an SGD to create simple semantic-syntactic relational tacts (e.g., possessor+ possession, agent+ action) during structured play activities. Both participants had prior experience using SGDs to mand. For each participant, we implemented a multiple-probes across targets design. We used matrix training to introduce different combinations of two-word target responses. Strategies such as time delay, modeling (aided and vocal) and direct physical prompting were embedded into play activities that included preferred items. Both participants rapidly acquired possessor+ possession tacts. Results for agent + action targets were mixed. One participant showed gradual improvement with these targets, and the other showed variable performance even with a modification. Factors such as motivation to comment and prior symbol knowledge may have played a role. The study provides important implications for determining appropriate targets and intervention methods to increase the use of more complex verbal operants among SGD users with ASD. |
|
|
178. Evaluating the Impact of the Television Show Daniel Tiger’s Neighborhood on Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEXIS J FAVELA (Texas Tech University), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University) |
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University) |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have deficits in social communication and display patterns of restrictive and repetitive behaviors, causing impairment in social functioning. Previous studies have suggested that the children’s television show, Daniel Tiger, may help children with autism learn social skills by video modeling interventions. This study will explore the impact of the show in children with autism (ages 2-7) and if they engage in different patterns of behavior in comparison to their neuro-typical peers when watching Daniel Tiger and other children’s programming (e.g. Paw Patrol). By comparing these behaviors across both shows using 15s partial interval scoring, we can observe whether there are systematic differences children with autism consume television. Results demonstrated that children with autism displayed higher levels of engagement and orientation and lower levels of off-task and challenging behaviors when watching Daniel Tiger than Paw Patrol. Their neuro-typical peers demonstrated higher levels of engagement and orientation and lower levels of off-task and challenging behaviors when watching Paw Patrol than Daniel Tiger. Ultimately, by demonstrating that children with autism when watching Daniel Tiger displayed higher levels of engagement and lower levels of off-task behavior, it can be used to teach social skills to children with autism. |
|
|
179. Generalized Effects of Functional Communication Training to an Inclusive Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN CARPENTER (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Ya-yu Lo (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) is an evidence-based intervention for students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). FCT is used to teach students with ASD a functionally equivalent communicative response (FCR) to replace challenging behavior. While there is extensive research on FCT and some even measures generalization of the skills across settings, to date, there are no studies evaluating the effects of FCT implemented in a special education setting and generalization to the general education setting. This is critical, as most students with ASD spend part of their days in a special education setting. In the current poster, presenters will provide data related to FCT implemented in a special education setting and the effects on the generalization of the FCR and challenging behavior to the generalization setting with elementary students with ASD. The presenters will discuss implications for research and practice. |
|
|
180. The Effects of a Technology-Based Instruction Package on Sentence Construction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN CARPENTER (University of North Carolina- Charlotte), Robert C. Pennington (University of North Carolina-Charlotte) |
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University) |
Abstract: Written expression is critical to in- and post-school success. However, students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and complex communication needs (CCN) often have difficulty with written expression due to difficulties with handwriting, spelling, and the structure of writing. The development of a strong writing repertoire for these students with ASD and CCN may result in improved communicative interactions and thus, better quality of life outcomes. Despite this need, there is limited research on how to teach written expression to students with ASD and CCN. In the current study, researchers investigated the effects of a technology-based instructional package on accurate sentence construction of three middle school students with ASD and complex communication needs. The autonomous package used constant time delay to teach students to select words to construct sentence frames. Researchers evaluated the effectiveness of the package using a single case multiple probe research design. In the current poster, presenters will provide data related to this study and discuss implications for research and practice. |
|
|
181. The Effects of a Caregiver Implemented Toilet Training Package |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NATALIE P. CROTEAU (ABA Northern Services & Training Inc.), Colleen Cumiskey Moore (Teachers College, Columbia University), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University) |
Abstract: Toileting skills are a developmental milestone achieved by typically developing children as they start school. However, children diagnosed with autism or other developmental disabilities experience challenges in the acquisition of this behavioral cusp with caregivers often delaying the teaching of these skills. This study taught four caregivers a 24-step toilet training program aimed at teaching their child daytime dryness. Results of this study showed that the four caregivers learned and maintained the performance of the 24-step procedure at 96% for one and 92% for the other three caregivers, when it was transferred to the home environment with their child. The multi-component toilet training package was effective in teaching three or the four children to learn daytime dryness, and social validity affirms the success of the program also training for bowel movement success, for three of the four participants. |
|
|
183. A Comparison of an Analog and Brief Functional Analysis of Aggressive Behavior in an Adolescent With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RENATA MICHEL (Grupo Conduzir), Tassia Pina (Grupo Conduzir), Estela Manfrin (Grupo Conduzir) |
Abstract: Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) proposed an approach to behavioral assessment based on the experimental model that has been largely used in applied settings. In order to conduct a functional analysis of aggressive behavior of severely handicapped clients in an outpatient setting during a 90-min period Northup et al., (1991) proposed a brief functional assessment approach. In this article we compare the outcomes of both functional analysis methodologies to an autistic adolescent with severe aggressive behavior. Results suggested that Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) approach was essential to design idiosyncratic conditions that were later confirmed in the brief functional assessment approach. |
|
|
185. Effectively Training Behavioral Technicians to Implement Discrete-Trial Teaching Efficiently: A Sequential Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
OLIVIA HARVEY (Eastern Michigan University), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) is an evidence-based training protocol that is most commonly comprised of (a) instructions, (b) modeling, (c) rehearsal, and (d) feedback. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the influence of each BST component in a sequential manner to determine the most effective and efficient method for training behavioral technicians to implement discrete-trial teaching. Preliminary results suggest the feedback component was necessary for all participants to reach the mastery criterion (100% correct across three consecutive sessions). We discuss implications of these results and directions for future research. |
|
|
186. Examining the Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on Social Praise Delivery in Malaysian Classrooms |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
IRENE LOOI (The New England Center for Children, Western New England University), Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University; Simmons University) |
Abstract: Malaysia launched the Inclusive Education Program (IEP) in 1997 to integrate students with special needs into mainstream classrooms. A survey conducted in 2014 among local teachers reported a lack of training and skills in addressing the needs of IEP students in their classrooms. The purposes of this research were to (1) introduce the use of social praise via behavioral skills training (BST) to IEP teachers, (2) increase the use of social praise by IEP teachers via written feedback provided by the experimenter after each post-BST classroom session; and (3) increase the likelihood of individually selected target behavior in IEP students. A multiple-baseline across 4 IEP teacher-student dyads was conducted. Interobserver agreement, collected in 34.9% of sessions, averaged 96.3% for the frequency of social praise and 90.7% for the occurrence of student behavior. Results indicated that BST and written feedback were effective in increasing the frequency (converted to responses per minute) of social praise issued by all 4 teachers and that collateral effects were seen by an increase in target behaviors for 2 out of 4 student participants. A posttreatment social validity survey completed by teacher participants indicated that the BST goals, and procedures, and outcomes were practical and important. |
|
|
187. Training Behavioral Technicians to Implement Discrete-Trial Teaching: Recent Advancements and Future Directions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SAMANTHA JO ZOHR (Eastern Michigan University), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University), Olivia Harvey (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Early intensive behavioral intervention is an empirically-supported treatment that has the potential to mitigate core and associated features of autism. Although we have a powerful intervention for treating children diagnosed with autism, less is known about effectively training behavioral technicians to implement discrete-trial teaching (DTT). Research indicates behavioral skills training (BST) is an effective method for training behavioral technicians. Over the past decade, researchers have replicated and extended research in this area in an attempt to make it more effective while requiring fewer resources. This review summarizes recent advancements in the BST literature for training technicians to implement DTT. |
|
|
188. An imitation-to-matching procedure for establishing auditory discrimination in children with autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOANNA LIEW (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Two students diagnosed with autism participated in this study of an instructional strategy for establishing auditory discrimination. Prior to instruction, neither participant responded differentially to auditory stimuli in the context of matching to sample. In the first phase, imitation of actions with objects was established with items that produced auditory stimuli (musical instruments). Participants were then taught to respond to the sounds produced by these stimuli when the stimuli were out of view. Both participants reached mastery criteria of at least 8/9 trials correct for two consecutive sessions. One participant required 89 sessions of auditory discrimination training and the other required 6. Interobserver agreement was calculated for an initial sample of 18 sessions for one participant and ranged from 89% to 100%. Interobserver agreement and procedural integrity measures were collected for the other participant and were at 100%. The use of imitation of actions with objects that produce sound may aid in transfer of stimulus control from visual to auditory stimuli with some children with autism. |
|
|
189. Teaching Children with Language Delays to Initiate Conversation through Tact Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Tamara L. Pawich (Cocoa Beach Child Psychology), Michael E. Kelley (The University of Scranton), Stephanie Brand (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Justine Henry (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Ma Krishna Rosales (Florida Institute of Technology), Tanja Ramirez-Schwarz (Behavior Basics, Incorporated), MARISSA E. KAMLOWSKY (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Basak Topcuoglu (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment) |
Abstract: A tact is a verbal operant often taught to children with language delays as a prerequisite to expressing interest and other conversational skills. Typical teaching strategies involve setting up the environment to occasion tact behavior. A common issue associated with tact training is a lack of generalization in which the child demonstrates tact behavior under teaching conditions but does not demonstrate the behavior in naturalistic conditions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate an intervention for increasing spontaneous tacts in children who emit impure tacts in the presence of discriminative stimuli (e.g., “What is it?”), but do not emit pure tacts in less contrived situations; additionally, this study aimed to identify whether the intervention increases nonverbal, spontaneous social behaviors. Participants included children ages 2-12 years. Procedures consisted of differential reinforcement, systematic prompting, and prompt fading conducted under conditions more similar to those in which pure tacts would be expected to occur. Following intervention, an increase in pure tacts of trained stimuli was observed across all participants, and an increase in pure tacts of untrained stimuli was observed for two participants. Procedures used in this study may lead to improvements in language acquisition interventions by increasing generalization of communication skills. |
|
|
190. Side Effects of Time-Out |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CLARISSA MARTIN (Marcus Autism Center), Madison Miller (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: In order to decrease maladaptive behaviors among children with Autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities, clinicians may exhaust all reinforcement-based strategies and may rely on punishment-based strategies to observe clinically-significant levels (Regalado et al., 2004; Riley et al., 2004). Additionally, punishment-based strategies, such as time-out, are often recommended by pediatricians to caregivers to decrease maladaptive behaviors (Scholer et al., 2006). While many studies have examined the utility of time-out, the data analysis often involves the exclusion of the time-out time period (e.g., Donaldson & Vollmer, 2011). Research is needed on the prevalence of problem behavior during time-out, as well as the possible side effects of the procedure, to understand the overall feasibility of time-out as an intervention for maladaptive behavior. |
|
|
192. Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior Maintained by a Non-Vocal Mands Function |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SARA JEGLUM (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine; University of Wisconsin-Madison), Morgan Marie Hallgren (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer Vetter (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Zhana Loubeau (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Standard functional analysis procedures occasionally require modifications to assess idiosyncratic variables, including adult compliance with mands (Bowman et al., 1997). In the literature, the mands function is largely represented by individuals who vocally communicate idiosyncratic requests, and schedule thinning has rarely been conducted (Schmidt et al., 2017). Mike was a 12-year-old male who displayed severe problem behavior and communicated using picture cards, gestures, signs, and one-syllable vocalizations. Observations indicated that adult noncompliance with idiosyncratic mands evoked problem behavior. Using a reversal design, a mands assessment was completed with a test condition where adults complied with mands for 30s contingent on problem behavior, and a control condition where adults complied with mands irrespective of problem behavior. Results showed differentiated rates of problem behavior in the test condition compared to control. Treatment consisted of differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors and other behaviors (with a resetting component) via a multiple schedule with signaled availability, and the use of discriminative stimuli. Schedule thinning occurred and low rates of problem behavior were maintained. Relevance to clinical care and future directions will be discussed. |
|
|
193. The Unionization of Behavior Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JOSHUA GARNER (Behavioral Education Research Initiative) |
Abstract: The growing business takeover of behavior analysis has had many consequences. On one hand, more individuals are gaining access to services compared to previous decades; however, it is still not perfect. On the other hand, workers (i.e., RBTs, BCBAs) are exploited and disenfranchised with respect to their labor, paid time off, non-billable time, mental health days off, among many other issues. These issues are negatively affecting the growing number of certified individuals contributing to the poor attrition rates in the field. Therefore, a new fundamental direction is needed—the unionization of certified individuals in behavior analysis. A better fundamental work-environment will foster a better you, freeing you to provide better care for your clients, instead of worrying about whether your workplace will punish staying at home with a sick child, for example. The goal of this poster is to shed light on the common concerns RBTs and BCBAs experience in the workplace, define a union and a worker cooperative, discuss why unionizing is important, and to provide a potential path towards unionization. |
|
|
|
|
Effects of Class-Wide Function-Related Intervention Teams on On-Task Behavior in Preschool Classrooms |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Lauren Layman (University of Southern Mississippi; University of Georgia) |
|
Effects of Class-wide Function-Related Intervention Teams on On-Task Behavior in Preschool Classrooms |
Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN LAYMAN (University of Southern Mississippi; University of Georgia), Lacey Ray (University of Georgia), Lauren McKinley (University of Southern Mississippi), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
|
Abstract: Disruptive behaviors such as elopement, calling-out, and aggression are often a major barrier to instruction in preschool classrooms. One widely used class-wide behavior management system used to decrease disruptive behaviors and increase on-task behavior is Class-Wide Function-Related Intervention Teams (CW-FIT). CW-FIT was originally designed to be used for classrooms kindergarten through 5th grade, however, this paper session will describe two research projects designed to evaluate the effectiveness of CW-FIT in preschool settings. The first study was conducted to assess the efficacy of CW-FIT in increasing the on-task behavior of students and improving teacher behavior in a preschool classroom and to evaluate these effects in separate large and small group settings. Results suggest that CW-FIT increased on-task group behavior in both the large and small group settings. Results for rates of teacher’s praise and reprimand statements were, however, variable for the two settings. The second study (in progress) will evaluate the differentiated effects of the traditional CW-FIT using an interdependent group contingency and a modified CW-FIT using a dependent group contingency on on-task student behavior and teacher behaviors. It is hypothesized that both versions will show equal improvement in student and teacher behaviors, but that teachers will prefer the modified version. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: Branching Out: Finding Success in Diverse Areas of Practice |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AAB/DEV; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Ronald J. Clark (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom and University of Florida) |
AMBER MARIE MARACCINI (Renown Health) |
JANET S. TWYMAN (blast) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysis is a scientific approach that emphasizes environmental contingencies to solve a large array of problems. The field has continuously produced literature on evaluations and treatments that cover a multitude of issues. Although our field has support in many areas of practice, a considerable percentage of our applied applications focus on autism and developmental disability treatment. With an ever-growing field, the interest of those involved in behavior analysis is also seeing a large increase in variability. This panel aims at highlighting some of the novel applications of behavior analysis in diverse areas. The panelists will discuss some of their own experiences implementing behavior analysis in these areas and will provide time to answer questions from the audience. If you have interest in applying behavior analysis into novel areas, this panel aims to help provide insight into this process. |
|
|
|
|
Consent, Assent, and Decision-Making Capacity in Theory and Practice |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (University of Alabama in Huntsville) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Lynne Bruzek, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Consent is embedded in the foundation of behavior analytic research and clinical practice. The processes of obtaining consent and assent require that researchers and practitioners share information regarding procedures in a way that is understandable to the recipient, which often appears to be a straight-forward process. Beyond the process of information sharing, though, are important matters related to whether or not someone has the capacity to consent or assent and whether that capacity has changed or will change over time. Additionally, it is often incumbent on researchers and practitioners to use their judgement when deciding whether or not assent has been provided noncoercively. This can be especially difficult when working with more vulnerable populations like individuals with developmental disabilities or dementia. This symposium will address issues related to decision-making capacity, commonly used capacity assessments and assent procedures, and socially valid methods for gaining assent that avoid coercive procedures. These issues will be discussed as they relate to older adults with dementia and children and adults with developmental disabilities. |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
|
Primer on Ethical and Practical Issues in Decision-Making Capacity Assessment |
SAMANTHA JO ZOHR (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Determinations of decision-making capacity affect a person’s civil rights. When reasoning or decision-making capacity is in question, the onus is to balance autonomy and safety, maximizing self-reliance and independence while programming for assistance to prevent harm and maintain safety. Assessment of decision-making capacity is a research area, nevertheless, myths about decision-making capacity abound. Contrary to common belief, decision-making capacity is not unitary – it is specific to the task or domain in question (e.g., financial, medical, research consent or assent); cognitive difficulties do not automatically imply a lack of capacity; and individuals may lack capacity in one area of functioning while retaining capacity in other domains. Individuals may also transition from more to less assistance with decision-making, and capacity can be regained. This primer will review basic tenets of decision-making capacity and broadly introduce research and currently existing guidelines, considering the impact on a person’s life and advancing providers’ competency to navigate ethical and practical issues. |
|
Capacity Assessments, Consent, and Assent in Behavioral Gerontology: Issues of Stimulus Control |
REBECCA A SHARP (Bangor University), Zoe Lucock (Bangor University) |
Abstract: Behavior-analytic research with adults with dementia is often conducted with people who lack the capacity to consent on their own behalf. However, commonly used capacity assessments and assent procedures are often ill-defined and subjective. Although there are some objective behavioral measures of dissent (e.g., moving away from the area, indices of unhappiness), assent procedures requiring vocal responses may produce verbal behavior under stimulus control of past or unobservable events. For example, “Can I sit with you today and show you some activities?” might result in the topographically-irrelevant response, “I told him that the birds are blue.” Researchers must then judge whether assent has been given, which can be uncomfortable. We will discuss the utility and pitfalls of our ethics committee-approved assent and consent procedures, and the use of compassionate misinformation in relation to the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts. We will present data showing the prevalence of vocal responses not under conditional control of discriminative stimuli used in assent procedures. We will discuss the need for socially valid, effective vocal and non-vocal methods for gaining assent from participants with dementia to enable people to be involved as much as possible in the consent process (i.e., have choice). |
|
Consent and Assent Issues for Adults and Children With Neurodevelopmental Disabilities |
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University), Jessica Detrick (Western Michigan University), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark), Kelsey Webster (Western Michigan University), Julia Mays (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Whether conducting behavior analytic research or providing behavior analytic services to individuals with developmental disabilities, it is important to gain consent for the provision of the procedures in question. Several issues arise when considering how informed consent is obtained to ensure individuals with developmental disabilities who are their own guardians are not coerced into providing consent. There are also several considerations that must be made to ensure consent is effectively informed. When adults with developmental disabilities are not their own guardians or when children with developmental disabilities are involved, they may not be able to legally provide consent. However, the majority of the time, such individuals must still provide assent. Thus, similar issues apply. This presentation will provide an overview of the concerns that can arise when attempting to gain consent or assent from individuals with developmental disabilities. We will provide a behavior analytic perspective on these issues, as well as present potential solutions behavior analysts might consider as ways to evaluate assent and consent that avoid coercive procedures. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Economics and Verbal Behavior Mash-Up: Investigations of Broader Behavior Analytically-Rooted Societal Impacts |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Victoria Diane Hutchinson (Saint Louis University) |
CE Instructor: Victoria Diane Hutchinson, M.S. |
Abstract: The present symposium explores the ways in which verbal behavior and behavioral economics may shed light on some of the larger societal problems we face as humans. In the first presentation, we empirically explore RFT-based conceptualizations of gambling behavior beyond those of equivalence to frames of comparison and the ways in which those contextual variables (along with our own verbal behavior about them) may push around our behavior. Second, we'll address conceptually-cutting-edge perspective, wherein we propose different interventions for distinct repertoires within what we might broadly consider, impulsivity. Finally, we explore delay and social discounting within the context of climate change, and the need for modern behavior analysis to hold a seat at the table of discussions around sustainability initiatives. |
Target Audience: -intermediate-advanced |
Learning Objectives: Describe how behavior science can contribute to solving complex social issues Identify self-rule formation through contextual control, in a gambling context. Attendees will be able to describe how different forms of impulsivity likely involve different behavioral repertoires and therefore will likely respond differently to different treatments |
|
Derived Rule Following and Relational Framing in a Gambling Context |
VANSHIKA GUPTA (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University) |
Abstract: Previous research on derived rule following has shown that participants will switch their response patterns following discrimination training, and will adhere to new rules established during training even contingencies do not match the new rules. However, this research has only included equivalence class formations. Therefore, the current study sought to replicate and extend this research to include relational frames of comparison (i.e., more/less than). During a slot machine task, three recreational gamblers wagered on one of two slot machines with equal payout rates, each identified by an arbitrary stimulus covering the payout rates. Participants were randomly assigned to one of three legs within a multiple-baseline design with predetermined phase lengths. Following baseline, participants completed a match-to-sample program where contextual cues of more/less than were paired with the arbitrary stimuli used on the slot machines. Tacting of participant’s self-rule was measured using a fill-in-the-blank and multiple choice test, before and after training. Following training, two participants altered their response options to play on the slot machine paired with the contextual cue of ‘more than’, and played less on the machine paired with the cue ‘less than’. Further, all three participants responded with 100% accuracy on the self-rule tests following training. |
|
Behavioral Conceptual Analysis of Two Dimensions of Impulsivity: Impulsive Disinhibition Versus Impulsive Decision-Making |
YI YANG (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: Impulsivity is a multifaceted construct, including inability to wait, rapid action without forethought, and an inability to inhibit inappropriate behaviors. In behavior analytic research, impulsivity is often studied by examining choices between smaller-sooner reinforcers over larger-later reinforcers, as in delay discounting. However, researchers have begun to acknowledge what could be an important distinction, between ‘‘impulsive disinhibition,’’ e.g., Go/No-Go tasks, and ‘‘impulsive decision-making,’’ e.g., Delay-Discounting tasks (Reynolds, Ortengren, Richards and de Wit, 2006). This presentation will conduct a radical behavioral conceptual analysis of this distinction and identify the separate implications for both repertoires of behavior, both for studying them in the lab, and for application to socially significant behavior. In particular, it seems probable that different intervention procedures may work for addressing the two different repertoires. For example, present moment attention training may help individuals focus on moment-to-moment self-control, as in go/no go tasks, whereas values-based interventions may help individuals behave with respect to longer-term self-control tasks, such as delay discounting. |
|
Delay Discounting and Social Discounting With Climate Change Policy Preference |
CELESTE UNNERSTALL (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: According to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, considerable changes in human behavior are needed to curb the impacts of climate change. Current estimates suggest that we may reach the climate point of no return (PNR) by the year 2035 assuming a 2% increase in the relative rate of no emission consumption. We describe several studies conducted by our research lab from a Behavioral Economic and Relational Frame Theory synthetic framework that address preferences for policies that attempt to limit or constrain CO2 emissions by affecting human action. The first series of studies evaluate policy preference to delay PNR as analogous to monetary discounting of reinforcer loss. Results show that people discount high emission commodities similar to currency. Results also show that redistributive policies may generate greater policy support and willingness to forego high emission commodities in service of the value of climate change sustainability. The second series of studies extend this model by directly comparing policies developed by politicians seeking presidency in the upcoming US election, as well as embedding measures of social discounting. Results again support preference for redistributive policies and that policies that redistribute reinforcement locally are more likely to be accepted and produce greater willingness than policies that seek to redistribute reinforcement internationally. These series of studies speak to a need to inform policy with modern advances in applied behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
TRAUMA: Prevention of Traumatic Events: Use of Antecedent and Generalization Strategies |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa) |
CE Instructor: Kelly M. Schieltz, Ph.D. |
Presenting Authors: RAYMOND MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida), RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This presentation will discuss research on teaching safety skills to children. It will describe different approaches to assessment of safety skills and the validity of these approaches. It will describe research on the effectiveness of interventions for teaching safety skills with an emphasis on active learning approaches including behavioral skills training and in situ training. The presentation will discuss the issue of generalization, the limits of behavioral skills training for promoting generalization, and strategies that can be used to enhance generalization. The presentation will discuss the issue of accessibility and strategies for increasing accessibility of effective interventions. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the validity of different approaches to the assessment of safety skills; (2) describe behavioral skills training and its limitations for teaching safety skills; (3) describe in situ training for teaching safety skills; (4) describe strategies for promoting generalization of safety skills; (5) list several important variables used to change cultural safety practices; (6) discuss why interventions that rely on antecedents so effective, and how to further increase their efficacy; (7) discuss how the effect of behavioral safety methods on crashes is evaluated. |
|
Teaching Safety Skills: What Does It Take to Get Children to Do the Right Thing? |
RAYMOND MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
Dr. Raymond G. Miltenberger received his Ph.D. from Western Michigan University and currently is professor of psychology and director of the Applied Behavior Analysis Master’s Program at the University of South Florida. He is the author of a highly regarded textbook on behavior modification, which is used at many universities across the country in both undergraduate and graduate courses. Dr. Miltenberger is most well known for having conducted a long-standing and
systematic series of studies on clinical (habit) disorders, prevention of abduction, and firearms safety. In particular, his research in the latter two areas has been characterized by the highly creative use of simulations and generalization testing, and by the careful development of task-analysis-based instruction described as “behavioral skills training.” In recognition of this work, he has received the Award for Distinguished Contributions to Applied Research from the
American Psychological Association (Division 25), and he has served as president of ABAI. |
Abstract: Pedestrian crashes have been on an increasing trend in recent years. Reasons possibly include increased levels of distracted driving, increased speeding behavior, and increased walking. Behavioral science has contributed to ways to increase driving yielding behavior on a community wide basis and the development on antecedent interventions that have been documented to increase reduce unsafe behavior and crashes. This presentation will focus on discussing some of the more important techniques as well as why antecedent interventions are effective without obvious sources of reinforcement. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the validity of different approaches to the assessment of safety skills; (2) describe behavioral skills training and its limitations for teaching safety skills; (3) describe in situ training for teaching safety skills; (4) describe strategies for promoting generalization of safety skills; (5) list several important variables used to change cultural safety practices; (6) discuss why interventions that rely on antecedents so effective, and how to further increase their efficacy; (7) discuss how the effect of behavioral safety methods on crashes is evaluated. |
|
Reducing Pedestrian Injuries and Deaths |
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University) |
Dr. Van Houten received his BA from SUNY at Stony Brook and his MA and Ph.D. from Dalhousie University, where he received training in the experimental analysis of behavior. He is currently professor of psychology at Western Michigan University. Dr. Van Houten has published extensively in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) on a wide variety of problems, such as the education of inner city youth and children with “learning disabilities,” the treatment of children and adults with developmental delays, the treatment of clinical problems in children, traffic safety, energy conservation, and aviation safety. Currently Dr. Van Houten is a member of the Transportation Research Board and a member of the National Committee for Uniform Traffic Control Devices. He is a past associate editor for JABA and a Fellow of ABAI. Dr. Van Houten is also an avid pilot of power aircraft and gliders and a flight instructor. |
|
|
|
|
PDS: How to Win Friends From Other Disciplines: Successful Outcomes Through Collaboration |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: TBA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Evelyn Rachael Gould, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kathryn Atkins (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CLAIRE C. ST. PETER (West Virginia University) |
EVELYN RACHAEL GOULD (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School; FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
PETER GIROLAMI (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Collaborating with professionals in other disciplines is vital to the success of those we serve but is also one of the most difficult parts of the job. Teachers, speech pathologists, occupational therapists, pediatricians, social workers, and psychiatrists bring unique areas of expertise, and collaboration means finding common ground. Successful collaboration may also require some persuasion and translating behavior analytic terms into their language to teach others what our science has to offer. This panel includes experienced behavior analysts from school, hospital, and mental health settings who have experience collaborating with diverse professionals from other disciplines. They will provide their perspectives on the benefits of working with others and provide strategies for how to navigate potential challenges. They will give insight into navigating ethical issues that may arise when working with multidisciplinary teams. They will offer recommendations on how to make friends and influence people to provide the best services possible for those we serve. |
Target Audience: The target audience in practicing behavior analysts who work in setting that require collaboration with professionals from other disciplines. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe the benefits of working with professionals from other disciplines. 2. Participants will be able to use persuasion and negotiation skills in order to achieve their goals when working with professionals with other disciplines. 3. Participants will be able to identify ethical issues that may arise when working with an interdisciplinary team and use problem-solving strategies to address these issues to act in the best interest of the client. |
|
|
|
|
Assessing and Training Complex Behaviour (Classification and Analogy) Using Relational Frame Theory |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: John D. McElwee (Pennsylvania VB3) |
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT) argues that language and cognition may be explained in terms of derived (arbitrarily applicable) relational responding (also known as relational framing). Furthermore, RFT research has by now provided substantial evidence in favour of this thesis not least by modelling a number of arguably important areas of linguistic-cognitive functioning based on controlled laboratory demonstrations of this phenomenon. The present symposium includes data from a number of relatively recent RFT-based studies that illustrate this approach. Study 1 focused on training class inclusion responding as a key repertoire of classification, using a RFT approach in which class inclusion involves containment and comparison relations and their combination. Study 2 assessed acquisition of relational framing in young children using a novel RFT-based procedure, with a particular focus on the acquisition of analogical responding, conceptualised within RFT as the relating of derived relations. Study 3 involved a number of experiments to train analogical responding (i.e., relating derived relations) in young children using a multiple baseline across participants design. |
|
Training Class Inclusion Responding in Individuals With Autism |
SIRI MING (Private Practice), Patrycja Zagrabska (National University of Ireland, Galway), Teresa Mulhern (Carlow College, Ireland), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway), John D. McElwee (Pennsylvania VB3) |
Abstract: Class inclusion requires responding to an item simultaneously as a member of both a class and a more inclusive class containing that class. For example, a child might be presented with pictures of several dogs and several cats, with more dogs than cats and asked, “Are there more dogs or more animals?” The correct answer (‘animals’) requires responding to a dog as simultaneously both a member of the class ‘dogs’ as well as of the superordinate class ‘animals’. Ming et al. (2018) trained class inclusion in typically developing children and individuals with autism using a Relational Frame Theory approach in which class inclusion requires containment and comparison relations and their combination. Participants received multiple exemplar training using a non-concurrent multiple baseline design in which class containment relations were represented by placing pictures within nested transparent boxes. More recent work has facilitated improved control by using a concurrent design and recording all stimulus categories in both baseline and training, thus enabling a more unambiguous demonstration of generalization and maintenance. It also showed contingent feedback alone as insufficient to allow successful performance but that an intervention involving non-arbitrary guidance but less intensive than in Ming et al. could facilitate the required repertoire. |
|
Assessing Relational Responding in Young Children Using a Novel Relational Frame Therory-Based Relational Evaluation Procedure-Based Format |
ELLE KIRSTEN (Fit Learning & National University of Ireland, Galway), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT) sees operant acquisition of various patterns of relational framing (frames) as key to linguistic and cognitive development and it has explored the emergence of a range of psychological phenomena (e.g., analogy, perspective-taking) in these terms. One potentially important advance for RFT research is to develop a better idea of the normative development of relational framing in childhood. This was one of the aims of the present study, which sought to measure relational responding of various types, and at various levels of complexity in young children across a range of ages. A second aim of the study was to focus in particular on analogy, or the relating of relations, as one particularly important pattern of relational responding. The present study examined a range of frames including coordination, comparison, opposition, temporality, and hierarchy at a number of different levels of complexity (non-arbitrary relating, non-arbitrary relating of relations, arbitrarily applicable relating and arbitrarily applicable relating of relations) in young children ranging in age from 3 to 7. Performance overall as well as under various subheadings was correlated with both age and intellectual ability. Outcomes and their implications are discussed. |
|
Training Analogical Responding in Young Children Across Several Multiple Baseline Design Studies |
IAN T. STEWART (National University of Ireland, Galway), Elle Kirsten (Fit Learning & National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: Analogical (A:B::C:D) relational responding is a key skill in the development of verbal and intellectual repertoires. This paper will 1) briefly review a Relational Frame Theory (RFT) based assessment of analogical relations, and, 2) discuss RFT-based training procedures used to train arbitrary analogical relations in typically developing children and children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The RFT-based instrument used in this study allows assessment and training of (i) non-arbitrary (physical) relations (ii) non-arbitrary analogy (relating non-arbitrary relations) (iii) arbitrarily applicable relational responding (relational framing) and (iv) arbitrarily applicable analogical relational responding (relational framing relational frames themselves). A series of multiple baseline design studies used this instrument to test and train arbitrary analogical relations in nine 5-year old typically developing children, and three 10-14-year old children with ASD. All participants generated analogical responses during novel, generalization, and maintenance probes. Data from testing, training, and generalization trials will be presented and discussed, as well as the impact training had on the verbal repertoires of children with ASD. |
|
|
|
|
Learning to Play the Behavioral Way |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers) |
CE Instructor: Nancy J. Champlin, M.A. |
Abstract: Teaching children to play is an integral part of development because it sets the occasion for having social and communicative interactions with peers, increases the likelihood of learning in natural and inclusive settings, and offers flexibility to be used in multiple environments (Barton & Wolery, 2008). Children with disabilities are observed to engage in spontaneous play less often and demonstrate fewer varied pretend play behaviors than children with typical development (Barton, 2015). The long-term effects of an impoverished play repertoire are observed in social interactions later in life. The purpose of this symposium is to review the research supporting the efficacy of the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum (PPLAC) as an effective tool to systematically assess and teach both independent and sociodramatic pretend play and language skills to children ages 2-7. The PPLAC is a behaviorally-based curriculum formulated from the typical developmental sequence of play and language and utilized to establish and expand a child's pretend play repertoire. The five elements of pretend play are identified and separated in teachable components including: agent of play, object of play, category of play, advanced play and the essential skills to sociodramatic play. |
Target Audience: BCBA, BCBA-D, BCaBA, SLP, Special educators |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify five elements of pretend play including category, agent, object, advanced play, and the essential skills to sociodramatic play. 2. Participants will be able to identify the systematic approach to introducing and chaining targets in Stage 1 and Stage 2 of the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum. 3. Participants will be able to describe the steps of utilizing a script fading procedure to teach a sequence of pretend play and language skills. 4. Participants will be able to identify effective prompting procedures and data based modifications when targeting multiple stages of pretend play. 5. Participants will be able to identify effective components for preparing a child to engage in appropriate sociodramatic play. |
|
Teaching Single Play Actions and Corresponding Vocalizations to Children With Autism Utilizing the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum |
CHARLENE GERVAIS (Portia Learning Centre; Portia International), Naomi Abbey (Portia Learning Centre) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism and other developmental delays often demonstrate a deficit in toy play when compared to typically developing peers and frequently require specific interventions to acquire appropriate toy play (DiCarlo & Reid, 2004). Teaching play skills to children diagnosed with autism by isolating the individual components within each stage of play can increase acquisition, maintenance, and generalization. The purpose of this study was to replicate the research presented by Nancy Champlin and Melissa Schissler to teach four children diagnosed with autism, ages 3-7, with varying profiles, single play actions and vocalizations across 20 targets in Stage 1: Single Agent from the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum (PPLAC). Actions and vocalizations were taught across three elements of pretend play: agent, object, and essential skills to socio-dramatic play. Following mastery of single play actions with corresponding vocalizations, generalization to untrained toy items was assessed. Facilitators will discuss the modifications to the PPLAC made to accommodate the barriers presented by higher-needs participants. |
|
Teaching Complimentary Character Roles Within a Play Scheme to Facilitate Social Pretend Play for Two Children Diagnosed With Autism |
MELISSA SCHISSLER (ACI Learning Centers) |
Abstract: Both independent and sociodramatic play is vital to a child’s development. Children often relate to one another with compatible roles within a play scheme engaging in reciprocal roles that reflect complimentary social relationships (Goldstein & Cisar, 1992). The purpose of this study was to teach two children diagnosed with autism complimentary character roles in a play scheme. Each participant was taught a sequence of seven actions and corresponding vocalizations one for the primary role in the camping play and one for the secondary role in the camping play scheme. Contingent on each participant independently acquiring the character role in the target play sequence the participants were taught to engage in sociodramatic play by alternating actions and corresponding vocalizations to expand on the sequence of play that was taught. Acquisition of the independent play scheme and alternating actions with a peer were assessed and generalization to novel schemes and peers was evaluated. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral and Verbal Behavioral Cusps: Research and Practical Applications |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Richard E. Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS)) |
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium addresses issues related to management and application of operant procedures to teach and extend both behavioral and verbal behavioral cusps within children and individuals who present with weak or missing cusp capabilities. The four presentations will include descriptions of clinical application of research findings in the area and discuss the importance and teaching of Naming as a verbal developmental cusp. To this end, the use of multiple exemplar instruction, speech generative devices and the role of contingent reinforcement and behavioral variability in establishing and extending Naming capabilities will be discussed. |
Target Audience: BCBA clinicians. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Well describe the differences between a behavioral cusp and a verbal behavioral cusp 2. Will relate the importance of behavioral cusp to the induction of naming 3. Will describe procedures to assess the emergence of bidirectional naming 4. Will describe the application of naming across repertoires |
|
From Pointing to Naming |
CRYSTAL FERNANDEZ (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), MARLENE Lucy TAVERA (Easter Seals North Texas) |
Abstract: Naming is considered a developmental cusp important for the acquisition of reading, writing, and other symbolic behavior (Greer and Longano, 2010). Naming requires the fusion of speaker-listener behavior (Greer and Speckman, 2009; Horne & Lowe, 1996). That is, the establishment of listener behavior is accompanied by the emergence of speaker behavior, without the need for training, or vice versa (Miguel, 2016). Procedures used to teach naming include multiple exemplar instruction (MEI), intensive tact training, reinforcement of observing responses, echoic training, and stimulus-stimulus pairing (Longano & Greer, 2014; Greer and Longano, 2010; Miguel & Petursdottir, 2009). This study shows a novel procedure that facilitates the fusion of speaker and listener behavior with minimal errors and minimal number of trials. In the procedure, the child points at a card and the therapist says the name. Preliminary results show that, with an eight-year-old child with autism, expressive and receptive identification emerged quickly and with minimal errors without direct training. Furthermore, results indicate that this procedure also led to the demonstration of untrained relations. Results of this study will be discussed in terms of program design, with particular attention on how to bring language under the control of natural contingencies of reinforcement. |
|
The Systematic Teaching of the Components Needed to Use Speech-Generating Devices: A Replication Study |
SARA POLGAR (David Gregory School), Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current intervention was to investigate if we could replicate the findings of Lorah et. al. (2014). In their study they used within stimulus prompting and prompt fading to systematically teach learners to use speech-generating devices. This preliminary data shows that this participant could learn to use the speech-generating device when taught the components systematically. We were not able to replicate the findings with the other participants. We can hypothesize that the lack of behavioral cusps such as attending, pointing, or absence of generalized reinforcers were responsible for the lack of progress. |
|
The Efficacy of Multiple Exemplar Instruction in the Acquisition of Naming as a Verbal Behavioral Cusp |
GLADYS WILLIAMS (CIEL, SPAIN), Richard E. Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS)), Shubhra Ghosh (Florida Institute of Technology, Dpt of Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: The present study illustrates the efficacy of multiple-exemplar instruction to establish bidirectional Naming capabilities in a learner presenting with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Data show that, for this learner, the acquisition of a generalized, higher-order Naming operant as a verbal behavioral cusp requires repeated application of the Naming training protocol across multiple sets of materials. This learner showed uneven and differential patterns of acquisition that reflect the possible influence of previously acquired stimulus functions (ASFs). |
|
Behavior Analysis and Variations: The Case of Behavioral Changes |
MIKE PERFILLON (University of Lille), Vinca Riviere (University of Lille), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis investigates behavioral change in human and animal. Inspired from a selectionist analogy which has been largely adopted in biology, behavior analysts have focused on interactions between behavior and environmental contingencies to explain these changes. However, in these investigations, consequences have been maybe one of the main themes since the works of Skinner (Skinner & Ferster, 1957). This talk aims at replacing the place of behavioral variations in the selection process. Indeed, if consequences enable selection of responses, at an optimum level behavioral variations are involved in this process. In fact, literature with animal has demonstrated that behavioral variation facilitates the acquisition of new responses (Grunow & Neuringer, 2002). Considering the importance of behavioral variability, we ran an experiment in which we compared the emission of repetitive and variable behaviors in the acquisition of complexes target sequences with four groups of human participants (n=20). We found that at the opposite of repetition, behavioral variability facilitates the acquisition of complexes responses. These results are congruent to literature with animal (Grunow and Neuringer, 2002) but different from those with human (Bizo & Doolan, 2013). |
|
|
|
|
Exploring Novel Strategies Increasing and Assessing Physical Activity in Diverse Populations |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Matthew J Dwyer (Rowan University) |
Discussant: Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Wendy Donlin Washington, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Although physical activity is associated with improved long-term health outcomes, a large number of adults and children fail to meet physical activity guidelines. Contingency management is an effective approach to increasing physical activity, however the cost of the incentives is a barrier to dissemination and implementation. The first speaker two speakers will address this issue by exploring novel strategies for reducing costs. McCurdy and colleagues will describe his research using a group-deposit-incentive, prize-bowl approach with adults, whereas Hanashiro-Parson and colleagues will describe their study comparing token economy vs monetary incentives to increase physical activity among individuals with intellectual disabilities. The last two speakers will address novel strategies for evaluating physical activity, for example using heart rate in a bout analysis with children (Batchelder) and a hypothetical behavioral economic measure of demand for physical activity (Burrows). Dr. Donlin will discuss the implications of these finding. |
Target Audience: Researchers interested in conducting research on physical activity |
|
Effects of a Group-Deposit Prize Draw on the Step Counts of Adults |
ALEX MCCURDY (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Contingency management (CM) interventions have been used to increase physical activity. However, clinical adoption has remained limited, calling into question the social acceptability of such interventions. Some researchers have suggested that the limited adoption is due, in part, to the costs associated with CM interventions. In the current study, we minimized those costs by combining a prize-based intervention and a deposit contract to incentivize increases in physical activity exhibited by healthy adults. We used an ABA reversal design to analyze the steps participants took during a 12-day baseline, a 21-day intervention, and a 7-day return to baseline. Physical activity increased for four of six participants during the 3-week intervention. However, when given the opportunity to continue the intervention for another 2 weeks, only one participant elected to do so. As such, the acceptability of the intervention should be addressed in future research. |
|
Bout Analysis Alternating Vigorous Physical Activity With Light and Moderate Activity |
SYDNEY BATCHELDER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Casey Mckoy Irwin (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: The current recommendation for physical activity for children is 60 min or more of Moderate-to-Vigorous Physical Activity (MVPA) per day (CDC, 2015). Many children are not currently meeting the CDC recommendations for MVPA, though they may engage in intermittent exercise while playing outside. Therefore, the purpose of the present study is to evaluate HR measures when children engaged in a vigorous (run) physical activity 50% of the session, alternated with rest (sitting), light activity (walking slowly), or moderate activity (walking briskly) for the remaining 50%. First, participants ran for bouts of either 30-s, 1 min, 1.5 min, or 2 min alternated with rest periods. HR remained in the moderate zone for the highest percentage of session in 30-s and 1 min bouts, but decreased below the moderate zone during rest periods extending to 1.5 and 2 min. We then alternated run activities with rest, light, and moderate activities in 1.5 min bouts. Preliminary results indicate spending non-running time engaged in a light or moderate activity maintains HRs in the moderate zone more so than spending rest time sedentary. Findings will inform the most efficient way for children to meet CDC recommendations when engaging in physical activity in bouts. |
|
Comparison of Token and Monetary Reinforcement to Increase Steps in Adults With Intellectual Disabilities in a Group Home Setting |
HANA SOPHIA HANASHIRO-PARSON (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of token reinforcement and monetary reinforcement for increasing physical activity among adults with intellectual disability and to assess choice of token or monetary reinforcement. An ABAB design with an alternating treatments design was used to compare token and monetary reinforcement for increasing steps during daily 1-hr sessions. In the second intervention phase, the participants chose between the two reinforcement conditions. Results showed that both reinforcement conditions increased physical activity and that some participants chose tokens and some chose money as the reinforcer for steps. |
|
Validity of a Behavioral Economic Measure of Physical Activity |
CONNOR ANDREW BURROWS (Rowan University), Matthew J Dwyer (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Physical activity is an important predictor of physical and psychological health, although th American adults show relatively low adherence to recommendations. Hypothetical purchase tasks have been validated in the measurement of behavioral economic demand for various self-reported health behaviors. The current study sought to establish validity for a Hypothetical Exercise Task (HET) across a number of activity intensities (Leisure, Walking, Moderate, and Vigorous ). Participants were grouped as either Low (LMVA) or High Moderate-Vigorous Activity (HMVA) based on their answers to the International Physical Activity Questionnaire. Construct validity was established by fitting non-linear mixed-effects models to demand data across LMVA and HMVA participants. Demand intensity (i.e., the self-reported probability of engaging in physical activity at some minimal time cost) was compared across activity intensity for 51 participants recruited online via Mechanical Turk. The LMVA group exhibited decreasing demand intensity as a function of increasing activity intensity (90% to 81% probability of engaging in the activity), whereas the HMVA group did not (94% to 91%). These findings support the construct validity of the HET and future research will be aimed at further demonstrating validity, as well as establishing the clinical utility of demand metrics in addressing low rates of physical activity. |
|
|
|
|
Beyond Politically Correct: Practical Steps Toward a More Equitable and Culturally Diverse Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Saint Joseph's University) |
Discussant: Denisha Gingles (Signature Behavior Analytic Services) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Hughes Fong, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In the last two years, diversity, social justice, and cultural humility have received a surge of interest in the applied behavior analytic (ABA) community, likely largely bolstered by social movements such as MeToo and BlackLivesMatter. This symposium brings together four presentations that provide practical action items for research and practice. The first presentation, by Elizabeth Fong, will bring a broader historical perspective to the conversation surrounding diversity in ABA and will engage the audience in some brief self-reflective and group activities. The second presentation, by Jacqueline Ramirez, reviews research on cultural humility training and provides specific actionable recommendations that the audience can put into practice today. The third presentation, by Robyn Catagnus, presents results of a review of research published in six behavior analytic journals and assesses the presence of cross-cultural research published in these journals. The fourth presentation, by Zoey Ulrey, presents a conceptual functional analysis of leadership behaviors relevant to preventing harassment in organizations. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Denisha Gingles. |
Target Audience: Any behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to provide a behavior analytic definition of culture. Attendees will be able to summarize the results of previous research on the effectiveness of cultural humility training programs. Attendees will be able to summarize the results of previous research on cross-cultural provision of ABA services. Attendees will be able to discuss the function of leader behaviors relevant to harassment prevention. |
|
Examining Diversity and Culture in Behavior Analysis |
ELIZABETH HUGHES FONG (Saint Joseph's University) |
Abstract: This discussion with begin with a brief history of ABA in regards to diversity and culture. From there, ethics, supervision, interventions, as well as challenges and potential solutions will be examined. Participants will be asked to participate in a few self-reflective and group activities to challenge their views on diversity and multiculturalism. Finally, discussion around increasing culturally aware behavior analytic skills in practice as a practitioner and supervisors will be explored, as well as a discussion on some of the barriers that perpetuate the lack of diversity and equity in our field. |
|
The Big Elephant in the Room: Culture |
JACQUELINE RAMIREZ (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: The topics of cultural competence and cultural humility have received increasing attention in the behavior analytic profession. Although the terms are often taken as synonymous, they are not the same. The concept of cultural competence assumes that, after sufficient training, one might become competent in another’s culture. The concept of cultural humility asserts that one can never become fully competent in another’s culture, so a more realistic and productive goal is to become humble and open with respect to culture. The field of applied behavior analysis has done very little research addressing the topic. In fact, few training programs in behavior analysis include training in cultural humility as a requirement. A best practice for teaching these frameworks has not been identified and there is a critical need to outline the relevance of cultural humility and to expand on studies from similar disciplines that have a head start in identifying what works. Identifying best practices will enable practitioners to provide ethical, socially significant, and socially validated interventions to our consumers and families, thus remaining true to our ethical code and dimensions of applied behavior analysis.This presentation will make specific, testable recommendations for how behavior analytic training and research may be brought to bear on establishing culturally humble clinician repertoires of behavior. |
|
Working in a Cross-Cultural Context? You Can’t Rely on the Research (Yet) |
Stacee Leatherman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), ROBYN M. CATAGNUS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Thomas Wade Brown (Ball State University) |
Abstract: If you are working in a cross-cultural context, you may not find many empirical studies to guide you… yet. Many US practitioners are providing cross-cultural behavior analytic supervision and services, often driven by the growing global demand for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) intervention. These practitioners should rely on empirical research regarding how to best serve a wide variety of cultures, especially when working with a new population. Yet, there are very few studies in US behavior-analytic journals of cross-cultural research with participants from minority groups, immigrant communities, or cultures outside of North America and Europe. A systematic review of 6 behavior-analytic journals (2009-2019), using various search terms related to diversity and culture, yielded just 20 studies reporting participants were from cultural groups such as these, and only two of these included participants with disabilities. This deficit in the literature is exacerbated by key term inconsistency and a (well-established) lack reporting of race and ethnicity in research. Still, there are risks associated with international dissemination and cross-cultural services with a lack of sufficient evidence to guide practitioners. We call for more reports with specific recommendations for diverse populations and suggest inclusive research and practice strategies. |
|
Behavioral Conceptual Analysis of Leadership Behaviors for Harassment Prevention |
ZOEY ISABELLA ULREY (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: This presentation consists of a conceptual functional analysis of leadership behaviors. Under what conditions do leaders intervene in instances requiring someone to take a stand or act as a bystander and what are the maintaining consequences of those behaviors? Accordingly, what are the maintaining contingencies for less optimal behaviors, such as actively avoiding intervening in instances of potential harassment? Furthermore, how do leader behaviors relevant to harassment influence subordinates’ behavior, both in the presence and absence of the leader? This presentation will review literature on leadership behavior and analyze the contingencies maintaining leadership behaviors relevant to harassment prevention. We will then identify where interventions should target change for the improvement of leader behavior at the individual level and how this has the potential to affect organizational culture at a larger level, with the goal of bringing about more equitable organizational cultures that prevent harassment. |
|
|
|
|
Advances in Efficiency and Effectiveness of Toilet Training Procedures |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine) |
CE Instructor: Sarah Slocum, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Toilet training is one area of applied behavior analysis that is practically manualized. Several studies have outlined an effective treatment package to improve toilet training for most subjects who participate (Azrin & Foxx, 1971; Foxx & Azrin, 1973; Greer et al., 2015; LeBlanc et al., 2015). The current symposium will present recent research in this area that focuses on 1) increasing the efficiency of toilet training and 2) improving the effectiveness of toilet training procedures. These studies will present modified toilet training programs, variations to individualized interventions, and methods for increasing both self-initiations to use the bathroom as well as continent bowel movements. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts who are providing services to individuals who are not fully toilet trained. Even if these clients are urine continent, they might still require bowel movement training and/or self-initiation training. |
|
Consecutive Case Series Examining the Outcomes for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder WhoReceived Services Through a Toileting Consultation Program |
ELIZABETH BUCKLEY (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Independent toileting is an essential self-help skill for all children (Cicero & Pfadt, 2002). Typically developing children generally achieve continence by age 3 (Blum, Taubman, & Nemeth, 2003); however, over half of all caregivers of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) report difficulty in toilet training which causes the acquisition of toileting skills to be delayed or never mastered (Williams, Oliver, Allard, & Sears, 2003). For these individuals, incontinence can have a negative impact their personal hygiene, self-confidence, physical comfort, and social development (Cicero & Pfadt, 2002). Furthermore, incontinence can result in a restricted school placement, exclusion from extracurricular activities as well as hindering interactions with peers and increases burden of care. Numerous studies have evaluated variations on a study conducted by Azrin and Foxx (1971), which outlined an intensive behavioral treatment package for toilet training; yet, limited research exist on less intensive approaches. This study examines the outcomes of children who received toileting services through a consultative toileting program that primarily focuses on training the caregiver in how to implement toileting procedures. Additionally, the differences between children who were successful and those that were not were examined to determine if any pattern emerged. |
|
The Effects of Schedule Modifications on Toilet Training Children With Disabilities |
NICOLE HOLLINS (Western Michigan University), Rebecca Kolb (University of Minnesota), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Independent toileting skills provide multiple benefits (e.g., access to variety of settings and an increase in sanitation). Common procedures used to successfully train toileting skills include operant conditioning procedures with a positive practice component (LeBlanc, Carr, Bennett, & Detweiler, 2005). Given that positive practice is a form of punishment (Kroeger & Sorensen-Burnworth, 2009) and frequent exposures to punishment contingencies may increase the probability of evoking problem behaviors (Cicero & Pfadt, 2002; Post & Kirkpatrick, 2004), more research is needed to examine how punishment exposures within toilet training procedures can be reduced. The purposes of this study were to 1) replicate LeBlanc et al. (2005) for five children with autism, 2) evaluate the effects of schedule modifications designed to minimize the positive practice exposures during intensive toilet training for children who had accidents, and 3) after urine continence was achieved, evaluate generalization to bowel movements. The results of this study demonstrated that the toilet training procedures with schedule modifications were effective in training urinary and bowel movement continence across all children during intensive toilet training and follow-up. These results suggest that modifications to intensive toilet training procedures can be made to reduce the aversiveness of the procedure while still maintaining its effectiveness. |
|
Evaluation of Mand Training Protocol and Abbreviated Toilet Training Procedure |
ANSLEY CATHERINE HODGES (Nemours Children's Hospital), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology), Victoria Ryan (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Toilet training involves a time intensive multi-component treatment package. Research has demonstrated effective procedures to train individuals with and without intellectual disabilities to appropriately void (Azrin & Foxx, 1971; Foxx & Azrin, 1973; LeBlanc et al., 2015). More recent studies have evaluated the necessity of specific treatment components (Greer et al., 2015); however, to date, no study has evaluated a mand training protocol to teach individuals to appropriately mand to use the toilet. In the present study, we used a multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate the effects of a mand training protocol during an abbreviated procedure with six young children with and without intellectual disabilities. The results indicate that the procedure was effective in decreasing urinary incontinence and increase independent mands. Further, it took less time to implement than the procedure described in previous research. Results are discussed in terms of the utility and efficiency of the procedure for a variety of populations and settings. |
|
An Evaluation of Bowel Movements, Problem Behavior, and Self-Initiations and Their Relationship to Urinary Continence |
BRANDON C. PEREZ (University of Florida), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Much of the current research in applied behavior analysis on toilet training interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are replications and/or modifications of Azrin & Foxx (1971) or LeBlanc et al. (2005) procedures. These procedures differ from what is commonly used for typically developing children. For example, Greer et al. (2016) evaluated the effectiveness of three typical components presented within a toilet training package for typically developing children: a 30-min sit schedule, placing subjects in underwear, and differential reinforcement for remaining dry and eliminating in the toilet. Additionally, urinary continence is usually the dependent variable of interest in most toilet training interventions. In the currently study, we evaluated a less intensive treatment package (described by Greer et al.) on urinary continence in individuals with ASD. However, we also examined several secondary dependent variables (i.e., bowel movements, problem behavior, and self-initiations) to examine their relationship to the achievement of urinary continence. |
|
|
|
|
Technological Advances in Assessment of Preference and Measurement of Reinforcing Effects in Applied Settings |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri) |
Discussant: Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Casey J. Clay, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Clinicians regularly use preference and reinforcer assessments to identify effective reinforcers. Typically measurement of stimuli occurs subsequent to the assessment of preferences to confirm putative reinforcers. The types of preference assessment and tests of reinforcing efficacy used vary widely and usually to take into account ecological fit. Consideration of the assessment and measurement of effects of different types of stimuli must be taken. This symposium includes four presentations that report on multiple types of methods to assess preference and measure the effects of reinforcers, which advance methods in preference assessment and reinforcer measurement . Two studies involved the use of video-based stimuli to assess preference in paired-choice and multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessments. One study compared two different types of preference assessments (i.e, . multiple stimulus without replacement and response restriction). In two studies researchers examined the reinforcing effects using a progressive-ratio schedule, while in a different study researchers |
Target Audience: Scientists, Students, practitioners |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe multiple methods for assessing preference for children with ASD? 2. Identify benefits of different methods (e.g., video-based) of preference assessment for kids with ASD. 3. Describe ways to measure reinforcing efficacy of stimuli identified by preference assessment. |
|
Examining Factors Related to Animal-Assisted Intervention for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Evaluation of Video-Based Preference Assessment and Validation |
CASEY CLAY (University of Missouri), Savannah Tate (University of Florida), Ashley Evans (University of Missouri; Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders) |
Abstract: Recent research suggests benefits of the presence of pets in social responding of children with ASD. It follows, pets may be preferred and valuable as rewards in treatments for these children. However, preference for animals, and contingent access to animals to increase desired responding has not been clearly demonstrated in research. This study aimed to investigate preference for, and rewarding efficacy of a typical animal pet (i.e., dog) in children with ASD. We conducted in vivo and video-based paired-preference assessments including a dog. We subsequently conducted reinforcer assessments using progressive ratio schedules. Results of this study revealed in vivo and video-based preference assessment outcomes highly correlated for 2 of 3 participants. Outcomes of reinforcer assessment revealed access to a dog served as a reinforcer. However, relative reinforcing efficacy of the dog was not as strong as other social interactions for 1 of 3 participants. |
|
Brief and Continuous Conditioned Reinforcers: A Comparative Analysis |
JOSHUA JACKSON (Western New England University), MaKenzie Hough (Western New England University), Sarah Malagodi (Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Brief and continuous conditioned reinforcers have been shown to have differential effects on free operant responding in basic literature (Findley and Brady, 1965; Jwaideh, 1973). Specifically, brief conditioned reinforcers have been demonstrated to have a response optimizing effect when delivered contingent on responding under second-order schedules of reinforcement (Findley and Brady, 1965; Malagodi, DeWesse, and Johnston, 1973). Alternatively, continuously present stimuli that are associated with the initial components of second-order tokens schedules of reinforcement have been shown to result in response suppression under specific schedule parameters (Foster, Hackenberg, and Vaidya, 2001; Bullock and Hackenberg, 2006). Although these types of conditioned reinforcers are used extensively in applied settings, there has been limited applied research on the effect these stimuli may differentially have on the behavior of humans (Kazdin & Bootzin, 1972; Hackenberg 2018). The purpose of the present study is to determine whether these types of conditioned reinforcers have differential effects on the behavior of humans. Preliminary results show that these stimuli produce differential effects on the amount of behavior maintained under progressive ratio schedules of reinforcement with continuous second-order schedules of reinforcement maintaining the highest response counts relative to brief and tandem second-order schedules. |
|
|
|
|
Developmental Behavioral Economic View |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DEV/OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mansi Shah (Dare Institute) |
Discussant: William Joseph Harrigan (Harvard Extension School) |
CE Instructor: William Joseph Harrigan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The role of behavior analysis in understanding composite variables, such as life satisfaction, is best understood in small steps. Questions of what effects the value of different reinforcers have are important steps in understanding how we can make life better. In this symposium four different investigations of reinforcement will be presented. The first presentation is a proposed instrument for exploring the relationship between task interest and time on task; influenced by the work of John Holland. The second presentation discusses behavioral predictors of burnout, and how a lack of fit between personal interests and the demands of their environment leads to emotional exhaustion. The third presentation discusses how artistic ability, and science and research interest relate to creativity. The fourth presentation discusses how gratitude evolves with developmental stage, and how intimate relationships, and emotional complexity contribute to gratitude. Each of these presentations shows steps toward developmental behavioral economic modeling of reinforcement and its effects. |
Target Audience: The target audience is people who know behavioral science, and want to increase their knowledge of the developmental pathways in acquiring new and effective behaviors. People who are interested in how to combine behavior analysis with behavioral development. People who want to have a broad perspective of critical applications of behavior analysis to real world problems. |
|
Sharpening Interest Measurement: Questions of Time |
WILLIAM JOSEPH HARRIGAN (Harvard Extension School), Sarthak Giri (Dare Institute) |
Abstract: Models of professional interest, such as the Holland RIASEC (Realistic, Investigative, Artistic, Social Enterprising. Conventional) inventory, have determined, through factor analysis, six reinforcers factors that predict and control behavior. However, due to lack of a direct behavioral measure of these interest grouping, precise prediction is difficult. The original Holland measure asks about whether they prefer to do a task or not. Two modifications are proposed. The first proposed instrument assesses the amount of time participants say they prefer to spend on tasks in each of the six RIASEC groups. The second proposed instrument measures the amount of time participants spend on each of six tasks that have been selected to show preferences for each of the RIASEC interests. This allows for a directly measurable time on task variable to assess the extent of participant’s interest. One goal of these changes is to give participants and researchers a clearer notion of how much they would like to perform their prefer tasks. By giving the concrete variable of time on tasks, participants apply a familiar cost. By asking the participant to consider opportunity cost, a more robust notion of the value of these reinforcers can be inferred. |
|
Quantifying the Role of Job-Person Fit in Work Related Burnout |
Sarthak Giri (Dare Institute), KYONA SCHACHT (Boston University) |
Abstract: Burnout is a multivariate psychological syndrome, described and measured by, per Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI), one’s emotional exhaustion, depersonalization, and personal accomplishment. The job-person fit framework states that a poor fit between a person’s interest and the nature of the job and day-to-day tasks increases the risk for burnout. In order to determine whether burnout scores would be higher for those whose interests do not match their job, participants (N= 55) were asked to take an anonymous online survey. The survey consisted of: modified Holland RAISEC Inventory (HRI), Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI), and questions about their job and the amount of time they spent doing tasks that would appeal to one of the 6 RAISEC groups. The HRI was modified to make it shorter, more behavioral and face valid. The results indicated that a mismatch in their personal interests and the task they performed at work indicated burnout in 2 out 3 variables: Emotional Exhaustion (r = 0.323) and Depersonalization (r = 0.334). Implications for future research are discussed. |
|
Indicators of Value of Creativity as a Personal Quality in Adults |
Alexandra Dodzin (Langley High School), SHUTONG WEI (Dare Association, Inc.) |
Abstract: Certain people tend to place a great value on creativity. To identify what behavioral factors underlie creativity, survey data was collected from 107 anonymous participants. The survey of 117 questions were separated into sections that pertained to different aspects of creativity: 1) external and internal evaluation of creative character traits; 2) personal perception of likelihood to complete certain tasks; and 3) the frequency of completion of creative tasks. The factors of the rating scale are the following: 1) originality and creative thinking (factor loading .754); 2) importance of creativity as part of character (factor loading .709); 3) building and understanding the design of mechanical objects (factor loading .671); 4) intuition (factor loading .664). The factors of the power scaled instrument are 1) artistic ability (factor loading .778); 2) science and research (factor loading .742). The results show that individuals are more likely to value creativity more and exhibit more creative behaviors who are high in these factors. Interest and personal characteristics both play a big role in behavioral development. This paper isolates some of those factors and make people more creatively productive. The paper also addresses the difference between creativity and originality and how creativity manifests itself in individuals. |
|
Caring, Gratitude, and Other Prosocial Behaviors |
SHUTONG WEI (Dare Association, Inc.), Weilyn Chong (Hong Kong International School) |
Abstract: The focus of this article is to provide an understanding of what caring is and why it is one of the bases of behavioral economics. It addresses the definition of care, how it differs from the actions of gratitude, stages at which caring can be identified and how caring underlies societal actions and development. The paper also analyzes how caring changes depending on which stage an organism is performing at, how big of a social structure the organism is in and how caring is necessary in human societies. The paper details the results from an anonymous online survey designed to measure the perceived value of caring and gratitude. The first factor noted both an intimate relationship and immediate reaction. The first factor had a loading of 0.819. This included either parental relationships, immediate reactions to other people’s actions or both. The second factor with the indicated less intimate relationships and longer reaction time, not with more emotional complexity. The second factor had a loading of 0.816. This included strangers, non-relatives, and reactions that require long term memory retrieval to perform. |
|
|
|
|
Celebrating Successes in School-Based Applications of Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Natalie Taylor Mueller (Western Michigan University ) |
Discussant: Judah B. Axe (Simmons University) |
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts can play an important role in the implementation of evidence-based strategies in school settings (Kohler & Strain, 1992). Support to students and teachers in a wide variety of contexts often leads to better student outcomes and classroom management (Johnson & Street, 2012; Malott & Moran, 2004). As such, this symposium highlights four different applications of behavior analysis in school settings. (1) The application of trial-based function analysis (TBFA) in public schools when functional behavior assessments (FBAs) were inconclusive. The feasibility of TBFAs will be addressed. (2) The use of behavioral skills training (BST) and coaching to train special education teachers to implement incidental teaching to increase verbal operants in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Considerations for teacher training and methods to improve verbal behavior will be analyzed. (3) A study that examined pre-meal presentation of vegetables to increase vegetable consumption for children with autism spectrum disorder. Recommendations for intervening on food selectivity will be examined. (4) A teacher-implemented toilet training procedure with two elementary students. Considerations for toilet training in formal educational settings will be discussed. Implications for the application of behavior analysis in school settings are addressed. |
Target Audience: Practitioners, graduate students, educators |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the benefits of using a trial-based functional analysis in public school settings; (2) describe an effective intervention to increase incidental teaching among special education teachers; (3) list the steps in a procedure to increase vegetable consumption among individuals with ASD; (4) describe successful toileting practices in a school setting. |
|
When Functional Behavior Assessments are Inconclusive: Applying Trial-Based Functional Analyses in the Public Schools |
ANNIE MCLAUGHLIN (Annie McLaughlin Consulting, LLC), Alex Furman (Baltimore County Public Schools) |
Abstract: The use of a functional behavior assessment to assess challenging behaviors in public schools is a widely accessed, evidence-based practice and required by state and federal laws. However, due to the variability of the environment in a school, a functional behavior assessment can often produce ambiguous or difficult to interpret outcomes which impacts the effectiveness of the selected interventions. Trial-based functional analyses have been shown as an effective method to identify problem behavior in schools. This study was designed when FBAs completed by the school system personnel were inconclusive and challenging behaviors remained severe and dangerous. This study expanded the use of trial-based functional analyses into a public school special education classroom for two students with autism and intellectual disabilities after FBAs were inconclusive. All trial-based functional analyses resulted in identification of behavioral functions and subsequent interventions were taught by teachers and paraprofessionals. Additional social validity data were collected about the feasibility of using trial-based functional analyses and associated interventions from the public school teachers and paraprofessionals. |
|
Increasing Teacher’s Use of Incidental Teaching to Target Mands, Tacts, and Intraverbals |
SACHA T. PENCE (Drake University), Kim Danielle Krubinski (Auburn), Carol J Toner (Auburn), Doris Adams Hill (Auburn University College of Education) |
Abstract: One way to improve communication skills for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is to provide frequent opportunities for children to practice and learn mands, tacts, and intraverbals. To accomplish this, it is important to train teachers and other school personnel to understand and use incidental teaching to target different verbal operants. The purpose of the study was to use a multiple-baseline across-participants design to evaluate behavior skills training (BST) with coaching to train school personnel to use incidental teaching to teach mand, tacts, and intraverbals. Six females who were currently enrolled in a practicum to become bachelor’s level or Master’s level Special Education teachers participated in dyads with a child with ASD. Trainees were provided with brief instructions on each verbal operant and then observed the experiment using incidental teaching for the target verbal operant (mand, tact, or intraverbal). Following modeling, the trainee worked with the child with ASD while the experimenter provided coaching in the form of in-situ feedback and feedback. Following BST and coaching, trainees’ use of incidental teaching to teach mands, tacts, and intraverbals increased. Improvements in children’s verbal behavior was observed. |
|
Increasing Vegetable Consumption of Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Pre-Meal Presentation: A Preliminary Analysis |
JONATHAN W. IVY (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Lauren Davidson (The Hogan Learning Academy), Ben Bacon (The Hogan Learning Academy), Fred E. Carriles (Pennsylvania State University, Harrisburg), Helen Hendy (Penn State University, Schuylkill), Keith Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center) |
Abstract: Food selectivity is a common behavioral concern for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Schreck, Williams, and Smith (2004) found that 72% of children with ASD were reported by parents/guardians to consume a limited range of food items. This study examined the effect of pre-meal presentation on the consumption of vegetables in a sample of 16 students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). These 16 students (75% male; mean age = 13 years; age range 8-19 years) were enrolled in a private school serving children with autism. Researchers offered participants 10 small pieces of two vegetables during lunch (baseline) or prior to lunch (pre-meal presentation). Observers recorded the number of bites students consumed. The pre-meal presentation condition was associated with increased levels of vegetable consumption for 9 of the 16 participants. A reversal to baseline demonstrated expected decreases in bites consumed and the subsequent return to intervention demonstrated expected increases in bites consumed. Our results suggested the pre-meal presentation of vegetables can serve as a low-cost, low-effort intervention for increasing consumption of vegetables for some children with ASD. |
|
Successful Toilet Training in Schools |
ALYSSA R. JEWETT (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Ryan Thomas Glasgow (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Incontinence is a frequently cited and significant obstacle for students with developmental disabilities (Cicero & Pfadt, 2002). Little research is available to support toileting procedures in school settings with limited oversight from trained clinicians (Cocchiola, Martino, Dwyer, & Demezzo, 2012; Luiselli, 1997). Cocchiola and colleagues expanded the toileting literature by implementing a consultative model focused on school staff implementing toilet training procedures with five students with special needs in a preschool classroom. The current project aimed to systematically replicate their model by using a similar treatment package in an early elementary special education classroom. Classroom staff implemented toilet training procedures with two elementary students with developmental disabilities. The program included an initial didactic training on the procedures, scheduled trips to the bathroom, informal preference assessments, positive reinforcement for successful voids, and procedures for teaching self-initiations. Both students achieved mastery criteria during scheduled bathroom visits of 120-minutes and increased self-initiations. Outcomes suggest the treatment package may be a practical model for classroom staff to effectively implement a toilet training procedure. Future directions include addressing increasing treatment integrity and examining the impact for students with similar needs in school-based settings. |
|
|
|
|
Overcoming Barriers and Making Modifications Resulting in a More Legacy Elementary School Token Economy |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
3:30 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Emily Cook (Londonderry School; Ruth Pauline Cook Foundation) |
|
Overcoming Barriers and Making Modifications Resulting in a More Legacy Elementary School Token Economy |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Richard T Cook (Applied Behavioral Medicine Associates of Hershey, PA), EMILY COOK (Londonderry School; Ruth Pauline Cook Foundation) |
|
Abstract: Following on research done to address the question "What's a Teacher to Do When the Tokens and Backup Reinforcers Are Not Motivating the Targeted Elementary School Students?" information obtained was used to make changes in many aspects of the token economy, including the accommodation of differing views of the purpose or benefit by different teachers, as well as the mechanics of the administration of the token economy and tokens and back up reinforcers, and even to the philosophies, incorporating unexpected student enthusiasm that led some students to find their primary reinforcement in just the tokens and the processes of the mechanisms of the token economy, apart from the back up reinforcers; Participation in the token economy itself became reinforcing for emitting desired behavior When a token economy is not appearing to create the desired degree of motivation and reinforcement of desired behaviors for its targeted elementary school students, the 'automatic' response of "Just go get better backup reinforcers!" is often not an option, and arguably, shouldn't be. Other aspects, including individual components, and the strengths of associations between behavior, token, and backup should be assessed systematically. Similarly, the extra effort of assessing for, in a systematic fashion, alternate (especially non-material, no cost) backup reinforcers can identify intangible social and attention based reinforcers that middle school kids might actually really want far more than yet another plastic spider ring or cartoon character pencil sharpener. This presentation highlghts a framework for systematically evaluating the salience of tokens and back up reinforcers currently in use in an elementary school token economy, prompting teacher ideas for additional tokens and reinforcers to add, and improving the impact of both the new and currently used ones. Noteworthy aspects of THIS proposed framework include integration of systematic guidelines for such evaluation, including those in Foxx's fundamental "Increasing Behaviors.." text, the "Components, Connections, Consequences, and Context" model, as well as the fundamental "Antecedent-Behavior-Consequence" 3 part contingency, Donabedian's "Structure-Process-Outcome" model, and behavioral analysis modifications of Haddon's Injury Control Strategies and Matrix. Additionally, and very importantly, this rubric is powered by its grounding in and development by the perspectives of the middle school student first author. |
|
|
|
|
|
Organizational Behavior Management in K-12 Education: Strategies That can be Implemented in Class Tomorrow |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
4:00 PM–4:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Ronald Drummond (Anne Arundel County Public Schools) |
|
Organizational Behavior Management in K-12 Education: Strategies That can be Implemented in Class Tomorrow |
Domain: Service Delivery |
RONALD DRUMMOND (Anne Arundel County Public Schools), Shannon Biagi (Chief Motivating Officers) |
|
Abstract: Many schools are becoming more effective at collecting data around teaching practices and teaching effectiveness. They have adopted the idea that what gets measured gets done; however, behavior analysts challenge this concept and retort, “what gets measured increases the likelihood of things getting done”. Now that schools have this plethora of data, Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) practitioners are poised to come in and help schools turn these data into action. School teams often understand how to arrange contingencies to expedite learning with students but have not historically utilized this same science to improve teacher performance. This presentation will describe a case study of an organizational-level feedback procedure implemented at the district level to improve instruction to students receiving special education services. Evidence-based feedback strategies will be shared with participants and additional approaches from the OBM literature will be described to make improvements to future procedures. Participants will leave with a self-monitoring tool and a list of coaching strategies that can be implemented when they return to their school. |
|
|
|
|
|
An Investigation of Directive Feedback and Basic Feedback: Measuring Task Productivity, Perceived Stress, Control and Demand, Throughout a Forced Choice Progressive Ratio Schedule of Reinforcement |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
4:00 PM–4:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Christopher Hebein (The University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
An Investigation of Directive Feedback and Basic Feedback: Measuring Task Productivity, Perceived Stress, Control and Demand, Throughout a Forced Choice Progressive Ratio Schedule of Reinforcement |
Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER HEBEIN (The University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Performance feedback may serve as one or more types of stimulus in the behavioral three-term contingency. In organizational settings, leaders, managers and workers benefit from well-designed behavior control systems. These systems may contribute, at differing levels of efficacy, towards maximizing measures of productivity, accuracy and problem-solving behavior through individual and group environmental intervention using feedback. An important challenge in designing effective feedback is to capture impact on productivity and promotion of worker’s well-being. In this study we investigated two styles of feedback, labeled basic feedback and directive feedback, using a counterbalanced repeated measures design. Each type of feedback was presented on progressive ratio schedules over fixed and free-choice conditions as independent variables. Dependent variables included self-reported productivity, accuracy, and social validity (task control, stress and response effort demands). The data demonstrate higher level of accuracy associated with directive feedback when compared to basic feedback conditions. Moreover, the results indicate perceived control in the context of increasing ratio schedule to be higher in the directive feedback compared to basic feedback condition. |
|
|
|
|
|
Could Behavior Analysis be a Psychology for Women? |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
4:00 PM–4:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: PCH |
Chair: Carolina Laurenti (State University of Londrina; State University of Maringa) |
|
Could Behavior Analysis be a Psychology for Women? |
Domain: Theory |
CAROLINA LAURENTI (State University of Londrina; State University of Maringa) |
|
Abstract: The institutionalization of feminist psychology in the 1970s was portrayed and analyzed by several articles published at the time. Some of these articles acquired historical importance by systematizing cardinal issues to the project of a feminist psychology. They not only demonstrated limitations on psychology’s proposals in explaining female behavior and experience, but also indicated what psychological theory and practice would have to consider in order to constitute a psychology for women (and not against women). Starting from the examination of these classic articles, the aim of this paper is to verify compatibilities and incompatibilities (theoretical, methodological, and practical) between the initial project of a feminist psychology and Radical Behaviorism. How far do feminist psychology’s critiques of psychology at that time reach behavioral psychology? Would there be potentialities in Radical Behaviorism for the construction of a psychology for women? Ultimately, could Behavior Analysis be considered a feminist psychology in the terms defined by emerging feminist psychology? The answers to these questions may shed light on the roots of the remaining tensions between Behavior Analysis and feminist psychology. |
|
|
|
|
|
Collaborative Approach to Supporting Severely Impacted Adults |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: David Pyles (Pyles & Associates) |
Discussant: David Pyles (Pyles & Associates) |
CE Instructor: Adrienne Hursh, M.A. |
Abstract: Collaboration amongst interdisciplinary teams to manage treatment outcomes should be a first line of defense in effective behavior support with adults. Most of the time, figuring out the function of the target problem behavior is an easy task. The difficulty arises when treatment objectives are targeted in isolation thus creating a significant barrier to effective intervention. Often times adults with disabilities are served by various providers including behaviorists, psychiatrists, mental health professionals and non-behaviorally trained direct support staff. More often the consultation model for behavior services is used and the behaviorist is charged to work with a team of professionals and paraprofessionals that may or may not be focused on the same objectives. Initial and ongoing collaborative treatment planning will allow for more effective interventions. The talks that are presented in this symposium show measurable effects of professionals and paraprofessional who use a collaborative treatment model to support various individuals. |
Target Audience: The target audience for this presentation includes any professionals working in the field alongside other professionals and paraprofessionals. |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will identify when and how to collaborate with other providers Attendees will learn to determine when the collaboration is effective or ineffective Attendees will learn strategies to manage ongoing collaboration |
|
Collaboration With Psychiatrists: Working With Dually-Diagnosed Adults |
Adrienne Hursh (Pyles and Associates), DENNIS PALIWODA (Pyles and Associates) |
Abstract: When working with dually diagnosis adults, behavior analysts want to minimize the need for medication for behavior challenges. The treatment evaluations presented here include collaboration between a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and a psychiatrist to achieve medication stabilization and behavior reduction. The targeted individuals include (1) a 59 year old woman diagnosed with Schizoaffective disorder, Depressed type and Moderate Intellectual Disability, (2) a 41 year old woman diagnosed with Bipolar Disorder, Severe Intellectual Disability, and Autism, and (3) a 30 year old woman diagnosed with Anxiety Disorder, Schizophrenia, Moderate Intellectual Disability, Epilepsy and Pseudo-Seizures. All of the ladies live in a group home setting (not all in the same home) and have a history of frequent hospitalizations as well as residing in state-run facilities. A collaborative model was used with the psychiatrist and direct staff that included development and implementation of a behavior plan, as well as visual/graphical feedback for decision-making with medications. Across all individuals, behavior challenges reduced and medication changes due to increasing behavior problems was no longer needed. |
|
Collaboration With Paraprofessionals to Decrease Severe Problem Behavior |
SHAI MAOR (Pyles and Associates) |
Abstract: Working with adults usually means utilizing a consultative approach where the BCBA is the consultant and paraprofessionals are the direct line staff. When this happens, collaboration with the service providers who employ the paraprofessionals and the paraprofessionals themselves is essential. In addition, the behavior program must include a strong staff training component to ensure accurate and consistent delivery of the behavior program. Without collaboration and staff training, the behavior program cannot be fully adopted to ensure effective support for the individual. This presentation includes treatment evaluations of collaborative models for three males, ages 23-28. All have dual diagnoses and have 2:1 staffing ratios due to the intensity of problem behaviors. Attendees will be presented with data that represent collaborative work with paraprofessionals that is focused on behavior plan implementation and overall behavior excess reduction. |
|
|
|
|
Using Implementation Science to Open the Black Box of Trauma-Informed Schools |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Robin Codding (Northeastern University) |
CE Instructor: Robin Codding, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: STACY OVERSTREET (Tulane University) |
Abstract: The term “trauma-informed schools” has achieved buzzword status in our current educational landscape, fueled by the urgency schools feel to address the devastating effects of trauma on the academic, social, emotional, and behavioral functioning of our students. However, there is no clear consensus regarding the inputs, or the core components, of trauma-informed schools and there have been no rigorous evaluations of their outputs, or the effects on students, teachers, or schools. If trauma-informed schools are to become more than a passing trend, we must work harder to describe the inputs, document the outputs, and explain the complex processes that link the two. In this presentation, I will summarize the core components of trauma-informed schools, identify key implementation factors thought to facilitate the adoption and maximize the impact of trauma-informed approaches, and review strategies to evaluate the impact of trauma-informed schools. |
Target Audience: Educational practitioners and researchers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the core components of trauma-informed schools; (2) discuss implementation factors important for the successful adoption of trauma-informed approaches; (3) compare different evaluation strategies to evaluate the impact of trauma-informed schools. |
|
STACY OVERSTREET (Tulane University) |
 Stacy Overstreet, Ph.D. is a Professor of Psychology at Tulane University. Over the course of her career her research has focused on how sociological, cultural, familial, psychological, developmental, and biological processes influence and interact with one another over time to shape child adaptation to trauma. Over the past ten years, she has translated that research to inform the implementation and evaluation of trauma-informed schools. She has published several empirical and conceptual papers related to these areas and she was co-editor of a 2016 special issue on trauma-informed schools in the journal, School Mental Health. Dr. Overstreet is a founding member of the New Orleans Trauma-Informed Schools Learning Collaborative. Her work through the Collaborative includes a grant from the National Institute of Justice to determine whether a multi-component implementation strategy for trauma-informed schools improves school safety as well as a grant from the Department of Justice to develop and evaluate a Train the Trainer model for the implementation of trauma-informed schools. |
|
|
|
|
TRAUMA: Flexibility After Trauma: Exploring Vitality Through ACT and Feldenkrais Method |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Amy Murrell, Ph.D. |
Presenting Authors: CHRISH KRESGE (Private Practice), MIRANDA MORRIS (DC ACT Consortium; Private Practice) |
Abstract: Trauma can be defined in many ways; the two most common interpretations of the word are a physical injury or a deeply emotionally upsetting event. In both cases, trauma can result in neurological and physiological as well as psychological damage and change. This damage often occurs early in life, either as a result of a genetic condition, birth-related injury, illness during infancy, or early childhood abuse or neglect. The negative consequences of trauma are often addressed in clinical psychology and sometimes specifically through clinical behavior analysis. However, in these methodologies, key effects on the child's somatic functioning may be neglected. This presentation will propose that the Anat Baniel Method of Neuromovement® (ABMN), based on the work of Dr. Moshe Feldenkrais, may be used to address neurological, physiological, and movement limitations associated with childhood trauma. Further, the presentation will explicitly outline the overlap between applied behavior analysis and these methods through educating the audience on essential principles associated with ABMN and Feldenkrais Method® movement practices. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain how avoidance and fusion maintain post traumatic problems; (2) define psychological flexibility as used in ACT; (3) explain how to help clients clarify values and take committed action in the service of those values; (4) to operationally define ABMN Essential #1: Movement with Attention; (5) recognize ABMN Essential #7: The Learning Switch; (6) recognize ABMN Essential #6: Flexible Goals; (7) identify when ABMN and the Feldenkrais Method may be useful and complementary treatments in cases of trauma and its recovery. |
|
From Fixing to Connecting Through Movement With Awareness |
CHRISH KRESGE (Private Practice) |
 Chrish is a Feldenkrais® practitioner (1998) who works with people of all ages and backgrounds, using movement as a primary tool for improving self-awareness, posture, thinking, voice, and overall health and wellness. Chrish is also an actor, producer and director. She is passionate about using her diverse skills and background to help people find their optimal selves, innate dignity and composure. Chrish has been teaching the Feldenkrais Method® across the world for over 21 years in places such as the U.S., Ghana, Morocco, France, and Nepal. During her teaching of the Feldenkrais Method, Chrish offers her students an enriching experience consisting of mental and physical improvement through natural, easy, and pleasurable ways of moving, using the brain’s amazing capacity to reorganize the body. In addition to working with performing artists and business executives alike, Chrish specializes in working with children with disabilities and trauma, and is a graduate of the Anat Baniel Neuromovement® Method for Children. Her studies with Ruthy Alon (Movement Intelligence) have also informed her work in many ways. Chrish has served three terms on the national Board of Directors of the Feldenkrais Guild® of North America and has chaired numerous annual Feldenkrais Method® conferences in North America. |
Abstract: Trauma can have profound and lasting effects on the lives of survivors. The impact on psychological functioning can be particularly severe and may have interpersonal, professional, and health consequences. While not all survivors experience long term problems, those who do can find their lives ruled by the experience of trauma. Acceptance and Commitment therapy (ACT) holds that the long-term negative sequelae of trauma are primarily driven by two processes: avoidance and cognitive fusion (excessive, ineffective attempts to control unwanted private experiences). That is, survivors’ attempts to “not have” the memories, thoughts and feelings associated with the trauma may account for much of the distress associated with traumatic experiences. Together, avoidance and cognitive fusion function to increase psychological inflexibility and limit behavioral repertoires, costing survivors vitality, connection and engagement in valued living. The aim of ACT is to undermine these processes in order to increase psychological flexibility, defined in ACT as “the ability to contact the present moment more fully as a conscious human being, and to change or persist in behavior when doing so serves valued ends.” In working with trauma survivors, the ACT therapist focuses on helping survivors reconnect with their values and move towards what they care about. In this talk, I will review the relationship of psychological (in)flexibility to post traumatic symptomatology. In addition, I will discuss how to use ACT to help clients come to terms with traumatic events and to build meaningful lives that are defined not by the past, but by what matters. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain how avoidance and fusion maintain post traumatic problems; (2) define psychological flexibility as used in ACT; (3) explain how to help clients clarify values and take committed action in the service of those values; (4) to operationally define ABMN Essential #1: Movement with Attention; (5) recognize ABMN Essential #7: The Learning Switch; (6) recognize ABMN Essential #6: Flexible Goals; (7) identify when ABMN and the Feldenkrais Method may be useful and complementary treatments in cases of trauma and its recovery. |
|
In the Wake of Trauma: Using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to Cultivate Valued Living |
MIRANDA MORRIS (DC ACT Consortium; Private Practice) |
 Miranda Morris, Ph.D., is a licensed psychologist in private practice in Bethesda, MD. She treats a broad range of difficulties and specializes in trauma and anxiety. Miranda is a Peer Reviewed ACT Trainer and the founder of DC ACT, a organization with two primary objectives: 1) the dissemination of contextual behavioral therapies in the DC region and beyond, 2) the provision of support and training opportunities for aspiring ACT trainers. Miranda conducts regular workshops in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and related contextual behavioral therapies including Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) and Clinical RFT. She currently serves on the Executive Board of the the Association of Contextual Behavioral Science (ACBS) and is President Emeritus of the the Mid Atlantic Chapter of ACBS (MAC-ACBS). |
|
|
|
|
Scaling Mount Medicaid: Behavior Analysts' Role in Securing ABA Coverage |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates and TxABA Public Policy Group) |
Discussant: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services) |
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Many people who could benefit greatly from ABA services cannot gain access to them due to lack of financial resources and insurance. Medicaid funding of ABA services is one mechanism to enable financially and socially disadvantaged people to benefit from ABA services. The session will involve behavior analysts from 4 states discussing how behavior analysts have and could address public policy issues leading to state Medicaid programs funding ABA services. The activities and contributions of behavior analysts in 4 states will be presented. The sequences of events in each state differ, but some general strategy recommendations will be addressed. Audience participation will be encouraged. |
Target Audience: Licensed Behavior Analysts and BCBAs/BCBA-Ds who are leaders in state behavior analysis organizations |
|
Medicaid Coverage of ABA Services: Missouri and Illinois |
JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services) |
Abstract: My section will cover both Missouri and Illinois Medicaid coverage of ABA services. The Missouri section of the talk will discuss how the Missouri autism waiver was eventually replaced with Missouri HealthNet coverage and how that process works now for individuals under the age of 18. The Illinois discussion will address some the provider definitions of who can provide behavioral services in the state of Illinois under the guise of Medicaid. There are some concerning issues here that are being addressed by the Illinois Association for behavior analysis that will be covered in detail. |
|
Medicaid Coverage of ABA Services: Oklahoma |
TIFFANIE MOORE (Blue Sprig Pediatrics) |
Abstract: In September 2019, Centers of Medicare and Medicaid (CMS) approved a state plan amendment to add applied behavior analysis (ABA) coverage to SoonerCare (Oklahoma Medicaid) under Early Periodic Screening, Diagnostic and Treatment (EPSDT). This presentation aims to provide an overview of effective advocacy efforts, relevant legal cases, ongoing barriers and corresponding solutions for ABA treatment for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). This presentation will include a brief history of ABA coverage in Oklahoma, including establishment and involvement of the state licensure board and crucial stakeholders (i.e. parents, professionals, educators, and legislators) in ongoing advocacy efforts. The current status of ABA Medicaid coverage in Oklahoma will be discussed. |
|
Medicaid Coverage of ABA Services: Texas |
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (PACED Behavior, LLC and TxABA Public Policy Group), Katherine Miriam Johnson-Patagoc (Texana Center and TxABA Public Policy Group), Jeffrey E. Dillen (Texana Center andTxABA Public Policy Group), Mariel C. Fernandez (Blue Sprig Pediatrics and TxABA Public Policy Group), Rany Thommen (ABA Today and TxABA Public Policy Group), Duy D. Le (Child Study Center and TxABA Public Policy Group), Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates and TxABA Public Policy Group) |
Abstract: The Texas Association for Behavior Analysis, Public Policy Group (TxABA PPG) will share information on its history. The focus of the talk will be on how TxABA PPG organized grass roots efforts to positively affect the lives of children with autism and their families in Texas. These efforts first led to the passing of legislation for licensure of behaviors analysts. TxABA PPG continued efforts have more recently led to the State of Texas passing legislation for Medicaid coverage of ABA therapy for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). After the passing of this legislation, TxABA PPG continued to be involved in the roll out process by seeking stakeholders’ input and providing guidance to the State of Texas on the policies and procedures that impacted how the program was implemented. The final part of the presentation will report on the current status of Medical coverage of ABA for children with ASD in Texas. |
|
Medicaid Coverage of ABA Services: Georgia |
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University) |
Abstract: Effective January 1, 2018, Georgia’s Medicaid program began providing coverage for adaptive behavioral services for individuals under age 21 with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). Provision of services is not limited to BCBA/BCBA-Ds, but we are included among the professionals who may apply to the state to become an approved provider, along with licensed physicians and licensed psychologist; at this time, we do not have licensure for behavior analysts. Although they cannot be providers, BCaBAs and RBTs can provide services under the supervision of a provider, with a limit such that providers may supervise up to six BCaBAs or RBTs at any point in time. In this presentation I will cover how the introduction of this coverage this has impacted not only service provision in the state of Georgia, but also the Georgia Association of Behavior Analysis (GABA), educational opportunities for behavior analysis in Georgia, and interest in licensure for behavior analysts in our state. |
|
|
|
|
We ARE Acting to Save the World: Behavior Analysis Addresses Systems-Level Problems |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University) |
Discussant: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University) |
CE Instructor: Sarah M. Richling, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Skinner (1987) stressed that acting to solve the world’s problems required changing the environment of which the problem-solving behavior is a function. In the ensuing decades since he called on behavior analysts to become more involved in system level change, the relevant environment did change – e.g., the introduction of new or stronger journals, organizations, researchers, grant programs, etc. – and behavior analysis matured into a discipline that now applies its theoretical and methodological approach to the remediation of social and cultural problems. This symposium presents a sample of current behavior analytic work addressing systems-level change, with presenters drawn from chapter authors of the forthcoming book Behavior science perspectives on culture and community (Mattaini & Cihon, Eds.). Presenters will discuss behavior analytic advances in promoting environmentally sustainable practices, moderating problematic climate change via both community organizing models and working with the corporate sector, fostering social justice through research and clinical practice, and engaging in activism and advocacy efforts to promote progressive social change. The four topics are interrelated with each other and, combined with discussant remarks and 20 minutes for audience questions, will offer a rich introduction or update to cutting edge applications of behavior analysis to saving the world |
Target Audience: Graduate students and professionals |
|
Taking Our Seat at the Table: Behavior Analysis and the Advancement of Global Sustainability |
BRETT GELINO (University of Kansas), Tyler Erath (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The humans of today are among the most important to share the Earth. The efforts that lay ahead—reducing our carbon footprint, preserving our natural landscapes, drastically changing our resource consumption—are likely to yield outcomes we may never directly experience. Although technological ingenuity will be critical, efforts by behavioral scientists to encourage sustainable lifestyles will be among the leading means by which to proactively maintain Earth’s habitability. In this vein, behavior analysis has a rich history of work promoting sustainable living. We conducted a systematic review of behavior analytic research in sustainability using key phrases derived from leading climate and Earth science reports (e.g., Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change). We coded the resulting fifty-two empirical studies published across six primarily behavior analytic journals according to intervention methods and target behavior to reveal gaps in the existing literature. The goals of this presentation will thusly be to (a) summarize the efforts of behavior analysis to-date in the areas of sustainable living, (b) highlight areas for which empirical research is lacking, and (c) highlight areas where future behavior analysts can make the most meaningful contribution to advance global sustainability |
|
Global Warming: Behavior Options Ahead As We Approach Two Degree Celsius Limit |
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC; University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Global warming (GW) will continue to accelerate unless exceptional efforts are taken soon to reduce carbon emissions and greenhouse gases. Increasingly dire consequences are apparent now across the globe. GW is a behavioral problem at its root -- a "super wicked problem" whose solutions seem unsolvable within the time available for action. A science of the behavior of individuals is relatively clear about the contingencies that influence individuals to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions and behavior analysis has made significant contributions to our understanding but has little impact on the problem, given the lack of evidence on strategies for influencing entire populations. This talk outlines a theoretical account of the behavior of individuals and the practices of organizations relevant to the trajectory ahead. The challenge for the behavioral science community is to identify, understand and manage the variables that will bring about massive, crucial changes in individual behavior and organizational action to prevent further warming or help prepare for what lies ahead. Prevention may be beyond behavior science community skill set, but successes in applications of behavior analysis suggest that this community may be orchestrated to address behaviors needed for adaptation to a warming planet and resilience during climate crises. |
|
Creating Spaces for Social Justice |
SHAHLA SUSAN ALA'I (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: We are a collective of faculty and students in a community of practice designed to learn about social justice. Our disciplines are Applied Behavior Analysis, Women’s and Gender Studies, Applied Anthropology and Evolutionary Anthropology. Our personal identities are diverse and complicated. We gather formally about once a week to have conversations that are placed in the context of our daily lives and scholarship. In our conversations, we introduce and explore our conceptual, methodological and praxis perspectives. The conceptualizations we share are based within a fluid framework involving womanist, behaviorist and anthropological constructs. Our methods are participatory and include direct observation and qualitative strategies. The praxis is our daily effort, activism, and applied research. All these efforts have resulted in a collective shaping process that has progressed our understandings and actions in the realm of social justice. It is an uncomfortable and cherished space. |
|
How Behavioral Scientists Find Their Global Voice: Activism, Advocacy, Accompaniment, and Policy Change |
SARAH M. RICHLING (Auburn University), Jose Ardila (University of Nevada) |
Abstract: A wide array of populations and communities are trapped in complex, multi-level systems of interlocked behaviors that offer no clear path toward dignity and social justice. The impact behavior analysts can have with progressive social change is enhanced through the strategic adoption of three key repertoires: activism, advocacy, and accompaniment (AAA) and a thorough analysis of evidence-based policy change efforts. Understood as value-oriented practices whose effects are primarily observed at the systems level, activist activities involve building knowledge about issues impacting various social communities and engaging in on-going efforts to improve the quality of life on a large scale. Advocacy and accompaniment actions are functionally related to these values, which are discrete plans of action with specific operationalized outcomes. AAA efforts may be enhanced with support from the behavior analytic community, armed with evidence-based strategies that effectively produce policy change, and more importantly, improvements to quality of life for society at large. In this presentation we provide a conceptual analysis of social change efforts and provide suggestions for establishing systemic behavioral change as an aggregate product of the behavior analytic community. |
|
|
|
|
Managing Staff and Clients Spanning a Large Geographic Area |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
4:30 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Megan Borlase (Lojic Institute and University of New England) |
|
Managing Staff and Clients Spanning a Large Geographic Area |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MEGAN BORLASE (Lojic Institute and University of New England) |
|
Abstract: In areas where behaviour analytic services are limited it can be necessary to step beyond the standard practice of office based services or work from home services where all staff are based out of company offices. In Australia our company has taken a work from home approach across two states to try and meet the large demand for quality behaviour services. This leads to many challenges for our clinical staff and managers in ensuring quality supervision, quality services, and managing the social needs of staff who are typically isolated from their team mates. This paper reviews the typical challenges we have faced as an organisation, the feedback strategies we have implemented, and the specific strategies that we have used to address the feedback we’ve received from staff. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Interviewing: Strategies for Successful Hiring in ABA Organizations |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Shannon Biagi (Chief Motivating Officers) |
|
Behavioral Interviewing: Strategies for Successful Hiring in ABA Organizations |
Domain: Service Delivery |
SHANNON BIAGI (Chief Motivating Officers) |
|
Abstract: Employee selection has often been the focus of human resource professionals and industrial/organizational psychologists in mainstream businesses, and is not often considered one of the practice areas of organizational behavior management (OBM) professionals. Historically, the struggle has been that OBM practitioners (and behavior analysts in general) require direct observation and data to make educated decisions, and during the hiring process, decisions often need to be made based on self report from both employees and their references. However, this need not be the case. This presentation will focus on concrete strategies that organizations can implement to improve their employee selection process to ensure candidates have the necessary knowledge, skills and abilities for the position, are a good cultural fit, and increase overall employee retention and satisfaction in ABA organizations. |
|
|
|
|
|
Neoliberalism, Organizational Behavior Management, and the Attack on Tenure |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Douglas Robertson (Florida International University) |
|
Neoliberalism, Organizational Behavior Management, and the Attack on Tenure |
Domain: Theory |
DOUGLAS ROBERTSON (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
|
Abstract: This paper reports on a case study in a nine year line of behavioral analytic research on intentional, systemic change in public metropolitan research universities (Robertson, 2014a, 2014b, 2016a, 2016b, 2017, 2019, in press; Robertson & Boronat, 2015; Robertson & Pelaez, 2011, 2012a, 2012b, 2013a, 2013b, 2014, 2015a, 2015b, 2016, 2017a, 2017b, 2018, 2019). Neoliberalism can be thought of as a system of metacontingencies at a global scale. Beginning with the post-Cold War era (e.g., Reagan's and Thatcher's administrations, 1981-1989 and 1979-1990, respectively) and continuing to the present, neoliberalism has ascended to become the dominant paradigm for policy and economies globally (Harvey, 2005; St. John, Daun-Barnett, & Moronski-Chapman, 2018; Steger & Roy, 2010). Neoliberalism is an economic paradigm that values free markets, privatization, competition, and unregulated Individualism (what some call "liberty"; think Adam Smith [1723-1790] and more recently, Milton Friedman [1912-2006] and F. A. Hayek [1899-1992], in contrast to John Maynard Keynes [1883-1946], and at the extreme, Karl Marx [1818-1883]). The outcome of neoliberalism is to empower and embolden elites, which ironically limits the liberty of non-elites (recalling social Darwinism is appropriate). Unbridled income inequality and market failures with Keynesian bailouts have been the outcomes of neoliberal behavior and policy. Power elites within this paradigm need to control labor. In colleges and universities, a central and expensive category of labor comprises professors: permanent (tenured) faculty are a problem; contingent (contract) faculty are the solution. Organizational behavior management theory related to intentional change has focused on individual learning at a macro scale, nested hierarchies of metacontingencies, and rules (policy) to actualize desired organization changes. This case study examines an understudied approach: using policy (rules) to hire the agents who already behave in the desired way rather than changing existing agents' behavior and existing metacontingencies. Unintended consequences are examined. |
|
|
|
|
|
Factors and Procedures Pertaining to Delays to Reinforcement: Translational and Applied Evaluations |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica Herrod (University of Georgia) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Herrod, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The study of procedures and variables that impact behavior during delays to reinforcement continues to be important in terms of the treatment of problem behavior. For example, although functional communication training (FCT) has been demonstrated to be a highly effective treatment for problem behavior, delays to reinforcement must be considered given naturally occurring times in which reinforcement is delayed or unavailable and in the interest of practicality (e.g., clients might mand for reinforcement at high rates rendering the treatment impractical for careproviders). This symposium is comprised of three data-based presentations concerning aspects of delays to reinforcement including the evaluation of procedures aimed at enhancing toleration of delays to reinforcement during FCT and variables that impact allocation of responding across different delay-to-reinforcement arrangements. Specifically, the current symposium will focus on delays to reinforcement and present data on (a) the effects of discrimination training and denial trials during FCT, (b) the effects of vocal signals during FCT, and (c) preference for mixed vs. fixed delays to reinforcement. |
Target Audience: Graduate students and practitioners |
|
An Evaluation of Functional Communication Training With Signaled and Unsignaled Delays to Reinforcement |
DAN MANGUM (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) can be successful in replacing problem behavior with a functionally equivalent response. One potential challenge of this intervention involves learners requesting reinforcers at an unsustainable rate. To address this challenge, FCT often includes strategies to thin the reinforcement schedule, including delays to reinforcement. Previous studies have incorporated signals to delay using timers (Kelley, Lerman, Fisher, Roane, & Zangrillo, 2011) or occasional vocal statements (Hagopian, Contrucci-Kuhn, Long, & Rush). To date no studies have systematically evaluated the necessity of a signal indicating delay to reinforcement. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to empirically evaluate the use of a vocal signal, in the absence of a delay timer, on the efficiency of increasing delays to reinforcement. Results indicated the inclusion of a vocal signal preserved the functional communication training outcomes during the reinforcement thinning procedures for a 5-year-old male with Autism Spectrum Disorder to a greater extent than schedule thinning in the absence of a vocal signal. |
|
A Synthesized Approach to Functional Communication Training Including Discrimination and Tolerance to Denial |
JESSICA HERROD (University of Georgia), Sarah Snyder (University of Georgia), Kimberly Caito (University of Georgia), Erinn Whiteside (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) provides an efficient means for reducing problem behaviors while increasing social communication. After establishing a functional communication response (FCR) interventionists may need to thin the schedules of reinforcement to increase durability of effects and maintenance in the natural environment. Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) proposed one means for thinning schedules that involved the systematic introduction of extinction (or denial trials) following a process of delaying reinforcement. The current study evaluates a classroom application of this thinning process with 2 elementary aged boys with autism who engaged in aggression, self-injury, and disruption evoked be denied access to preferred items or routines. The data show the therapeutic effects of the FCT program with systematic introduction of discrimination training and denial trials once the participants demonstrated proficiency with the FCR. Results are discussed in terms of extending Hanley et al. (2014) and how these procedures can be used within typical school-based settings. |
|
|
|
|
Fostering a Researcher-Practitioner Model in Autism Intervention in China: Two Study Examples |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Chengan Yuan (Arizona State University) |
Discussant: Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa) |
CE Instructor: Matthew O'Brien, Ph.D. |
Abstract: There exists a continuous discussion on the role of research training for applied behavior analysis practitioners in their professional development (Critchfield, 2015). However, practitioners who work in applied settings often have limited access to research training and participation. This is especially the case for practitioners located in China. Isolating practitioners from research may lead to a lack of updated evidence on the intervention that practitioners expect to undertake and result in selecting an intervention that may be less effective (Kelly et al, 2015). Training practitioners to embed research in their intervention may lead to their increased awareness of research, critical analysis of existing studies, and empirical contribution to the behavioral literature. In this symposium, the presenters will discuss two studies using different research methodologies to demonstrate how to actively involve practitioners in China in rigorous applied research to help improving intervention efficacy for their clients with autism and solving clinically significant problems based on empirical evidence. |
Target Audience: Graduates, researchers, and practitioners in the field of behavior analysis |
|
Effects of a Group Contingency on Reciprocal Conversation and Social Preference of Children With Autism |
LIQI CHEN (Jingdezhen Kindkids Autism Rehabilitation and Training Center), Chengan Yuan (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often have difficulties initiating and maintaining reciprocal conversations with others. Among the few studies that examined reciprocal conversations with children with autism, Koegel, Park, and Koegel (2014) proposed a reciprocal conversational framework that include the basic components that may facilitate continued conversational exchanges. In this study, we used an interdependent group contingency to improve reciprocal conversation responses of children with autism based on Koegel et al. framework. We paired the children with autism as conversational partners. Given that the interdependent group contingency may also promote cooperation and interaction between children (Smith et al. 2019), we further assessed children’s social preference through their choices between spending time with their peers or by themselves. In a multiple baseline design, we found that the group contingency immediately produced independent reciprocal conversation responses and increased preference for peers across all participants. In addition, the framework allowed children to sustain their conversation. Improvements were further maintained even after the group contingency was removed and novel peers were introduced. Practitioners in China implemented the study and participated in data collection. Verbal reports from the practitioners further indicate that they plan to include this intervention during their daily behavioral interventions. |
|
Improving Delayed Recall of Children With Autism Through Instruction on Rehearsal Strategy and Reinforcement |
LANQI WANG (University of Iowa), Chengan Yuan (Arizona State University), Qing Zhang (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Challenges in delayed recall of events and stimuli are common in individuals with autism (Naoi, Yokoyama, & Yamamoto, 2007). However, few studies have evaluated the interventions that can improve recall with children with autism. Previous studies have found that individuals who used a rehearsal strategy during the delay are more likely to recall past stimuli than those who do not rehearse the recall (e.g., Bebko, Rhee, Ncube, & Dahary, 2017). This study is to examine if teaching rehearsal strategy to children with autism and providing reinforcement for recall would improve their delayed recall. Children with autism will be randomly assigned into three groups: control, rehearsal, and rehearsal + reinforcement groups. Thus, we will also assess if reinforcement for the correct recalls is necessary to improve participants’ performance. Practitioners will participate in this study as instructors who will implement the procedure and collect data. In addition, they will also collect data on treatment fidelity and interobserver agreement of each other. We will discuss fostering the role of researcher-practitioner during this presentation. Data collection will start in November 2019 and be completed by January 2020. |
|
|
|
|
Virtual Reality Simulations for Autism Spectrum Disorder Service Delivery |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
BRIANDA JAZMIN MARTIN DEL CAMPO (The Child's Path) |
AUDREY TAYLOR BOATMAN (Childs Path, Help Begins at Home) |
ANA ELISA ESCALANTE (BehaviorMe) |
GEORGII KURGAN (Luden.io) |
Abstract: Virtual reality allows clients to access environments and learning opportunities that may be difficult to practice or limited in availability. When Behavior Analysts are integral to the software development process, virtual reality simulations create a learning environment that follow basic principles of behavior, use of effective reinforcement schedules and address socially significant skill sets needed for independent living and independence. The following panel addresses two different sets of virtual reality simulations, BehaviorMe.co and ReWire.education, and their process in creating virtual reality simulations used for ABA service delivery, iteration/feedback processes informing software development, review of skill acquisition processes and multidisciplinary collaboration used within the development process. The Panel will also address dissemination efforts of the use of virtual reality with early learners within an ABA clinical setting located in the United states and the dissemination efforts of using ABA and virtual reality within Eastern Europe and Russia. The panel will also review current resources and tools to create their own VR experiences and simulations. |
|
|
|
|
Challenges and Solutions in Delivering ABA Services to Underserved Communities Across Various Cultural and Socioeconomic Backgrounds |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Fumi Horner, Ph.D. |
Chair: Oswaldo Ochoa (Bloom Behavioral Health) |
FUMI HORNER (Behavioral Perspective, Inc.) |
MAGGI CARDENAS (Behavioral Perspective, Inc.) |
MARI URAMOTO (Children Center Inc.) |
Abstract: Estimated 75,000 board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) are needed in order to support the growing need for behavior analytic services in the United States (Hartley et. al., 2016) with only 32,000 current BCBAs (Behavior Analysis Certification Board, 2018). The United States employment demand for Behavior Analysts from 2010 to 2019 found that increases were observed for each state from 2010 (BACB, 2019). Furthermore, there are many other countries, such as Japan, where there are simply not enough behavioral service providers to serve people with developmental disabilities. With such rapid increases in the demand for ABA services within US and possibly even more in other countries, how can the field of Behavior Analysis and organizations work together to provide the services for people with varying socioeconomic and cultural backgrounds? How can we modify our traditional service delivery to better-accommodate to their various needs or level of resources? The panelists will discuss how behavior analytic services in the above-mentioned areas can be implemented and their experience on delivering services across socioeconomic and cultural backgrounds. |
Target Audience: Business owners, managerial level BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: Learn some strategies on how to individualize ABA service delivery to families with various cultural and socioeconomic backgrounds. Learn an application and some limitations of adapting English-written language curriculum using Discrete Trial Instruction in Japanese. Learn ethical considerations and cultural competency when providing services in foreign countries with limited funding for ABA services. |
|
|
|
|
Power of Two: Sibling to Sibling Teaching for Teaching Social Skills to Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu University) |
|
Power of Two: Sibling to Sibling Teaching for Teaching Social Skills to Children With Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
ELIF TEKIN-IFTAR (Anadolu University), Yasemin Gizem Yapıcı (Anadolu University) |
|
Abstract: Siblings of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) could be a valuable source for supporting their siblings with ASD. The study was designed to investigate the effects of a sibling coaching program for implementing social stories (SS) when teaching social skills to their sibling with ASD. The effects of SS delivered by siblings with typical development (TD) on teaching social skills to children with ASD were also investigated. Besides, maintenance and generalization effects of SS were tested. And also, social validity of the study was examined through subjective evaluation completed by the siblings’ mothers and siblings with TD. The study includes three children with autism (6 - 7 years old). Behavioral skill training implemented individually to teach siblings with TD about how to implement SS. A nested multiple probe design across participants used. Findings showed that siblings with TD learned to implement SS reliably through coaching and siblings with autism acquired, maintained and generalized their target skills. Moreover, both siblings with TD and autism maintained the acquired skills and generalized their skills to the novel situations. Social validity of the study was positive in general. Further studies are needed to support these findings. |
|
|
|
|
|
About Reward |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: BPN |
Chair: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
CE Instructor: Carla H. Lagorio, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: WOLFRAM SCHULTZ (University of Cambridge) |
Abstract: The talk will describe the properties of neurons in the brain’s reward systems and how their action contributes to economic decision-making. Each of several reward systems, including the dopamine neurons, striatum, amygdala and orbitofrontal cortex, play a unique role in these processes. The details of this function are currently being investigated using designs based on behavioral theories, such as animal learning theory, machine learning and economic utility theory. |
Target Audience: Anyone interested in brain processes. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define reward; (2) explain the function of rewards; (3) explain how we make economic decisions; (4) discuss how the brain processes rewards; (5) explain how reward processes go wrong. |
|
WOLFRAM SCHULTZ (University of Cambridge) |
 Wolfram Schultz is a graduate in medicine from the University of Heidelberg. After postdoctoral stays in Germany, USA and Sweden, and a faculty position in Switzerland, he works currently at the University of Cambridge. He combines behavioural, neurophysiological and neuroimaging techniques to investigate the neural mechanisms of rlearning, goal-directed behaviour and economic decision making. He uses behavioural concepts from animal learning theory and economic decision theories to study the neurophysiology and neuroimaging of reward and risk in individual neurons and in specific brain regions, including the dopamine system, striatum, orbitofrontal cortex and amygdala. |
|
|
|
|
The First Carbon Based Valley to Create Community, Social and Sustainability: Using Behavior Sciences for Population Level Change |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CSS |
Chair: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: DENNIS EMBRY (PAXIS Institute) |
Abstract: The Wright Brothers first powered flight by a human lasted 12 seconds in 1903. A year later—using processes of variation, testing in the real world, and selection—the Wright brothers had an airplane that flew for 90 minutes—an improvement of 450 times. Today, a Boeing 787 Dreamliner—my favorite aircraft with nearly 3 million air miles between American, United and the deceased Pan Am in my life—can fly straight up during takeoff and fly from New York to Sydney non-stop. The aircraft improved a million times over since the first powered flight, and a result of continuous variation, testing and selection.
Applied Behavior Analysis, as conceived by Don Baer, Mont Wolf, and Todd Risley, was a technical methodology to achieve greater good that philosophers of many stripes posited. The contingencies of reinforcement on behavior analysts, determine how well and thoughtful the behavioral technology gets selected to achieve the vision conceived my dissertation advisors.
Reading through the older Journals of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), it is clear that many of the second-generation grad students, like me, were thinking and testing ABA for improving all manner social and behavioral ills. If you flip through those JABA’s, you can find all sorts of studies that could have been turned into commercial, real-world products and services that could have made an enormous beneficial change in our precious blue water and green jewel in space and for its inhabitants. That said, most of the contingencies, were and still are, for publications and grants, rather than real-world change. Outside of that, today, the major employment is for behavioral specialists working with children with Autism or other disorders.
Only a few ABA “products” are true large-scale enterprises, one of those being the PAX Good Behavior Game® and Triple P Parenting both touching millions of people. Both PAX GBG and Triple P have deep roots in the original science, but are both sold, trained, and supported around the world to very diverse customers.
My talk is about how to build the First Carbon Based Valley of behavioral scientists (mimicking the Silicon Valley) to develop, test and disseminate practical, proven, cost-effective strategies rooted in behavioral science to be scaled up, sold, implemented well with sustainable effects on human wellbeing for whole populations—not just private practice clients or persons with diagnoses. I will use examples of the population-level strategies I’ve built my career on: working with Sesame Street, Implementing a National Safety Program in New Zealand, state-level multiple baseline on tobacco control, parenting interventions, mission readiness involving military families, reducing county-wide meth use, and, of course, the Good Behavior Game. All of this has been done in the context of a for-profit business engaging in continuous improvement based on the principles of applied behavior analysis.
My call to the audience is to create the First Carbon Valley—linking early career and established career behavioral scientists to better the world with commercialized, continuously-proven behavioral science. I am willing to help start and support this effort, which we have already begun to do informally. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
|
DENNIS EMBRY (PAXIS Institute) |
 Dennis D. Embry received his Ph.D. from the University of Kansas, focused on using ABA for population-level efforts with Sesame Street and the AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety—ultimately implementing that work throughout New Zealand. Dr. Embry is president/senior scientist at PAXIS Institute in Tucson, and co-investigator at both Johns Hopkins Center for Prevention and the Manitoba Centre for Health Policy. Founded in 1998, PAXIS Institute is an international prevention science company, focused on preventing mental, emotional, behavioral and related physical disorders at population-level. He is a SAMHSA/CMHS National Advisory Council member, the board of the National Federation of Families for Children’s Mental Health, and the scientific advisory board of the Children’s Mental Health Network. In the 1990s, he implemented the first RCT at population-level to reduce youth violence (PeaceBuilders) using ABA principles. In 1999, he began replicating the longitudinal Hopkin’s studies of the Good Behavior Game. Today Dr. Embry’s prevention efforts affecting more than one million children in 38 states, multiple provinces of Canada, and EU countries with multiple studies showing population-level reduction of mental, emotional, and behavioral disorders using PAX GBG and evidence-base kernels. As grad student, Dr. Baer (his advisor) asked Dennis why he wanted to study ABA having a political and history background, the answer: “I want to use science to make our world a better place for children.” |
|
|
|
|
Investigating Self-Controlled Choice in Situations Involving Desirable and Undesirable Outcomes |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Forrest Toegel, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Research investigating self-control often focuses on choice between two desirable outcomes – those in which an individual can produce either a small outcome delayed by short amount of time or a large outcome delayed by a long time; however, individuals encounter another kind of choice situation in daily life – one in which a choice can produce both desirable and undesirable outcomes. The present symposium arranges three recent studies that attempt to further our understanding of self-controlled choice in situations involving both desirable and undesirable outcomes. The goal of this symposium is to explore recent approaches to investigate this type of choice situation and to encourage future research on this underrepresented area. |
|
Effects of Delay and Signals on Choice Between Immediate Food With Delayed Shock and Delayed Food Alone |
FORREST TOEGEL (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Some problematic human behavior occurs when a single choice produces reinforcing and aversive consequences. The present experiments explored this type of choice situation using rats to investigate how the value of an immediate food reinforcer that is followed by a shock changes as a function of the delay to the shock. The rats chose between two food pellets delivered immediately and followed by delayed shock, and two food pellets delivered alone after a delay. Within each condition, the delay to food was adjusted based on each rat’s previous choices until both consequences were chosen equally often and the delay to food was stable. At this “indifference point,” the delayed food was equal in value to the immediate food followed by shock. Depending on the experiment, either the delay to shock or whether the delayed shock was signaled was manipulated across conditions. Generally, the shock devalued the immediate food to the greatest extent when the delay to shock was short. As the delay to shock was raised, these effects weakened in a pattern resembling a hyperbola. The signaling procedure did not affect the value of the immediate food systematically. The findings parallel research on temporal discounting of positive reinforcers. |
|
Discounting Combinations of Gains and Losses |
YU-HUA YEH (Washington University in St. Louis), Sara J. Estle (University of North Carolina at Greensboro), Yaoyun Cui (Washington University in St. Louis), Joel Myerson (Washington University in St. Louis), Leonard Green (Washington University in St. Louis) |
Abstract: Discounting research has focused mostly on relatively simple situations such as choices between immediate, smaller gains and delayed, larger gains. Everyday choice situations, however, are more complex, often involving combinations of gains and losses. We examined discounting by humans in situations that combined an immediate loss followed by a delayed gain that resulted in either a net gain (Experiment 1) or a net loss (Experiment 2) and compared it with discounting when there was only a delayed gain. We also examined discounting in situations involving an immediate gain followed by a delayed loss that resulted in either a net gain (Experiment 3) or a net loss (Experiment 4) and compared it with discounting when there was only a delayed loss. A hyperboloid discounting function that describes the discounting of delayed gains and of delayed losses in simple choice situations tended to describe the discounting of combinations of gains and losses (see Figure), although participants discounted gain-loss combinations less steeply than delayed gains not preceded by an immediate loss or delayed losses not preceded by an immediate gain. These findings support the view that complex choices like those often encountered in everyday life can be evaluated within the discounting framework. |
|
|
|
|
Enhancement of Reading Competence With Headsprout: A Computer-Based Behavioral Intervention |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University) |
Discussant: Janet S. Twyman (blast) |
CE Instructor: Julian C. Leslie, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The failure of a large proportion of children in early education to reaching desired standards of reading competence is a concern in many countries. Many small scale studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of Headsprout (R) in enhancing reading skills in young children but computer-based behavioral interventions have rarely been implemented on a wide scale. There are many obstacles to this, mostly cultural rather than scientific, but it is important to overcome these if behavior analysis is to make a major contribution in this essential area of basic education. As Headsprout is currently available inexpensively there is an opportunity to make rapid progress with this agenda and we have been working on this in Northern ireland for a number of years. The first paper in this symposium reports a large-scale study recruiting participants from a number of primary schools in the region, and the second paper reviews the series of studies conducted to date, identfying successes and also the scientific and a cultural issues that remain to be addressed. |
Target Audience: Professionals and researchers working in mainstream and special education settings. |
Learning Objectives: Following this session, those attending: 1. will be aware of the widespread deficits in reading attainment in schools internationally; 2. will have some knowledge of the the Headsprout Early reading program; 3. will have reviewed evidence of the effectiveness of the Headsprout Early reading program in closing the gap between age-typical readers and disadvantaged children. |
|
Better Reading for Better Outcomes: Impact of Headsprout Early Reading on Literacy of Disadvantaged Primary School Children in Northern Ireland |
GERRY MCWILLIAMS (Ulster University), Claire E. McDowell (Ulster University, Coleraine), Una O'Connor Bones (Ulster University), Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University) |
Abstract: A quarter of UK primary school children leave school below the expected literacy level. In Northern Ireland, although the literacy of primary school children is improving, the gap between disadvantaged and other children is not closing. This study is providing an HER intervention for children across 8 schools in Northern Ireland with high levels of disadvantage, using a pre-test, post-test study design to test the impact of HER on literacy performance. Additionally, this research analysed the correlation between the time spent on HER and subsequent improvements in literacy performance. Distinctive features are the relatively large scale, and the use of school staff and resources to deliver HER, thus increasing ecological validity and sustainability. Measures include a standardised reading assessment in combination with a bespoke fluency and accuracy test, administered before, during and after HER training. Baseline, midpoint and post intervention data will be reported. Findings suggest HER contrubted towards closing the gap in reading attainment between disdadvantaged primary school children and their age-matched peers, and that this type and scale of study can contribute to school-wide adoption of computer-aided behavioural interventions to support children’s reading progress. |
|
What Have We LearnedAbout Reading? A Review of a Research Programme to Enhance Reading Competence in Disadavantaged Children in Northern Ireland |
JULIAN C. LESLIE (Ulster University), Catherine Storey (Queen's University Belfast), Claire E. McDowell (Ulster University, Coleraine) |
Abstract: Many countries face continuing problems in developing literacy and reading skills in primary education with substantial numbers of children missing national literacy targets. Behaviour analysis focusses on the need to specify key skills that comprise any higher-order activity and then train them explicitly in a program that is individualised. For reading, key skills are phonemic awareness, use of phonics, fluency, guided oral reading, and acquisition of new vocabulary words. The Headsprout Early Reading© program, developed by behaviour analysts, is an online package which targets each of the skills through intensive systematic phonics training. It makes use of computer-based instruction and promotes higher levels of student engagement and enjoyment. We have carried out several studies within mainstream schools in Northern Ireland using Headsprout© to improve the reading skills of disadvantaged children and have obtained encouraging results. The most recent stage has been to carry out a study involving a number of schools, and have the classroom teachers implement the Headsprout© program. This is closer to our overall goal of district-wide implementation. There are further challenges in sustaining behaviour-based interventions in schools, and it will be suggested that we can usefully draw on the huge literature on autism interventions to address these. |
|
|
|
|
The Role of Behavior Analysts in the Transition Process for Students with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Edward Justin Page, Ph.D. |
Chair: Edward Justin Page (Duquesne University) |
PATRICK E. MCGREEVY (Patrick McGreevy and Associates) |
TROY FRY (Patrick McGreevy and Associates) |
TRACY EILEEN SINCLAIR (The University of Oklahoma) |
Abstract: Students with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD), when compared to typical developing peers, continue to have lower post-secondary outcomes (e.g., employment rates, community integration) (Migliore & Butterworth, 2008; Papay & Bambara, 2014). As the transition pathways expand beyond employment (i.e., education, independent living, community integration), multidisciplinary teams are searching for ways to better prepare students with IDD for life after high school. Behavior analysts can support education personnel in all major facets of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA; 2004). This panel aims to discuss how Behavior Analysts can collaborate with multidisciplinary teams on assessment, intervention, and thoughtful programming, highlight areas for improvement within the transition process, and discuss how to approach conflicting views on best practices. |
Target Audience: The target audience for this panel are professionals who work as behavior analysts within school districts and consult with school staff members on transition programming. A secondary target audience are behavior analysts who have a vested interest in assessing students with IDD. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand how behavior analysts can contribute as part of a multidisciplinary team; (2) identify assessments and best practices which can be used to increase transition outcomes; (3) and state the transition pathway options for students with IDD . |
|
|
|
|
Beyond Autism: Exploring Dissociative Identity Disorder and Lottomania |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Brady J. Phelps (South Dakota State University) |
Discussant: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Papers will be presented that pertain to a behavior analytic view of the behaviors of dissociative identity disorder as well as the phenomenon known as “lotto fever” or “lottomania.” The former topic is amenable to behavior analysis. Arguments will be made that personality is behavior, and this behavioral repertoire could exhibit sufficient variability to be described as being multiple. But, such behavior would result from complex contingencies of reinforcement and punishment. The behaviors of reporting to be different individuals, with different histories, and having differential abilities are likely operants resulting from atypical reinforcement and punishment contingencies, as well as inappropriate self-generated rules controlling a persistent avoidance or escape repertoire. The latter topic is also understandable from a behavior analytic perspective. On rare occasions when very large jackpots have accumulated, public demand for lottery tickets accelerates sharply, resulting in long lines at lottery purchase sites. This accelerated demand, called “lotto fever” or “lottomania,” is a temporary phenomenon, followed by a devaluation of subjective value for similar-size prizes in the future. |
|
Explaining the behaviors labelled as Dissociative Identity Disorder |
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University) |
Abstract: Skinner (1974) stated "Complex contingencies of reinforcement create complex repertoires, and as we have seen, different contingencies create different persons in the same skin, of which so-called multiple personalities are only an extreme manifestation" (p. 171-172). Except for this reference, Skinner did not elaborate on the topic of “multiple personalities.” Arguments will be made that personality is behavior, and this behavioral repertoire could exhibit sufficient variability to be described as being multiple. But, as Skinner alluded, such behavior would result from complex contingencies of reinforcement and punishment. The behaviors of reporting to be different individuals, with different histories, and having differential abilities are likely operants resulting from atypical reinforcement and punishment contingencies, as well as inappropriate self-generated rules controlling a persistent avoidance or escape repertoire. The childhood behavior of pretending to be someone else may persist as overt behavior, in a context of motivating operations and contingencies for such behavior. Differential abilities are either only self-reported or if overt, these are operant behavior. The evidence of dissociated identities from brain-imaging technologies can also be accounted for without having to reify multiple or dissociated “personalities.” |
|
Lottomania, Lotto Fever, and the Expected Utility of a Wager |
CHARLES A. LYONS (Eastern Oregon University) |
Abstract: Large public lotteries in the U.S. produce several billion dollars in sales for participating states, and provide hundreds of millions of dollars in winnings to players. On rare occasions when very large jackpots have accumulated, public demand for lottery tickets accelerates sharply, resulting in long lines at lottery purchase sites. This accelerated demand, called “lotto fever” or “lottomania,” is a temporary phenomenon, followed by a devaluation of subjective value for similar-size prizes in the future. To examine factors that might trigger lottomania, I reviewed all drawings of the Powerball lottery held between 1992 and 2019 for evidence of a doubling of per capita demand for lottery ticket sales across two consecutive drawings (operationally defined as lotto fever). I identified 13 instances of lotto fever, and for each I calculated the jackpot value at which the expected utility (EU) of a wager equaled the cost of play. Instances of lotto fever occurred on average 1.2 drawings after the EU breakpoint was reached (Pearson r = .91, p < .001). The relative influences of matching, habituation, and extinction on lottomania are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Supervisor and Supervisee Evaluations: How Can We Use Them, Do They work, Can We Make Them Stronger? |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
5:30 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Hana Lynn Jurgens (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.) |
|
Supervisor and Supervisee Evaluations: How Can We Use Them, Do They work, Can We Make Them Stronger? |
Domain: Service Delivery |
HANA LYNN JURGENS (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.), Patrick O'Leary (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.), Shannon O'Leary (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.) |
|
Abstract: BACB student Supervision is one of the most important aspects within each company providing ABA services - the ability to bring in strong future BCBAs, provide them with ample opportunities to train, engage in experience both directly with clients and indirectly with all of the assessments and administrative needs, and make sure they are ready to be effective and ethical BCBAS when the time comes. So, how do companies guarantee their supervision is not only MEETING, but EXCEEDING the expectations and standards? Often times its by word of mouth. In the world of ABA it’s time to get data to support claims regarding the quality of site supervision, and we have created a system of evaluations to do just that. We will go through the data collected during a pilot study examining how to create an effective, and reliable system for evaluating supervisees and supervisors, and what needs to be done to strengthen this process. |
|
|
|
|
|
Presidential Scholar Address: Treating Antisocial Behaviors Among Children and Adolescents: From Behavior to Social Context |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D. |
|
Presidential Scholar Address: Treating Antisocial Behaviors Among Children and Adolescents: From Behavior to Social Context |
Abstract: Conduct Disorder in contemporary psychiatric diagnosis systems refers to a pattern of antisocial behaviors including acts of aggression, property destruction, stealing, vandalism, and cruelty. This is a lifelong impairing condition that has enormous costs to individuals, families, and society. This presentation highlights the problem, risk and causal factors and current treatments. One of the treatments we have studied is parent management training, which relies on principles and techniques of behavior analysis. Changing child, adolescent, and parent behavior seemed to be the major challenge as my work began. That turned out not to be anywhere near as daunting as addressing the challenges in society that directly support, foster, and in some cases cause aggression and antisocial behavior. The presentation will convey limitations of current intervention research, using my own work as a case study, and attend to broader foci that fall outside of any single model of behavior or discipline. Novel models of intervention delivery will be illustrated to convey ways to reach people in need but who receive none of our interventions or services. |
|
ALAN KAZDIN (Yale University) |
|
Alan E. Kazdin. Ph.D., ABPP, is Sterling Professor of Psychology and Child Psychiatry (Emeritus) at Yale University. Before coming to Yale, he was on the faculty of The Pennsylvania State University and the University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine. At Yale, he has been Director of the Yale Parenting Center, Chairman of the Psychology Department, Director and Chairman of the Yale Child Study Center at the School of Medicine, Director of Child Psychiatric Services at Yale-New Haven Hospital.
Kazdin’s research has focused primarily on the treatment of aggressive and antisocial behavior in children and adolescents. His 750+ publications include 50 books that focus on methodology and research design, interventions for children and adolescents, behavioral and cognitive-behavioral treatment, parenting and child rearing, and interpersonal violence. His work on parenting and childrearing has been featured on NPR, PBS, BBC, and CNN and he has appeared on the Today Show, Good Morning America, ABC News, 20/20, and Dr. Phil. For parents, he has a free online course (Coursera), Everyday Parenting: The ABCs of Child Rearing (ABCs = Antecedents, Behaviors, Consequences).
Kazdin has been editor of six professional journals (Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, Psychological Assessment, Behavior Therapy, Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice Current Directions in Psychological Science, and Clinical Psychological Science). He has received a number of professional awards including the Outstanding Research Contribution by an Individual Award and Lifetime Achievement Award (Association of Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies), Outstanding Lifetime Contributions to Psychology Award and Distinguished Scientific Award for the Applications of Psychology (American Psychological Association), the James McKeen Cattell Award (Association for Psychological Science), and the Gold Medal Award for Life Achievement in the Science of Psychology (American Psychological Foundation). In 2008, he was president of the American Psychological Association. |
|
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; scientists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss current findings regarding aggressive and antisocial behavior among children and adolescents (e.g., prevalence, long-term course, risk and causal factors); (2) review the status of treatments for problem behaviors for children and adolescents; (3) consider the many contexts that in which antisocial behavior emerges and is maintained; (4) discuss novel models of delivering services that can be used to scale interventions and reach people who are neglected in the delivery of evidence-based (and non-evidence-based interventions). |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC) |
Presenting Authors: |
The behavior analysis for sustainable societies (BASS) special interest group was formed to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, overconsumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Objectives include to (a) encourage and support research that promotes the application of behavior analysis to green/environmental issues, (b) collaborate with environmental scientists, environmental groups, and other SIGs within ABAI who have an interest in addressing behavior change and sustainability/environmental issues, (c) disseminate research and practices that support solutions to environmental issues through the application of behavioral interventions, (d) develop curriculum, textbooks, and additional educational resources that address sustainability and the application of behavior analysis, (e) compile resources for individuals interested in behavior change and environmental issues, and (f) develop an information base of current effective practices/initiatives, government policies, and employment for behavior analysts interested in behavior change and environmental issues. The business meeting is open to anyone interested in sustainability and environmental issues |
|
|
|
|
Student Committee Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Presenting Authors: |
ABAI student members constitute a significant portion of the Association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for all ABAI student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The Student Committee business meeting will facilitate conversations concerning student issues, their involvement, and how we can better serve students with respect to their professional development. This business meeting will also serve to update students on current activities and recruit students interested in serving on the Executive Council or other Student Subcommittees (e.g., academic engagement, events, and outreach). |
|
|
|
|
UncomfortableX: Second Annual ABAI Meet-Up |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Megan Erin Sullivan Kirby (University of South Florida; UncomfortableX) |
Presenting Authors: |
We welcome curious, newly admitted and veteran UncomfortableX members to join us in a celebration of perseverance in the face of adversity (social, political, professional) and to toast to the start of a new behaviorist activist research program! Since 2017, UncomfortableX has encouraged behavior analysts to strengthen their listener and speaker behaviors by engaging in dialogue about social and political issues, historical and contemporary. In 2019, UncomfortableX hosted 8 guest lecturers and 12 professional development webinars, with support from the Dissemination of Behavior Analysis (DBA SIG) dissemination grant. Steady growth in membership has led to over 8,500 Uncomfortable BCBAs around the world, residing in 15+ different countries. Join Dr. Barbara J. Kaminski and Megan Kirby at the second annual offline "Uncomfortable" meet-up! |
|
|
|
|
Crime, Delinquency, and Forensic Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Timothy Templin (HABA) |
Presenting Authors: |
To ensure that those in the criminal justice fields have access to appropriate, evidence-based, behavior analytic, therapeutic resources to reduce crime and delinquency. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been useful in addressing societal problems related to the criminal justice field. For example, the role of teaching families in reducing recidivism and the improvement of prison drug programs. ABA has been helpful in guiding the court system in identifying effective sanctions, called graduated sanctions, understanding the effects of behavioral/cognitive-behavioral programs on recidivism, parent training, functional behavioral assessment and team problem solving schools for emotionally and behaviorally disordered students. It has also impacted the assessment of child sexual abuse. Continued advocacy and research are needed to make behavior analytic services available to criminal justice, mental health, military and veterans’ fields and to document the efficacy of behavior analysis in these applications. Our annual business meeting is open to all those interested. We will discuss our goals as a special interest group, further areas of research and how to use this field for the public good. |
|
|
|
|
China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons/Professional Committee of Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meetings is to provide a yearly update on the development of the China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons/Professional Committee of Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
New U.S. and Non-U.S. Programs Interested in ABAI Accreditation and VCS |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Jenna Mrljak (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is an open meeting to disseminate information to new U.S. and non-U.S programs interested in pursuing accreditation or obtaining a verified course sequence (VCS) through the Association for Behavior Analysis International. |
|
|
|
|
OBM Network Annual Meeting / Journal of Organizational Behavior Management Annual Meeting |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
7:00 PM–8:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Journal of Organizational Behavior Management is among the top management and applied psychology journals according to the Journal Citation Reports. The purpose of the annual meeting is to provide an annual report of the Journal’s activities and accomplishments. In addition, this meeting serves as forum for audience members to voice their ideas and suggestions for future directions and enhancement of Journal’s objectives and activities. The meeting is open. |
|
|
|
|
Accredited Programs |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
1. ABAI Accreditation Board |
JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Abstract: This poster will provide an update on the Association for Behavior Analysis International Accreditation Board's standards and activities. |
|
2. University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis and Behavior Analysis Online |
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis presentation and recruiting of on campus programs BEHV-ABA/BEHV-MS/BEHV-PhD. University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis Presentation and recruiting of Online classes Certification and online Masters of Arts. |
|
3. Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology |
NICHOLAS WEATHERLY (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Tech) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Programs at the Florida Institute of Technology will be described in this poster. Fl Tech offers on-campus MS programs in ABA at both our Melbourne and Orlando, Fl campuses, OBM, and ABA + OBM, a PhD program in Behavior Analysis, and an online MA program in professional behavior analysis. The faculty, courses, and practicum of the Fl Tech program will be described, along with the credit requirements, and final program exam requirements. The program is accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis, International and offers students more than 15 options for practicum. The faculty have diverse interests, which span EAB, to clinical behavior analysis, to OBM. The program is one of the most research productive programs in the world, as measured by JEAB and JABA publications. The program also has a high pass rate on the BCBA certification exam. |
|
4. Western Michigan University: MA and PhDPrograms in Behavior Analysis |
JESSICA E. FRIEDER (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University), Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis (BA) masters and doctoral programs at WMU provide intense training in the conceptual, basic, and applied foundations of behavior analysis. In addition to giving students substantial training in a core specialty area (e.g., autism and developmental disabilities, health or safety, behavioral pharmacology, experimental analysis of behavior), the program exposes students to a broad range of applied and experimental areas through coursework, research, and applied experiences. The masters program prepares students for doctoral study or employment at the M.A. level in autism/developmental disabilities, mental health, substance abuse, education, government, and business and industry. The Ph.D. program prepares students for roles as professors and researchers in college or university settings, or systems-oriented applied positions in the human services. |
|
5. MS in Applied Behavior Analysis at St. Cloud State University |
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University), Odessa Luna (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: St. Cloud State University offers a BAAB-accredited Masters of Science program in Applied Behavior Analysis. Students have the option to complete their coursework and practical training on campus in St. Cloud, Minnesota, or do coursework from anywhere in the world and train with local providers as part of our distance-learning MS cohort. Recent graduates of our program had a 100% first-time pass rate on the BCBA exam and are employed with top ABA providers around the world. Ph.D.-level faculty instruct all coursework, advise on thesis and research endeavors, and mentor students in a variety of specializations. Visit us and learn how St. Cloud State can help you unleash your potential! |
|
6. UMBC Master's Degree in Applied Behavior Analysis |
JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Adithyan Rajaraman (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The UMBC Department of Psychology together with the Kennedy Krieger Institute’s Department of Behavioral Psychology are uniquely suited to prepare students as professionals in the practice of behavior analysis. Our track is accredited by ABAI and our course sequence is verified by the BACB. |
|
7. Behavior Analysis Ph.D. Program at West Virginia University |
KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Catherine Williams (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The behavior analysis program at WVU trains students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however, students may emphasize basic, applied, or both types of research. |
|
8. The Programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University |
R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), DANIEL MARK FIENUP (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We will present the MA and Ph.D. programs in teaching as applied behavior analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University. We will outline the requirements for each degree and focus on the critical features of our graduate training programs. We will present our three-tiered module system of teacher training program that incorporates verbal behavior about the science (content area expertise), contingency-shaped repertoires (application expertise), and verbally mediated data analysis (analytic expertise). In addition, we will highlight our research and demonstration (R & D) CABAS® model schools, where our students and graduates work and train. |
|
9. Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago Campus |
ASHLEY WHITTINGTON-BARNISH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kaius Ward (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ruth Rehfeldt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Cameron Mittelman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Rocco G Catrone (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), August Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Upswing Advocates) |
Abstract: Come stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Downtown Chicago! We offer MS and PhD degrees in ABA, as well as a Graduate Certificate Program. Our program includes a Verified Course Sequence and diverse practicum training opportunities. Our PhD program prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as become lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways. The school is located right on the river in downtown Chicago, easily accessible by public transportation. There are numerous opportunities to learn and apply behavior analysis, enjoy views from the river and downtown Chicago from the classrooms, and take advantage of all that Chicago has to offer! |
|
10. Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of South Florida |
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis program in the Department of Child and Family Studies at the University of South Florida offers the ABAI accredited master of science degree in applied behavior analysis. This is a 2-year program with a VCS that focuses on research and practice so graduates can get certified as a BCBA or apply to a doctoral program in behavior analysis upon graduation. The University of South Florida Applied Behavior Analysis program also offers a master of arts degree in applied behavior analysis that is fully online. This 2-year program also has a VCS so students can get certified upon graduation. In addition, the USF program offers a doctoral program in applied behavior analysis that focuses on developing effective teachers and researchers so students are prepared for academic careers upon graduation. The doctoral program has a mentorship model in which students are accepted to work with faculty mentors who share research interests. Finally, the USF program offers an ABA minor with a VCS for students interested in becoming a BCaBA. |
|
11. Montana State University Billings: Master of Science in Special Education Advanced Studies, ABA Emphasis, Accredited Program |
CHERYL A. YOUNG-PELTON (Montana State University Billings) |
Abstract: Montana State University Billings Master of Science in Special Education Advanced Studies ABA Emphasis Degree program earned a five-year accreditation by ABAI in May 2019. Montana presents unique challenges for teaching, learning, and practical applications being the fourth largest state in the U.S by square area but one of the least populated per square mile with mountains, rivers, and weather conditions that prevent face-to-face training for much of the academic year. For these reasons, MSU Billings has become an online leader and provider of remote supervision technologies. Accreditation has envigorated the university administration with plans for an on-campus clinic for children and youth in the community where our graduate students will be able to obtain practical experience in applied behavior analysis. Please stop by and learn more about MSU Billings - located in Yellowstone County! |
|
12. University of Nevada, Reno Satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno), Jamiika Thomas (University of Nevada, Reno), Laura Barcelos Nomicos (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This poster describes the Satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis offered by the University of Nevada, Reno. Three online programs are offered. The first of these is a full Master of Arts degree in Behavior Analytic Psychology. This program is the only online Masters’ Degree Program accredited by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. The other two programs include course sequences at the graduate and undergraduate levels. All three programs are recognized Approved Course Sequences by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The poster describes the curricula for each of these programs, timelines for completion, admission requirements, and other information. The aim of this presentation is to recruit students who do not otherwise have access to behavior analytic training in their home regions. The University of Nevada, Reno has been delivering satellite programs in behavior analysis for more than 20 years, serving students in multiple US states as well as in the countries of Canada, China, Jordan, Saudi Arabia and Taiwan. |
|
13. Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis & Clinical Science at Rollins College |
APRIL MICHELE WILLIAMS (Rollins College), Stephanie L. Kincaid (Rollins College), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College) |
Abstract: The master’s program in Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science at Rollins College follows a junior-colleague model to ensure high-quality mentoring of students. Upon entering the program, students work collaboratively with all of the faculty in every aspect of professional development, including: professional networking, practicum site selection, designing and conducting research, presenting and publishing research, and goal setting with regards to further graduate study or job placement. For the thesis/capstone process in the final year, students are matched with one primary advisor according to research interests. This program will prepare students for either master’s level professional practice in applied behavior analysis or for doctoral level work in clinical psychology or applied behavior analysis. |
|
14. Graduate Studies in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Houston, Clear Lake |
KARLIE HINKLE (University of Houston Clear Lake), Samantha Jean Boyle (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Samantha Dyer (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis program at the University of Houston-Clear Lake provides students with a well-rounded foundation in applied behavior analysis through an integrated sequence of coursework, practicum, and research activities. Students obtain competency in theoretical and conceptual issues of behavior analysis, performance management, and the application of basic principles with particular emphasis on interventions for children and adults with developmental disabilities. Practicum and research experiences are provided in home, school, and clinic settings. All students complete individual research projects and deliver original community presentations prior to graduation. Research is student-directed, with opportunities to gain experience in a variety of areas and with various populations. The program is accredited by ABAI and includes a course sequence and practicum that have been approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board, Inc® as meeting the requirements for eligibility to take the BCBA exam. Graduate assistantships, paid internships, and other forms of financial assistance are available to qualifying students. The coursework also prepares graduates for eligibility to be a Texas Licensed Behavior Analyst. Furthermore, graduates will be prepared to pursue doctoral degrees in psychology or behavior analysis. |
|
15. The Ohio State University's ABAI Accredited Graduate Programs in Special Education |
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Matthew Brock (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University at Newark), Christina Rouse-Billman (The Ohio State University), Laurice Joseph (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The Ohio State University's (OSU) ABAI-accredited graduate programs in special education have been advancing the study of applied behavior analysis for the past 40 years. OSU's special education graduate programs were the recipients of the SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis. Our contributions include hundreds of published peer-reviewed journal articles and dozens of books. The greatest contributions of OSU's special education program are the program graduates whose work has helped bring evidence-based instructional practices to teachers and students around the world. The Ph.D. program, the first doctoral program to receive ABAI accreditation (1995), prepares leadership personnel for special education whose research, teaching, and professional practice are grounded in the philosophy of behaviorism and the methodological and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. The MA program, accredited by ABAI in 1995, emphasizes the design, implementation, and evaluation of curricular and instructional interventions to improve academic, social, self-care, and vocational skills for individuals with disabilities. Master's program graduates work as licensed classroom teachers, behavior analysts, or program supervisors in public schools, private schools, or community agencies. |
|
16. Caldwell University’s PhDProgram in Applied Behavior Analysis |
KENNETH F. REEVE (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a 90-credit Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis degree program. The core of the program consists of Caldwell University’s ABAI© -accredited 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis. Students in the Ph.D. program are required to complete a behavior analytic research dissertation mentored by a faculty member. The Ph.D. program prepares students to work in a variety of applied and academic settings. Caldwell University’s on-campus Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB© -approved practicum experience, with both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving the community. New Jersey also boasts many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to support training in behavior analysis and to provide additional practicum experience and employment opportunities. |
|
17. Caldwell University’s Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis |
RUTH M. DEBAR (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis that is accredited by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board© of ABAI©. The core of the program consists of a BACB© -approved eight-course sequence (24 credits). Students in the MA program are required to complete a behavior analytic research thesis mentored by a faculty member. The MA program prepares students to work in a variety of applied settings and for further doctoral study. Caldwell University’s on-campus Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB© -approved intensive practicum experience, with both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving individuals with developmental disabilities in the community. New Jersey also has many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to provide employment opportunities for graduates of the program. |
|
18. Florida State University Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis |
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University), Harry Allen Murphy (Florida State University Panama City), Amy S. Polick (Florida State University Panama City), Leah Julia Koehler (Florida State University Panama City) |
Abstract: Florida State University's master's program in Applied Behavior Analysis will be completing its 21st year with over 300 graduates. This is a terminal, non-thesis, program specifically designed to prepare students to become ethical, competent Board Certified Behavior Analysts who can work across a variety of settings and populations. Classes are taught face-to-face by BCBA-D faculty. Students have the option of living in Panama City or Tallahassee. All students have paid assistantships with approved behavior analytic agencies and receive a tuition waiver. |
|
19. Behavior Analysis Program at University of Nevada, Reno |
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This year marks the 29th Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We look forward to providing an overview of our program updates including the areas of training, faculty scholarly interests, application requirements for those who are interest in our Masters and Ph.D. degrees, and graduate funding opportunities. The update will reflect the following accomplishments: We were awarded the “Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis” by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010; the program has conferred over 40 Ph.D. degrees; the on-campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees; the satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and international locations; our undergraduate training in behavior analysis received ABAI accreditation in 2016. |
|
20. Master’s Program in Behavioral Science at Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway |
GUNNAR REE (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: The Department of Behavioral Science at OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway – offers a master’s program in Behavioral Science. The two-year, full-time program includes courses in experimental, conceptual and applied behavior analysis, is tuition free, Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI)-accredited, and Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB)-approved. The Department runs two bachelor’s programs with strong behavior analytic content (Bachelor of Psychology; ABAI-accredited and BACB-approved, and Bachelor of Social Education), and a Ph. D. program in Behavior Analysis. There are 30 doctoral candidates, 120 master students and 800 bachelor students in the department’s programs. Faculty to student ratio is high, and students from all levels participate in lab groups: Experimental Studies of Complex Human Behavior; Cultural Selection and Behavioral Economics; Applied and Experimental Behavior Analysis in Clinical Practice, and Experimental Behavior Analysis - Translational and Conceptual Research. www.appliedbehavioranalysisedu.org rates the master’s among its Top 20 programs. The program is currently offered as a Norwegian master. Applicants for the whole program sequence must be proficient in spoken and written Norwegian. Single courses can be adapted for English-speaking students, and we welcome applicants with knowledge of behavior analysis for these courses. There is opportunity for thesis work through participation in ongoing projects. We welcome students with good ideas of their own. |
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Training Programs |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
21. Salve Regina University |
CODY MORRIS (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Salve Regina University is a private liberal-arts college located in Rhode Island that offers graduate training at the master’s level in applied behavior analysis. The curriculum for the applied behavior analysis program at Salve Regina University is the only Verified Course Sequence (VCS) approved by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) in the state of Rhode Island. Students interested in pursuing a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) credential will be provided the necessary coursework and practicum experiences to meet the standards set by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) and to be successful practitioners of applied behavior analysis. Salve currently offers two major practica opportunities for students, one taking place in an autism program and one taking place at a teaching center. In addition to courses and practica experiences, students who are admitted to Salve Regina University will have opportunities to engage in and contribute to research conducted by faculty and site supervisors. |
|
22. Applied Behavior Analysis at Aurora University |
JONATHAN K FERNAND (Aurora University), Stephen F. Walker (Aurora University), Sarah C. Mead (Aurora University) |
Abstract: The Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at Aurora University prepares individuals to address significant challenges in today’s society. The ABA program emphasizes a natural science approach to the study of human behavior. The program will introduce students to ways of viewing everyday behavior that differs from the way behavior is typically talked about in everyday speak. Students will be introduced to the basic research that serves as the foundation for applied behavior analysis, and how basic research has given rise to effective behavioral treatments addressing behavioral challenges. Students will have the opportunity to exercise skills learned in the classroom at practicum sites that have been selected because of the high-quality services and the range of experiences the sites provide. |
|
23. Georgia State University's Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis |
DANIEL E CONINE (Georgia State University), Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: Georgia State University, located in downtown Atlanta, GA, offers a Master of Sciences degree in Applied Behavior Analysis. Our program is housed within the Department of Learning Sciences in the College of Education and Human Development. As an ABAI Verified Course Sequence, we provide the coursework required for graduates to be eligible, in part, to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination®. Additional program highlights include collaborations with faculty members, strong community partnerships and relationships, and a cohort model that fosters lasting professional relationships. Additionally, we have been awarded a $1.2 million dollar Office of Special Education Programs training grant that will provide support to some of our incoming students beginning in the Fall of 2019. Stop by to meet our faculty and students and to find out more about the educational opportunities available at Georgia State University. |
|
25. Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Alabama in Huntsville |
JENNIFER LYNNE BRUZEK (University of Alabama in Huntsville) |
Abstract: The Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis program at the University of Alabama in Huntsville began offering courses in Fall 2019. The program is housed in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction within the College of Education. This online graduate program offers the 5th edition Association for Behavior Analysis International-verified course sequence through a series of seven required ABAI-specific courses. Four additional elective courses in related areas of study are also offered. Courses are offered during the fall, spring, and summer semesters making it possible for students to complete course requirements in as few as five semesters. The curriculum is designed to teach students how to apply rigorous, scientific methods to develop programs and services for individuals with unique behavior needs. The program has partnered with local providers offering ABA services to provide students the opportunity to complete the Behavior Analyst Certification Board®'s supervised experience requirement. The program also has relationships unique to UAH’s College of Education, including the university’s membership in the Regional Autism Network and the College’s close relationship with the University of Alabama in Huntsville Early Learning Center. The Early Learning Center provides a variety of early childhood education options for children with and without disabilities. The poster will provide the opportunity for students and colleagues to discuss the program and the university in more detail with the director of the program. |
|
26. Applied Behavior Analysis Training Programs at the University of Utah |
ROBERT E. O'NEILL (Department of Special Education; University of Utah), Aaron J. Fischer (Department of Educational Psychology, University of Utah), John Mercer (Department of Special Education, University of Utah), Jennifer M Fletcher (Department of Special Education, University of Utah), Anne Malbica (University of Utah) |
Abstract: This poster will describe information about applied behavior analysis training programs in the College of Education at the University of Utah. These include preparing persons to become eligible to take the exam to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts. The program is a joint effort across the Departments of Special Education and Educational Psychology in the College. The poster will review information including content/coursework included in the program and the process for the provision of approved BCBA supervision. In addition potential student funding opportunities will be described. The poster will also describe program faculty and their research interests and publications. |
|
27. Northeastern University's Online Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis |
LAURA L. DUDLEY (Northeastern University), Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University) |
Abstract: Since 1976, Northeastern University has provided quality graduate instruction in applied behavior analysis. Our graduate programs include a Master of Science, CAGS, and Certificate Program, and are verified by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). In addition to our core courses in behavior analysis, we also offer optional Intensive Practicum courses. All courses are currently delivered in an online format. Hundreds of our graduates have gone on to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts, working to improve the lives of clients and consumers all over the world. To learn more about our programs, please visit us at the Expo. |
|
28. Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Online Campus |
SUSAN D. FLYNN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP) |
Abstract: Stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Online Campus! We offer M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in ABA, as well as a Graduate Certificate Program. Our Graduate Certificate and M.S. programs include a BACB®/ABAI-verified course sequence and distance practicum training opportunities. Our Ph.D. program prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as become lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to assess behavior and apply strategies based on the principles of behavior analysis. Because of the convenience of The Chicago School's online programs, students' lives remains intact. Students can tailor their coursework to best suit their individual interests and career goals. |
|
29. Applied Behavior Analysis at Assumption College |
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption College) |
Abstract: The Master of Arts program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Assumption College provides students with a strong foundation in all areas of behavior analysis. The program includes coursework in basic, applied and conceptual behavior analysis and is designed for students who wish to become scientist-practitioners. The program has a multi-disciplinary focus, and students will have the opportunity to work with faculty in the Psychology, Human Services and Rehabilitation Studies, and Education departments. The program includes practicum courses so that students may obtain fieldwork experience under the supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) and a seven-course sequence that has been verified by the Association for Behavior Analysis International. Assumption College is located in Worcester, MA, which has a number of agencies that provide behavior-analytic interventions. Assumption College faculty have developed close collaborations with colleagues at Behavioral Concepts Inc., Seven Hills Foundation, and the Central Massachusetts Collaborative, among others. Students who complete this program will have met the coursework and fieldwork experience requirements to apply for licensure as applied behavior analysts in Massachusetts and to apply to sit for the BCBA exam. |
|
31. Master of Education in Applied Behavior Analysis at Utah Valley University |
JANE I. CARLSON (Utah Valley University) |
Abstract: The Master of Education in Applied Behavior Analysis program at Utah Valley University (UVU) is designed to prepare professionals to serve individuals with autism spectrum disorder and related disorders of communication and behavior. The University is focused on contributing to the local community and our program seeks to build capacity to provide high quality ABA services to individuals with ASD and their families throughout the State of Utah. Our professors are experiences clinicians with, collectively, over 50 years of experience working in the field. UVU is a teaching university with a focus on engaged learning. Our program offers small cohort sizes, with personal attention from professors to support student achievement. Our program is a cohort model that begins each summer and is completed in six semesters (2 years). The practicum sequence provides group supervision and ensures that all students receive supervision from behavior analysts with significant experience working with individuals with ASD and their families. The cohort model allows us to build a community of support for professionals as they embark on careers in this challenging and rewarding field. Additional information about this affordable program can be accessed at https://www.uvu.edu/med/. |
|
32. Graduate Training in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Missouri |
CASEY J. CLAY (University of Missouri), Lorraine A Becerra (University of Missouri), Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (University of Missouri) |
Abstract: The Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Graduate Certificate program at the University of Missouri is offered through the Special Education department and prepares graduates for doctoral training programs and leadership careers in applied settings. Behavior analysts from our program successfully use ABA techniques across a variety of populations and settings to bring about meaningful and positive change in behavior. In our program, you will learn the conceptual foundations of ABA and how these behavioral principles are applied to improve behavior. The courses include topics such as advanced applications, verbal behavior, and systems change. The approved course sequence meets the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination. Applicants will have to meet additional requirements to qualify. This program will teach you to be an exceptional behavior analyst who has the skills to improve quality of life for people with behavioral challenges, including children and adults with developmental needs. You will also gain experience, and knowledge, in cutting edge research in the field of ABA. Central to this program is a collaboration with the MU Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders, which serves as the primary practicum site to give you an exceptional experiential learning opportunity working with individuals with developmental needs. Clinical opportunities are available in the areas of early intensive behavioral intervention, assessment and treatment of problem behavior, and parent education. Faculty, students, and practicum supervisors from the program will be available to talk about the program and answer questions from potential students. |
|
33. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Cambridge College |
JOSEPH M. VEDORA (Evergreen Center), Daniel Almeida (Beacon Services) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the graduate programs located at Cambridge College in Massachusetts. Cambridge College’s main campus is located in Charlestown, Massachusetts with additional campuses located in Springfield, Massachusetts, and Rancho Cucamonga, California. The Cambridge College program offers a Master's in Education with a specialization in Autism Spectrum Disorders incorporating a BACB-verified course sequence and a behavior analyst post-master's certificate program. Cambridge College also offers a program with initial teacher licensure in Moderate Disabilities in the state of Massachusetts combined with the verified BACB sequence. The ABA courses are delivered in a hybrid-learning model that includes 15 hours of synchronous (live) instruction and 30 hours of online coursework. Cambridge College offers these programs in collaboration with the Evergreen Center and Beacon ABA Services. |
|
34. Temple University Applied Behavior Analysis Training Programs |
AMANDA GULD FISHER (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Art Dowdy (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus), Saul Axelrod (Temple University) |
Abstract: Temple University has been a leader in providing graduate training in applied behavior analysis (ABA) for over 25 years. Beginning under the leadership of Saul Axelrod and Phil Hineline, students received training in the foundations of behavior analysis, conducted research, and learned about application. Temple University ABA training programs have grown to include an M.S.Ed. in ABA, a graduate certificate in ABA, an undergraduate concentration in ABA, and an undergraduate certificate in ABA. Students get training in the science of behavior analysis, a variety of applications, including autism and other intellectual/developmental disabilities, and receive the coursework required by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board for the national certifications: BCaBA or the BCBA. Students in the M.S.Ed. program complete supervised fieldwork as well as an empirical thesis project. The students are mentored by 3 full time faculty and enjoy all the city of Philadelphia has to offer including cultural and culinary arts, and our very own Philly Metro chapter of ABAI! |
|
35. St. Joseph's College, New York, Advanced Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis |
KERRY A. CONDE (St. Joseph's College), Katherine L Granelli (St. Joseph's College) |
Abstract: As the first approved licensure-qualifying program in New York State, St. Joseph’s College, New York, offers a 29-credit Advanced Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis. The program meets the academic requirements for licensure as a Licensed Behavior Analyst in accordance with Subpart 79-17 of the New York State Commissioner's Regulations as well as the requirements for eligibility to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) examination. The program may be completed via distance learning or on our beautiful campus on Long Island. Taught by a diverse group of highly qualified faculty, the courses are designed to provide enriched theory and comprehensive training, practice and evaluation, and supervision in applied behavior analysis as it relates to students with autism, autism spectrum disorders, or related disorders. |
|
36. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of Washington |
NANCY ROSENBERG (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington), Scott A. Spaulding (University of Washington), Yevgeniya Veverka (University of Washington) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis program at the University of Washington provides opportunities for both master's level and doctoral level study. The master's program offers on-campus and online education options that prepare students to be competent, ethical, and professional behavior analysts who work with persons with developmental disabilities and their families. At the expo, program faculty and current doctoral students will be available to answer questions about coursework, supervision, and to provide additional information about the opportunities offered to students through the University of Washington |
|
38. MSc in Applied Behavior Analysis at Reykjavik University |
BERGLIND SVEINBJORNSDOTTIR (Reykjavik University), Simon Dymond (Swansea University), Thorlakur Karlsson (Reykjavik University), Jack E. James (NUI, Galway
Reykjavik University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University
Reykjavik University) |
Abstract: Reykjavik University (RU) is located in Reykjavik, Iceland. The University´s vision is to create and disseminate knowledge so as to improve the quality of life for individuals and societies with ethics, sustainability, and responsibility. In the fall of 2019 Reykjavik University started a MSc program in Applied Behavior Analysis. The MSc in Applied Behavior Analysis is a full time masters program including the 5th edition of the BACB verified course sequence. This is the only BACB approved program in Iceland as well as the only masters program in ABA in Iceland, thus this program is an important step towards developing a critical mass of behavior analysts in Iceland. This poster will describe the key features of the program, the faculty, and the opportunities for international study in the land of fire and ice. |
|
39. Seton Hall University Applied Behavior Analysis Programs |
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University), Brian Conners (Seton Hall University) |
Abstract: Seton Hall University, located in South Orange New Jersey, has several BACB Verified Course Sequence options. We are housed within the College of Education and Human Services, Department of Educational Studies. The program offerings include a 48 credit masters degree in ABA, including courses in academics, research, and practicum experience hours. We also have a stand alone, post masters course sequence which leads to a Seton Hall certificate in behavior analysis as well as aligning with the BACB 5th edition task list. For potential applicants who do not yet hold a masters degree in education or psychology, however are already in related fields to ABA, the VCS course sequence has been infused into existing masters degrees in psychological studies, school psychology, and special education as well as a 5-year BA/MA Program in education/special education with applied behavior analysis. The program has connections with both New Jersey and New York ABA schools and clinics so that students can be provided with practicum experiences. The current VCS is Verified with Experience. Program faculty are active in the field, both in the academic and applied realms, and frequently conduct presentations, research posters, and publications. Students are encouraged to participate in research. |
|
40. University of Nebraska Omaha and Munroe-Meyer Institute Applied Behavior Analysis Program |
MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sara S. Kupzyk (University of Nebraska Omaha), William J. Higgins (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: The University of Nebraska Omaha and Munroe-Meyer Institute Applied Behavior Analysis Program’s mission is to graduate students who have met high levels of academic excellence in clinical and research skills in applied behavior analysis and mental/behavioral health. The ABA Program trains students in a behavior analytic orientation to provide much needed services for children and adolescents, including those with behavioral and neurodevelopmental disabilities. This is an ABAI verified course sequence. There are numerous practicum experience opportunities available. Students in the program complete 42-48 credit hours. Coursework in the ABA Program also addresses content areas required for licensure as a mental health practitioner in Nebraska.The program has faculty with experience and expertise in applied behavior analysis. The coursework includes online and on-campus courses. |
|
41. Behavior Analysis Training Programs at Rowan University |
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), Mary Louise Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Connor Andrew Burrows (Rowan University), Matthew J Dwyer (Rowan University), Giovanna Salvatore (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Rowan University is a rapidly growing public university located in southern New Jersey, approximately 20 miles southeast of Philadelphia. Rowan currently offers BACB®-approved undergraduate and graduate coursework sequences for the BCaBA and BCBA. The Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis is a 33-credit hour program that fulfills coursework requirements for the BCBA. The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Studies is a 24-credit hour program that fulfills coursework requirements for the BCBA for individuals who already possess a master’s degree. The post-baccalaureate in ABA and undergraduate Specialization in Behavioral Services satisfy coursework requirements for the BCaBA. The Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology also allows students to work under the mentorship of our behavior analytic faculty. The training provided in Rowan’s on-campus undergraduate and graduate programs in behavior analysis provides students with a strong foundation in the science of behavior and advanced skill in the broad and diverse applications of behavior analysis. Students are heavily involved in grant-supported faculty research and supervised fieldwork that represent a broad range of behavior analytic applications including pediatric feeding disorders, severe behavior disorders, promotion of health behavior, drug & alcohol treatment, behavioral parent training, assessment and treatment of emotional/behavioral disorders, autism, and other developmental disabilities. |
|
42. Behavior Analysis Studies at Capella University |
JULIANNE LASLEY (Capella University), Dana R. Reinecke (Capella University) |
Abstract: Capella University offers behavior-analytic specializations at three degree levels: bachelors, masters, and doctoral. The bachelors and masters coursework is fully online, providing learners the convenience of completing this degree from anywhere. Additionally, our bachelors and masters learners connect with professors and peers for 2 hours every week through live webinar sessions. Coursework is a blend of real-life application assignments, computer-based interactive learning games, quizzes, vocabulary flashcards, and more. The BDS CBA Learning module series is included in the book fee for learners in the bachelors and masters programs. The doctoral program at Capella consists of a PhD in Psychology, with a specialization in behavior analysis. This program includes some face-to-face dissertation work blended with online courses. It includes six doctoral-level behavior-analytic courses to further one’s understanding of behavior analysis beyond the masters-level behavior-analytic coursework. |
|
43. Saint Louis University Applied Behavior Analysis Program |
HEATHER LYNN LEWIS (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University) |
Abstract: Saint Louis University (SLU) School of Social Work Applied Behavior Analysis Programs began in 2011 as one of the first schools in Missouri to offer a masters degree in behavior analysis. Today, the ABA programs offer three degree options: a masters of science in applied behavior analysis (M.S. ABA), a masters of social work with a concentration in applied behavior analysis (M.S.W. ABA), and a post-masters certificate in applied behavior analysis. Students complete behavior analytic coursework, field practicum experience, research experience, and interdisciplinary practice. Students attending SLU have the opportunity to engage in research and practice across a range of settings, from clinical out-patient to school-based settings. Similarly, students practice and refine their clinical skills across a range of populations from children and adults with intellectual disabilities to substance-use and similar mental health disparities. The expo poster will highlight why students should attend SLU, and provide students an opportunity to engage in conversation with the faculty within the program. With BACB exam pass rates ranging from 88-100% in the last few testing cycles and both research and clinical practice available beyond practicum, students typically find employment readily and are accepted into many prestigious PhD programs in Behavior Analysis. |
|
44. Drake University Master’s in Applied Behavior Analysis |
SACHA T. PENCE (Drake University), Janelle Ausenhus (Drake University) |
Abstract: Drake University offers a Masters in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) program and a certificate in ABA program for students who already have a Master’s degree. The program requires five semesters of coursework and practicum training. Drake’s ABA Program is a comprehensive program that provides intensive classroom instruction and supervised practicum experiences. Coursework in the ABA Program will prepare individuals to enter the field with the ability to teach new skills to children and adults; assess, prevent, and treat challenging behavior; supervise others; and work with children and adults with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities. Students complete practicum training across multiple practicum sites. Funding is available to support students interested in working in Iowa as board certified behavior analysts through the Iowa Department of Public Health. Drake’s priority deadline is February 1st and interested students can learn more about our program and admission process at www.drake.edu/aba/ |
|
45. Behavior Analysis Program at California State University, Sacramento |
MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: The program at Sacramento State prepares students to practice as M.S.-level board certified behavior analysts, as well as enter doctoral programs in Applied Behavior Analysis or Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Our program is known for its focus on training a small group of highly qualified scientist practitioners. Most of our graduate students publish their research in peer reviewed journals. Our facilities include human and animal (rats) operant laboratories, and a clinical suite for treatment research. Students obtain clinical experience at approved paid internship sites providing early intervention services to children with autism. Our coursework fulfills the requirements to sit for the national certification exam in Behavior Analysis (BCBA). |
|
47. Master's Degree in ABA at Fresno State |
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno), Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno), Criss Wilhite (California State University Fresno) |
Abstract: The Master’s degree in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at Fresno State is a part of the Psychology Department and housed within the College of Science and Mathematics. We provide graduate students with the education and training to become high quality scientist-practitioners, and as a Verified Course Sequence, we provide the coursework and supervised experience for our graduates to be eligible to sit for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) exam. Students complete two years of course work including classes on research methods, functional assessment, organizational behavior management, and verbal behavior, and complete a thesis project under the mentorship of one of our specialized faculty. While completing these degree requirements, students acquire supervised experience hours to meet the requirements of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (5th Ed.). These are paid positions through campus-based services. In addition, students have the opportunity to take a leadership role in our ABA Club, which organizes the Annual Fresno State ABA conference, the Spring Speaker Series, and the Job Fair each year. Come by and meet our faculty and students, and find out more about the opportunities available at Fresno State. |
|
48. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Southern California Campuses |
JENNIFER L. BEERS (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Heidi Eilers (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Eric L. Carlson (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), L. Fernando Guerrero (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Meghan Herron (The Chicago School, Irvine), Elizabeth Meshes (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Henry D. Schlinger (The Chicago School, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Stop by our poster and learn about ABA graduate programs in Southern California! We offer both MS and PhD degrees in ABA. The MS in ABA is offered at our Los Angeles, Irvine (Orange County), and San Diego campuses and provides students with the training needed to understand the principles of behavior analysis and how they underlie applied practice. The MS program includes a BACB® verified course sequence. Our PhD in ABA program is offered in Los Angeles and expands upon the knowledge learned in the MS ABA program by strengthening students’ research and clinical skills, knowledge base, and training to become university professors as well as lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways. |
|
49. Northern Michigan University Behavior Analysis Programs |
ASHLEY SHAYTER (Northern Michigan University), Jacob H. Daar (Northern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Located in the scenic Upper Peninsula of Michigan on the shores of Lake Superior, Northern Michigan University offers both an undergraduate and a graduate program in behavior analysis. The mission of these programs is to train and mentor future behavior analysts by providing the comprehensive coursework and high-quality experiential training necessary to become competent practitioners and researchers within the field. As part of a verified 5th edition course sequence, students gain knowledge of principles and theory, research experience, and practical training. Additionally, our students work alongside faculty behavior analysts and clinical supervisors to gain competency and experience in a wide range of settings and populations where they are able to provide behavior analytic consultation, assessment, and intervention. Given the structure of our programs, students are able to sit for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board’s certification examinations and are well-prepared to work in applied settings such as schools, hospitals, and other organizations or continue on with graduate education within a related field. |
|
50. Science, Skinner, and Surf: Behavior Analysis at the University of North Carolina Wilmington |
Halley Robbins (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melissa Meglin (University of North Carolina Wilmington
), Taylor Kristina Moseley (University of North Carolina Wilmington
), Emma Auten (University of North Carolina Wilmington
), Elizabeth Thuman (University of North Carolina Wilmington
), Delanie Fetzner (University of North Carolina Wilmington
), Josie Newburg (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jessica Sullivan (University of North Carolina Wilmington
) |
Abstract: At the University of North Carolina Wilmington, we are dedicated to providing a well rounded educational experience in the experimental analysis of behavior whether your subjects are human or nonhuman, in the lab or in the natural setting, engage in excessive behavior or need behavior shaped. We have two tracks (ABA and Psychological Science) in our Master's and in our PhD programs in psychology in which students can study behavior analysis. All students take core courses in psychology, including statistics and research methods, and in behavior analysis, including learning, small-n design, applied behavior analysis, and conceptual foundations. Students in our applied behavior analysis tracts take additional courses in clinical psychology and complete ABA practica. After graduating, the ABA students are eligible to sit for both the BACB certification exam and the NC licensure as a psychological associate (MA) or as a psychologist (PhD). Students also participate in a weekly graduate seminar in advanced topics in behavior analysis, regional and state conferences, and in ABAI. |
|
51. Behavior Analysis at Savannah State University |
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Program at Savannah State University offers students the opportunity to learn and apply the principles of behavior through coursework, research opportunities, and practical experience. Some examples of coursework are Basic Concepts in Behavior Analysis, Behavior Change in Behavior Analysis and Behavior Assessment in Behavior Analysis. Experiential learning opportunities include serving as an undergraduate teaching intern, working on a research team, or working at local centers for children with autism. Currently students are helping to conduct research on decision making in academic settings, behavior analysis applications in higher education, and verbal behavior. There are numerous exciting opportunities that arise each semester for motivated students. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc.® has verified the following course sequence (BEHV 3103, BEHV 3104, BEHV 3105, BEHV 3117, and BEHV 3740) as meeting the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst Examination®. Applicants will have to meet additional requirements to qualify. |
|
52. Ball State University Applied Behavior Analysis Programs |
SHANNON MARIE DIERINGER (Ball State University), Scott Dueker (Ball State University), Kimberly Martell (Ball State University) |
Abstract: Ball State University's Applied Behavior Analysis Program sits in the Department of Special Education. Both our undergraduate and graduate program are recognized as verified course sequences (VCS) from the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). Our undergraduate program in ABA is 100% online and is accessible anywhere. In addition, we have undergraduate minors which support students in a variety of other undergraduate majors. Our online Master of Arts program has more than 800 recent graduates earned their master’s degree online at Ball State University in ABA. Our program is 30-credits and can be completed in under two years and is taught by over 80 doctoral level faculty. We have tailored our curriculum to meet the needs of all types of students (e.g., already employed, recent graduates, etc.,). In addition, there are optional Autism and ABA Certificates that can be obtained along with the Master’s Degree. The doctoral program is has a newly revised curriculum with a stronger research emphasis that includes 90-hour post-baccalaureate credits. Doctoral students master materials required for both strong scholarly and strong practice. Our hybrid format allows for coursework to be completed online and on-campus which allows for student convenience. We pride ourselves on our strong emphasis on faculty-student mentorship. Overall, our program provides an opportunity for individuals interested in the field of ABA to obtain a quality education and become valued professionals in the field. |
|
53. Behavior Analysis Training Program at California State University, Stanislaus |
Bruce E. Hesse (California State University, Stanislaus), William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus), SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (California State University, Stanislaus), Katie Wiskow (California State University Stanislaus) |
Abstract: The behavior analysis masters of science (MS) and masters of arts (MA) at California State University, Stanislaus provide broad training in research methods, conceptual foundations, the experimental analysis of behavior, and applied behavior analysis that fulfill academic requirements to become a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The MS program also fulfills academic requirements to become a licensed California Marriage and Family Therapist and provides further training in trauma and domestic violence, child clinical interventions, advanced counseling, and substance abuse and chemical dependency counseling. The program highlights include a pigeon lab, opportunities for student-led research, thesis funds available for every student, an on-campus Child Development Center, frequent in-person interaction with students and faculty, and a Student Organization for Behavior Analysis. |
|
54. Behavior Analysis Graduate Programs at Utah State University |
SARAH E. PINKELMAN (Utah State University), P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Katherine Brown (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis graduate training programs at Utah State University are offered through the Special Education and Psychology departments. These programs prepare master’s and doctoral students for desirable careers in academia and applied settings. Leaders in the field, including current and former JABA and JEAB editors and associate editors, teach cross-specialization coursework. Graduate coursework covers topics such as evidence-based practice (EBP), behavior theory and philosophy, verbal behavior, relational responding, systems change, and translational research in behavior analysis. Applied behavior analytic research and clinical opportunities are available in the areas of early intensive behavioral intervention, assessment and treatment of severe behavior, group contingencies and function-based intervention with at-risk populations (e.g., juvenile offenders), and the implementation of EBP in schools. Experimental analysis of behavior research opportunities are available in the areas of behavioral economics, behavioral momentum, delay discounting, operant variability, resurgence, and other relapse phenomena. Students complete coursework, research, and service activities to prepare them to make meaningful contributions to the field of behavior analysis. Faculty and current students from the doctoral programs will be available to answer questions from potential students. |
|
56. Master of Science Program in Behavior Analysis at Salem State University |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University), Malana Jean Malonson (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Why should you enroll in our Master of Science in behavior analysis program? We offer a flexible program that provides students the choice to focus their studies on experimental analysis of behavior (EAB) or applied behavior analysis (ABA), or a combination of both. Our expert faculty provide students with unique opportunities to conduct research work in laboratories focused on animal or human behavior. Our program includes an ABAI verified course sequence, as well as conceptual and experimental seminars in behavior analysis, a comprehensive exam, and optional master’s thesis. Housed in the Department of Psychology, this program requires a total of 37.5 credits, and students enrolled full-time can complete this program within two years. Students may also enroll part-time to complete this program in three or four years depending on the number of courses taken per semester. |
|
58. Nicholls State University: Program in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis |
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Nicholls State University), Laura Darcy (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: We will provide details of the Master of Education Program in High Incidence Disabilities and Applied Behavior Analysis. Course requirements and activities and practica options will be discussed. We will share our updated program design with 3 certificate tracks: Organizational Behavior Management, Education and Clinical. We incorporate the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling(CABAS) model of teacher training using a module and rank system indicating professional levels of expertise. We will describe our research agenda and how our candidates are immersed in research opportunities. |
|
60. Baylor University ABA Graduate Programs |
STEPHANIE GEROW (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Kristen Lenae Padilla-Mainor (Baylor University) |
Abstract: This poster will include information about the ABA graduate programs at Baylor University. Baylor University has ABA programs at the master's and Ph.D. level. Baylor University has an ABAI Verified Course Sequence and opportunities to complete supervised fieldwork. At this poster, prospective students can learn more about the available programs and the application process. In addition, faculty and current students will be available to answer questions. |
|
62. Applied Behavior Analysis at Oregon Tech |
MARIA LYNN KESSLER (Oregon Institute of Technology), Dawn Allison Bailey (Oregon Institute of Technology), John Borgen (Oregon Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Oregon Institute of Technology offers graduate and undergraduate training in Applied Behavior Analysis. The focus of the applied behavior analysis programs is on the development of competence in and the application of the concepts, principles, and methods of behavior analysis. The mission of the MS-ABA program is to enable students to become effective and ethical behavior analysts. Students will be prepared to apply principles of behavior analysis to enhance the lives of individuals across a wide variety of settings. The program emphasizes a foundation in theory, concepts, and principles, development of basic behavior analytic skills, and an emphasis on professional and ethical responsibilities. The MS-ABA includes a Behavior Analyst Certification Board BCBA© verified course sequence, practicum, and research opportunities. Oregon Tech also offers a Graduate Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis and a BCaBA© Verified Course Sequence. All courses are available to students at our Klamath Falls and Portland-Metro campuses and at any location via online videoconferencing. |
|
63. Pepperdine University’s Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis Program |
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Pepperdine University) |
Abstract: Pepperdine University’s Master of Science in Behavioral Psychology (MSBP) program provides academic and practical training in applied behavior analysis (ABA). The MSBP program will prepare students to become board certified behavior analysts (BCBA®), working with individuals with impairments such as autism spectrum disorders, developmental disabilities, or traumatic brain injury. This coursework has been verified to meet the academic requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination®. Designed for both working professionals and full-time students alike, this program provides thorough training in the concepts and principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Employing the practitioner-scholar model of professional training, a rigorous theoretical study is paired with in-depth clinical training where students will accrue experience hours working alongside professional behavior analysts, helping learners to develop adaptive skills for optimal functioning in educational, family, social, and occupational roles. Specifically, we incorporate three semesters of practicum. This provides students with the opportunity to begin accruing the experience hours necessary for certification. The present poster provides an overview of Pepperdine’s MSBP program. |
|
64. Master's in Applied Behaviour Analysis: An Innovative Blended Learning Programme Offered by Queen's University Belfast |
KATERINA DOUNAVI (Queen's University of Belfast), Catherine Storey (Queen's University Belfast), Nichola Booth (Queen’s University Belfast) |
Abstract: The Master's in Applied Behaviour Analysis is a highly interactive blended learning programme (mostly online with some face to face workshops) that contains an ABAI Verified Course Sequence (VCS). The programme provides professionals from a wide range of backgrounds with scientifically validated expertise that is applicable to mainstream and special needs education, inclusion, clinical applications, curriculum, learning, and pedagogy. It should be of interest to professionals wishing to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA®), to those in the ‘helping’ professions (e.g. teachers, speech/language therapists, occupational therapists, clinical or educational psychologists) and students preparing for PhD studies.
The BCBA® exam pass rates of this popular programme serve as solid evidence of the teaching quality and research opportunities that our students avail of. The programme is offered in a blended format, allowing students living across the world to complete it without needing to relocate to Belfast. More details on the contents, entry criteria and applications for the MScABA can be found at https://www.qub.ac.uk/courses/postgraduate-taught/applied-behaviour-analysis-msc/ |
|
|
|
ABAI Boards and Committees |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
65. ABAI Student Committee |
ALLYSON R SALZER (University of Kansas), Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno), Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: ABAI Student members, composed of undergraduate and graduate level individuals, constitute a significant portion of the association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for ABAI Student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The ABAI Student Committee is organized by three elected Student Representatives who serve on the ABAI Executive Council for a 3-year term (current, past, elect). The Student Committee is comprised of three subcommittees made up of students representing their respective ABAI accredited behavior analysis university programs. Student program representatives serve on one of the three subcommittees: the events subcommittee, the dissemination subcommittee, or the awards subcommittee. The purpose of this poster is to update students on current activities, facilitate conversation on professional development, and attract nominees for student committee and subcommittee positions. |
|
66. ABAI Science Board |
DEREK D. REED (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Purpose: Promoting research in behavior analysis is one of ABAI's central goals and the primary purpose of its Science Board. The long-term development of behavior analysis, its strength, and its success depend much on both basic and applied research. ABAI works with several research organizations under the leadership of this board. In addition, ABAI provides grant writing information to members on the web and through articles and workshops. |
|
67. ABAI Verified Course Sequence Board |
JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Abstract: This poster will provide an update on the Association for Behavior Analysis International Verified Course Sequence Board's standards and activities. |
|
|
|
Affiliate Chapters |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
70. Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association |
JANICE L. HUBER (Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association) |
Abstract: The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice, and to promote access to responsible behavior analytic services by professionals sufficiently trained in the discipline of behavior analysis and compliance with relevant ethics standards. |
|
72. Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis |
Luna Weiss-Salinas (Excel ABA), Becky L. Nastally (Bloom Behavior Therapy) |
Abstract: The mission of the Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis is to advance awareness, development, and access to the science and practice of behavior analysis in the Commonwealth of Kentucky. |
|
73. District of Columbia Association for Behavior Analysis |
MARY CARUSO-ANDERSON (Ally Behavioral Services), Lera Joyce Johnson (DC ABA; St. Coletta of Greater Washington; George Mason University), Keven M. Schock (Aveanna), Joseph Michael Clem (Matthew's Center), Elena Zaklis (Rutgers University), Cynthia Escobar (J & C Behavioral Therapy, LLC), Robin Moyher (George Mason University), Colleen Williams (Community Services for Autistic Adults and Children, Community School of Maryland
) |
Abstract: District of Columbia Association for Behavior Analysis celebrates its second year as an Affiliate Chapter of ABAI. Our second annual meeting March 9, 2019, hosted by The Chicago School of Professional Psychology in DC, featured “What’s Up With the New Codes?” Michele Silcox, Jodi Bouer, and Kim Rosenberg presented an overall insurance and ethical billing primer. It was well received and attended, given that we are a new organization. DC ABA felt welcomed to our first Affiliate Chapter meeting at the 45th Annual Convention in Chicago. This year we achieved our goal to become a non-profit organization. We continue to pursue our goal to promote the practice, ethics, research and dissemination of behavior analysis and its associated technologies in the Washington Metropolitan area (AKA DMV). This year we hope to grow our membership and move forward with our goals.
Our aspirations include a collaboration with the VABA chapter, a conference in January 2020, and to conduct an updated survey our members to assess regional needs. |
|
74. Delaware Association for Behavior Analysis |
KAORI G. NEPO (NeurAbilities) |
Abstract: Delaware ABA chapter was founded in 2010 for clinicians, researchers, Board Certified Behavior Analysts, and stakeholders in the practice of behavior analysis in Delaware. The purpose of the organization is to promote the science, understanding, and practice of behavior analysis by encouraging cooperation among local behavior analytic organizations; Advising political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the state of Delaware; Arranging an annual meeting to discuss aspects of behavior analysis; maintaining a website containing information about the chapter and behavior analysis in Delaware and elsewhere (still in development); functioning as a contact for and affiliate of ABAI |
|
75. The Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis |
RYAN HECKERT (University of Manitoba), Karli Pedreira (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: The Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis (MABA) is a non-profit organization founded in September of 2005 and officially approved for Affiliate status from the larger Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) in May of 2006. MABA became an Affiliate of the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts (APBA) in August of 2015. MABA is composed of a large body of committed members; and the organization's direction and goals are determined by an elected executive committee and a number of other internal committees. MABA membership is entirely voluntary. Our mission is to develop and disseminate knowledge about behaviour analysis as a science. MABA's interests lie in basic science focusing on principles governing human and nonhuman behaviour (i.e., the experimental analysis of behavior) as well as applied science focusing on application of those principles for improvement of socially important problems (i.e., applied behaviour analysis), and disseminating this information to stimulate interest in and correct misunderstandings of behaviour analysis. |
|
77. Alaska Association for Behavior Analysis |
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Alaska Anchorage), Kimberley Burnett (AKABA Board Member) |
Abstract: Presentation of the mission, vision, values and goals of ABAI affiliated chapter Alaska Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
78. Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis |
Alison Betz (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Nicole L. Bank (The PartnerShip, LLC), PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus) |
Abstract: The Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis is an independent, non-profit, professional organization affiliated with the Association for Behavior Analysis International, an organization dedicated to promoting the experimental, theoretical, and applied analyses of behavior. Our members reside, teach, conduct research and practice primarily in the Four Corners region of the United States. |
|
79. Association for Behaviour Analysis Australia |
ALEXANDRA BROWN (Bright Eyes Early Intervention) |
Abstract: The Association for Behaviour Analyis is 6 years old and rapidly growing. We are a nationwide association, proud to be an affliated chapter of ABAI. Each year our association has grown both in membership and community involvement. Our organisation continually develops new methods to disseminate behaviour analysis and lay the groundwork to make more systemic changes within funding agencies. As our community of behaviour analysts increases, we are seeing the demand for high quality behaviour analytic services continue to grow. However, meeting this demand is a challenge so we must continue to increase the number of behaviour analysts and quality training institutions. We are pleased to report that we now have two course sequences within Australian tertiary institutions. Exciting times. We are looking forward to the 46th annual conference in D.C.! |
|
80. Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis |
DAG STRÖMBERG (Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis), Ulrika Langh (Stockholm Autism Center and Karolinska Institutet) |
Abstract: The Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis (SWABA) is devoted to supporting behavior analysts in Sweden, as well as promoting the internationalization of behavior analysis. SWABA was founded in 1996, and currently has about 200 members in Sweden and approximately 100 virtual members (members who support the association, and do not live or work in Sweden). SWABA is an affiliate chapter within the Association for Behavior Analysis International since 2001. Please visit our poster and become a virtual member, for free, or renew your membership from last year in Chicago. As usual, bids are accepted on a unique SWABA T-shirt, the proceeds of which are donated to the SABA unrestricted fund. |
|
82. Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis |
KENJI OKUDA (Educational Foundation of Nishi Karuizawa Gakuen), Yumiko Sasada (Academy of Behavioral Coaching) |
Abstract: This poster describes the history and current status of the Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis. The Japanese ABA was established in 1983 as the primary membership organization to promote the science of behavior and its application. The membership reached 1042 as of October 2019. The Japanese ABA holds annual convention, publishes the Japanese Journal of Behavior Analysis twice a year and J-ABA Newsletters four times a year, provides a grant for students who attend ABAI/SQAB conventions, supports seminars and workshops on behavior analysis, and more. |
|
84. Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis Chapter |
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC; CT Association for Behavior Analysis), Michael Weinberg (Amego Inc.; CT Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: The Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis (CTABA) is a professional organization that seeks to promote and advance the science, research and practice of applied behavior analysis in the state of Connecticut. As a professional organization, CTABA is dedicated to supporting the theoretical, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior across a wide array of applications and audiences by providing practitioner support, education opportunities, and by working to promote public understanding of the science. CTABA hosts a variety of events throughout the year including an annual conference, workshops, socials and networking events. This poster will highlight some of our events from the past year, passage of our licensure bill, as well as provide data on current and past membership. |
|
86. Montana Association for Behavior Analysis |
LORRI COULTER (Montana Association of Behavior Analysis, President), Jackie Mohler (Family Outreach) |
Abstract: The Montana Association for Behavior Analysis is entering it's seventh year as an affiliate ABAI chapter. We are expanding our profession and responding to the challenges of our expansive, sparsely populated state. Our chapter remains focused on supporting and assisting new and incoming behavior analysts so they can begin successful careers in our state. Our members have passed the first year of available licensure in the state and we are exploring our new relationship with the Montana Board of Psychology.
Montana State University Billings was granted ABAI accreditation in 2019 for their Applied Behavior Analysis program. This is a wonderful accomplishment and reflects years of effort by MSU Billings staff. Our chapter members continue to serve as vital resources during bi-annual legislative sessions as well as monitoring policy changes for schools and family support agencies.
We are proud of our accomplishments and our pioneering spirit. Stop by and let us share our enthusiasm. |
|
87. Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis |
Katherine Stewart (Savannah State University), Kent Bodily (Georgia Southern University), Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom and University of Florida), KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA) is a regional affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI). Like its parent organization, SEABA seeks to promote scholarly discourse within and about Behavior Analysis. SEABA membership and convention registration are open to anyone with a scholarly interest in Behavior Analysis. Current members include both academic and professional people; psychologists and persons in related disciplines such as education, psychopharmacology, and social work. |
|
88. Georgia Association for Behavior Analysis |
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University) |
Abstract: The mission of the Georgia Association for Behavior Analysis is to promote the science and practice of behavior analysis, provide continuing education opportunities both behavior analysts and others, and provide networking opportunities behavior analysts and those interested in behavior analysis in the state of Georgia. Membership is open to all persons in the state of Georgia who are interested in behavior analysis. This poster will present highlights from our annual conference to be held in Athens, GA on November 15-16, 2019, which includes two pre-conference workshops (one ethics and one supervision), six invited addresses, and our annual business meeting. We also will present data to document the results of our efforts to increase our social media efforts. |
|
90. Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis |
KENDRA THOMSON (Brock University) |
Abstract: ONTABA is a not-for-profit professional organization representing behaviour analysis in Ontario. Our mission is to demonstrate leadership, knowledge, and innovation in education, training, and research for the ethical and effective application of behaviour analysis. Our vision is to foster a culture of excellence, integrity, and expertise for the advancement and promotion of the science of behaviour analysis. ONTABA aims to advocate for the ethical and effective provision of behaviour analytic services, promote and support those with an interest in behaviour analysis in Ontario, and educate and inform the public about the practice of behaviour analysis. In addition, ONTABA continues to monitor and participate in professional issues related to behaviour analysis, work towards standardized practices in the field of behaviour analysis in Ontario, and support efforts to regulate the profession of behaviour analysis in Ontario. |
|
91. Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis |
SAMANTHA CERMAK (Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis; ChildServe), Lisa Daniel-Way (Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis; Balance Autism), Sarah S. Bergthold (Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis; Mississippi Bend Area Education Agency of Iowa) |
Abstract: Founded in 2008, the Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis (Iowa ABA) is a statewide organization whose purpose is to develop and advance the field of behavior analysis through research, education, and dissemination of information. Iowa ABA is organized as an affiliated state chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) for professional, scientific, and education purposes. Specifically, the organization shall serve as a scientific and professional reference group for all in the State of Iowa who identify themselves as scientists or practitioners in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis; Support the development of professional credentialing for the practice of behavior analysis within the State of Iowa; Support the development of standards of practice for behavior analysis within the state of Iowa; Identify and promote the use of effective and humane behavioral procedures in meeting the educational and habilitative needs of people with and without disabilities within the State of Iowa; Advise political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the State of Iowa; Publish and distribute an official Bulletin devoted to dissemination of scientific and technological achievements within the scope of behavior analysis and to matters of interest to the membership; Promote and support the conduct of behavior analytic research within the State of Iowa; Serve as a resource for parents and service providers interested in research based practices in behavior analysis. |
|
92. Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis |
ALICIA N. MACALEESE (Advanced Child Behavior Solutions, LLC), Teal McAllister (Advanced Child Behavior Solutions, LLC), Freya Jordan (Arizona State University), Jamiika Thomas (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis is committed to its mission to promote professional development in the field of behavior analysis in all its facets to include: philosophical, theoretical, experimental, applied and practice. |
|
93. Israel Applied Behavior Analysis: A Year to Remember |
MICHAL HIRSCHMANN (Kibbutzim College), Einav Cohen (Israel ABA), Judy Lazar-Rosenzweig (Israel ABA) |
Abstract: In 2019 IABA expanded its work to further promote the Applied Behavior Analysis field in Israel. In addition to its annual conference IABA held numerous workshops to cater to different needs of behavior analyst's professional development. One of the workshops topics focused on the latest amendment to the Israeli special education law that effects the work of behavior analysts who work with the Ministry of Education in Israel. Other workshops emphasized corporation with other non for profit and private organizations whose work is based on Applied Behavior Analysis and related to Autism. A new committee was established to promote the behavior analysis field in remote areas in Israel. This year the committee focused on the northern district of Israel, trying to break misconceptions of behavior analysis being a rigid, aversive field. Actions to achieve this goal included exposure of the field in different venues and emphasis on corporation with multidisciplinary teams in the north of Israel. IABA communication and public relations committee continued to publish articles in various media in Israel to further disseminate the field in Israel. IABA will keep its emphasis on growth in the number of its members and the services provided to them. |
|
94. The Utah Association for Behavior Analysis |
JANE I. CARLSON (Utah Valley University) |
Abstract: The Utah Association for Behavior Analysis (UtABA) has been established to provide a forum for behavior analysts in the state of Utah. We help behavior analysts stay up to date on issues as they apply to our field and advocate for behavior analysis practitioners and educators throughout the state. We encourage professional development by offering continuing education opportunities through our annual conference, quarterly webinars, and information about local events that apply to behavior analysis. Our Public Policy Committee advocates for our members and the professions by staying up to date on legislation and issues that affect behavior analysis and our constituents. The School Collaboration Committee works to build relationships between BCBA’s and Utah schools by promoting the use of evidence-based and ethical behavior analytic practices. |
|
|
|
Affiliate Special Interest Groups |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
98. Gambling Special Interest Group |
MACK S. COSTELLO (Rider University), Ryan C. Speelman (Pittsburg State University) |
Abstract: Membership in the Gambling Special Interest Group (G-SIG) is open to any ABAI member and all professionals interested in gambling. All members are encouraged to participate, give input, and contribute to the G-SIG community of researchers and practitioners. |
|
99. Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) SIG |
JULIA H. FIEBIG (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group was established to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, over-consumption of resources, imbalances of environmental sustainability. Information on BASS mission, events, membership, and other pertinent information will be presented in poster format. |
|
100. Organizational Behavior Management Network |
BYRON J. WINE (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: Founded in 1982, the Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network exists to develop, enhance, and support the growth and vitality of Organizational Behavior Management through research, education, practice, and collaboration. The OBM Network accomplishes this mission through networking, journal publications, newsletters, online resources, and a bi-annual conference. |
|
101. Military and Veterans SIG |
Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC; Xcelerate Innovations
), ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center) |
Abstract: Military and Veterans Special Interest Group is devoted to the application of behavior analysis to military and veterans’ issues. This is a group whose emphasis concerns veterans of all wars. Governments have been concerned about the number of veterans suffering from brain or spinal injuries, mental health problems, lack of access to social services, and addiction problems related to their active service. In each of these areas behavior analysis has been used in developing effective treatments. The EXPO poster will focus on how behavior analysis can assist current military personnel and veterans to reintegrate into society after experiencing trauma associated with experiences in war and other conflict situations. We wish to spread the word that behavior analysis is a viable option that is and should continue to be employed with this group. We look at the role of behavior analysis in the service of nations and in lessening the suffering of military personnel and veterans. |
|
102. Standard Celeration Society |
Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy), MARY REAGAN (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: The Standard Celeration Society (SCS) became an ABAI special interest group in 1995. Its mission is to uphold and advance the defining features and conventions of the Standard Celeration Chart. The SCS aims to be a friendly and enduring forum, supporting application and dissemination of standard celeration charting across an expanding range of practitioners and other stakeholders. The values of the SCS that guide behavior in fulfilling the mission include acknowledgment and appreciation of the founding principles and applications of our science (i.e., standing on the shoulders of giants), generosity in our interactions with others, driving and embracing change, social beneficence, commitment to evidence-based practice, and having fun. Since 2015, the SCS has employed an organizational structure composed of a board of directors and volunteer leadership teams that actively work toward implementing new and maintaining current initiatives designed to further the organization’s mission. We have an active board of directors (five members, 3-year terms): a president, president-elect, vice presidents, and associate vice presidents. The board of directors provides guidance and decision-making for the SCS president, who is tasked with carrying out board initiatives with vice presidents, associate vice presidents, and volunteers. Current leadership teams are finance, programs, membership, scientific and academic relations, public relations, operations, international relations, and the recently added diversity, as well as website services. Since the beginning of 2015 our leadership teams have actively developed the underlying systems to support the SIG’s structure and facilitate institutional memory as there is transition in our leadership roles, an important component for voluntary leadership teams to maintain productivity. Current priority initiatives include the redesign of our website (www.celeration.org). While some components of the new website are already in place, we are completing the development of several other features, including a redesigned member gateway, free continuing education opportunities for members, publication resources, and training program locations for students interested in academic training, internships, and externships, among others. SCS membership fees are very reasonable and include discounted rates to IPTC each year, access to the historical publication database of the Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration, and soon to be announced web-based continuing education events (annual fees: sustaining, $100; full, $50; student, $25). Along with our redesigned website, there is an initiative to highlight our organization’s entrepreneurial members such that their skills, insights, and strategies developed over decades of business development in the area of precision teaching can be made available to others looking to start their own businesses. This is an exciting opportunity to become involved with the SCS, as this organization has a long history of entrepreneurs creating successful operations that provide clinical/educational services outside the mainstream of applied behavior analysis. Finally, as in many prior years, new and seasoned precision teachers gathered to learn and share research and clinical data at the SCS Annual Conference in November 2019. The society was honored to have Dr. Shahla Ala'i-Rosales, Dr. Ronnie Detrich, and Theresa Mc Keon as keynote speakers along with an array of invited addresses, panels, paper symposia, annual chart share and poster session. The conference took place St. Petersburg, Florida at the Tradewinds Resort. This year, we celebrate our 33rd Annual Conference November 5–7 in Denver, Colorado. Please visit www.celeration.org for more information regarding the conference. The SCS eagerly welcomes new charters and members into our community. This nurturing group is full of brilliant and seasoned professionals who are always willing to offer advice or mentorship. Simply become a member and see the opportunities accelerate! |
|
105. Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group |
JOCELYN HANSSON (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University), Christopher Walmsley (Humboldt State University), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Oslo Metropolitan University), Allison A. Ilem (Spectrum Health Medical Group) |
Abstract: The Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group (SIG) applies the science and philosophy of behavior analysis to problems that occur later in life, typically referring to ages 65 and older. The Expo poster and its presenters will offer information about the current areas of special interest to behavior analysts working with older adults, such as self-management for health promotion and disease prevention, staff or family training, individual clinical interventions, and human operant studies to examine the loss of verbal skills in the case of neurodegenerative diseases. The poster will detail the goals of the SIG, its activities, workforce development, and the steps to become a SIG member along with social media links and contact information. |
|
106. Behavioral Development Special Interest Group |
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University), JeanneMarie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University) |
Abstract: The Behavioral Development SIG of the Association for Behavior Analysis was created with the mission to promote and support research and theory designed to identify environmental variables that establish and interact with behavioral development, and show how these variables relate to behavioral principles and instructional procedures in other areas, and how they can be manipulated to promote desirable developmental outcomes. In this context, the Developmental SIG routinely produces a full program for each annual meeting of ABAI, in which symposia, papers, invited addresses, tutorials, and panel discussions covering the range of interests noted above are represented. Specifically, the organization shall: (a) Serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members, (b) Disseminate information to promote its mission to a wider audience, (c) Organize an annual business meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the chapter, and (d) Recognize individuals or groups of individuals who have made significant contributions to further the cause of this SIG. Conference attendees are invited to come and meet the members of the Dev SIG and learn more! |
|
107. Clinical Special Interest Group |
EMILY THOMAS JOHNSON (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Clinical Special Interest Group of ABAI is dedicated to facilitating collaboration of researchers and clinicians in further development and application of applied behavior analysis in clinical populations. We will be connecting with past, current, and future members at the ABAI Expo. Please stop by and get connected with others in this exciting field. |
|
108. Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group |
GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons University) |
Abstract: The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group of the Association for Behavior Analysts International focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders. The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group. We hope that the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field. |
|
109. Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
DACIA MCCOY (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: The purpose of the Teaching Behavior Analysis (TBA) special interest group is to improve the teaching and learning of the principles and applications of behavior analysis in any setting in which those activities occur. Stop by to learn more about the TBA special interest group and ways to get involved and connected to resources. Anyone interested in the teaching of behavior analysis in all environments is welcome to join us. |
|
110. Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Amego Inc.) |
Abstract: The Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis (PIBA) SIG is a special interest group that focuses on all areas of specialization for behavior analyst practitioners. This SIG developed a model licensing act for behavior analysts in 2007. The BACB's model licensing act also drew heavily from the PIBA SIG’s model act to meet the needs and concerns of BCBA and BCaBA practitioners. We currently have a membership of 75 and also maintain a yahoo list-serve for communication among members. This SIG provides a means of discussion, support and potential for action if warranted among ABAI members. The SIG collaborates with other SIGs and boards of ABAI or external organizations as individual members on legal and ethical issues pertaining to the practice of behavior analysis. We promote and support means of ensuring the continued ability for behavior analysts to practice as independent practitioners. The SIG provides a means of communicating about current trends and concerns pertaining to the practice of behavior analysis, licensing matters, legislation issues, insurance regulations and billing practices and updates, and efforts to place barriers for such practice by outside organizations or individuals. We help support and promote the ability for behavior analysts to be on insurance panels to provide services to family members with autism and other areas of application of behavior analytic methods. |
|
111. Open Educational Resources (OER) Special Interest Group |
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Alaska Anchorage), Margaret Pavone Dannevik (Lindenwood University) |
Abstract: Open educational resources are materials that can be freely downloaded, edited, and shared to better serve all users. The mission of the Open Educational Resources (OER) SIG is to provide information about quality open or low-cost educational, training, and research resources as well as to provide a forum for those creating OERs to collaborate on new projects, reduce individual workload involved in creating and managing OERs, and recruit reinforcement for works produced outside of for-profit publication venues. Join us to learn more about OER and how you can get involved. |
|
112. Mental Health Special Interest Group |
JEFFREY BOLIN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Lindsey LeBrun (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Building Essential Skills Together) |
Abstract: The Mental Health Special Interest Group works to develop and disseminate evidence-based resources and information to the Association for Behavior Analysis International members and the general public on mental health issues while raising awareness and understanding of mental health issues from a behavior analytic perspective as well as promoting behavior analytic research on mental health issues. |
|
|
|
Other Organizations |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
113. ALSOLIFE : Your Life is ALSO My LIFE |
FAN YU LIN (ALSOLIFE) |
Abstract: According to National Bureau of Statistics of China (2018), in the year of 2017, there were over 68 million children under the age of 5. Even if 1 in 1000 children with ASD is estimated (Sun, Allison, Auyeung, Baron-Cohen, & Brayne, 2013), the number of young children with ASD would still be over 68,000. The need of ASD treatment and support in China is extreme and urgent. Established in 2017 and centered on a perspective of “rooting on the present, outlooking the future”, ALSOLIFE provides family centered services through empowerment and continued supports. With the development of new technology and big data analysis of nearly 100,000 children with ASD in all ages, ALSOLIFE has created an online platform to help parents and teachers individualize assessment and treatment plans. It also provides a series of formal and informal online training courses, taught by ASD professionals around the world, aiming to enhance the knowledge of behavior science and promote general autism awareness. |
|
114. The Foundation for the Advancement of a Strategic Science of Teaching (FASST) |
JANICE L. HUBER (FASST), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University), Michael Malinowski (Louisiana State University Law Center) |
Abstract: FASST’s mission is to contribute to the well-being of society by promoting teaching, professional education, collaboration, research, and competency driven applications of the science of behavior analysis to solve problems in the home, school, community, and workplace through application in settings that include public, charter and private schools; clinics; learning centers; and in the context of tutoring. FASST strives to create, promote, and otherwise enhance domestic and global dissemination of scientifically sound and otherwise reliable information on behavioral services and science, and to promote collaboration that advances this goal. Core objectives of FASST are to promote collaboration among those engaged in behavior analysis, to support development and expansion of a learner- driven science of teaching for all children, to improve ongoing and future applications of behavior analysis directly and through the education of those providing and receiving behavior analytic services, and to raise awareness of and otherwise link the public and behavior analyst with evidence-based and otherwise scientifically sound behavior analytic resources. |
|
115. New ABAI VCS in Culturo-Behavior Science Offered at Six Institutions Worldwide |
JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International), Marcelo Frota Lobato Benvenuti (University of São Paulo), Aecio De Borba Vasconcelos Neto (Universidade Federal do Para), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo Metropolitan University/ OsloMet), Laércia Abreu Vasconcelos (Universidade de Brasília (UnB)) |
Abstract: Behavior science has the potential to make substantial contributions to addressing complex cultural issues affecting people and society. This poster will introduce the newly launched ABAI Verified Course Sequence (VCS) in Culturo-Behavior Science (CBS) studies and the seven inaugural programs offering the coursework at six universities across the world. Students who complete the CBS VCS coursework and experiential learning are eligible to apply for a certificate of coursework completion from ABAI highlighting this area of study and application of our science. |
|
|
|
Associate Special Interest Groups |
Saturday, May 23, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
95. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility |
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University), Jose Ardila (University of Nevada), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Kendra Combs (Sparks Behavioral Services), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University
smr0043@auburn.edu), Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas), Holly Seniuk (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: Behaviorists for Social Responsibility is the Association for Behavior Analysis International's oldest Special Interest Group, dating back to 1977 as Behaviorists for Social Action. The group offers behavior analysts the opportunity to meet other behavior analysts with progressive social and political perspectives, to develop programming in the convention and field that advances progressive social problem solving, and to provide prompts that facilitate research and applied interventions that address progressive solutions to a wide range of social problems and issues. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility recently transferred the peer-reviewed open-access journal Behavior and Social Issues to ABAI, so now concentrates on presenting symposia, workshops, and papers at the annual ABAI convention. It also initiated its Matrix Project about five years, an effort to foster pragmatic, concrete problem-solving interventions in 26 societal sectors, such as education and politics. A goal of the Matrix Project is to interest additional behavior analysts to join Matrix teams working in the initial sectors. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility is an affiliated SIG of ABAI and welcomes all ABAI members to join the discussions and contribute to progressive social change. |
|
96. Acceptance and Commitment Training and Psychological Flexibility Special Interest Group |
EVELYN RACHAEL GOULD (McLean Hospital | Harvard Medical School; New England Center for OCD and Anxiety; FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: The ACT and Psychological Flexibility Special Interest Group was launched in 2018. This paper provides an overview of the current SIG Board and initial SIG initiatives, including various committees and task forces. Initial actions included developing the SIG mission, name and objectives, reviewing leadership selection and structure, recruiting nominations for a new board, and communications and activities initiatives. |
|
97. Crime, Delinquency, and Forensic Behavior Analysis SIG |
TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (HABA) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been useful in addressing societal problems related to the criminal justice field. For example, the role of teaching families in reducing recidivism and the improvement of prison drug programs. ABA has been helpful in guiding the court system in identifying effective sanctions, called graduated sanctions, understanding the effects of behavioral/cognitive-behavioral programs on recidivism, parent training, functional behavioral assessment and team problem solving schools for emotionally and behaviorally disordered students. It has also impacted the assessment of child sexual abuse. Continued advocacy and research are needed to make behavior analytic services available to criminal justice, mental health, military and veterans’ fields and to document the efficacy of behavior analysis in these applications. The Mission of the Crime, Delinquency and Forensic Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group is to ensure that those in the criminal justice fields have access to appropriate, evidence-based, behavior analytic, therapeutic resources to reduce crime and delinquency. |
|